10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Sep 2025
    1. La Démarche d'Observation Locale de la Vie Associative (OLVA)

      Résumé

      La démarche d'Observation Locale de la Vie Associative (OLVA), pilotée par le Réseau National des Maisons des Associations (RNMA), est une initiative structurée visant à combler le manque de données sur le tissu associatif à l'échelle territoriale.

      Face à une statistique publique jugée insuffisante et mal adaptée aux réalités associatives, l'OLVA propose une méthodologie rigoureuse pour objectiver les réalités, mesurer les évolutions et permettre des comparaisons entre territoires.

      La finalité est de "connaître pour agir" : transformer la connaissance produite en actions concrètes, en politiques publiques éclairées et en un accompagnement plus pertinent pour les associations.

      La démarche repose sur deux piliers :

      • une enquête quantitative (l'observation) via un questionnaire standardisé d'une cinquantaine de questions, et

      • la création d'une dynamique partenariale (l'observatoire) associant acteurs associatifs et publics.

      Ce processus se décline en trois phases : la préparation (définition des enjeux locaux, formation), la diffusion de l'enquête (mobilisation des partenaires), et l'analyse des données suivie d'actions post-enquête.

      Le RNMA fournit un accompagnement complet incluant des formations, des outils (questionnaire, plateforme en ligne), l'analyse statistique et la mise en réseau des quelque 50 observatoires actifs.

      Les livrables finaux incluent une infographie synthétique, une analyse des associations employeuses et un rapport d'enquête détaillé, conçus pour aider à la décision, renforcer la reconnaissance du secteur et mettre en débat les enjeux de la vie associative.

      1. Contexte et Origine de la Démarche

      1.1. Le Réseau National des Maisons des Associations (RNMA)

      Le RNMA est une tête de réseau regroupant un peu plus de 100 structures membres réparties sur le territoire français.

      Sa spécificité réside dans l'hybridité de ses membres, qui incluent des Maisons des Associations sous statut associatif et des services "Vie Associative" de collectivités publiques.

      Cette diversité est considérée comme une richesse pour le réseau.

      Les missions principales du RNMA sont :

      • Faire réseau : Créer des synergies entre les membres via des rencontres nationales et des projets communs. • Coordonner des projets : L'OLVA est un exemple de projet né d'un enjeu commun identifié : le besoin de connaissance de la vie associative locale. D'autres chantiers portent sur l'engagement ou le métier d'accompagnateur. • Être un relais : Porter les enjeux et problématiques des membres et des associations qu'ils accompagnent auprès des partenaires publics et privés.

      1.2. La Genèse de l'OLVA

      La démarche OLVA est née d'un constat fondamental : la méconnaissance de la vie associative à l'échelle d'un territoire. La statistique publique est jugée "assez faible" pour décrire ce secteur, étant principalement conçue pour le monde économique.

      Pour répondre à ce besoin, le RNMA s'est inspiré dès 2006 des travaux de Viviane Chardononog, chercheuse au CNRS qui produit régulièrement des "paysages associatifs français".

      La méthodologie d'observation nationale a été adaptée et déclinée à l'échelle locale de manière progressive, par des tests puis la création d'outils.

      Depuis 2021, une évolution majeure a été la mise en place d'un système de lancement d'observations synchronisées, créant des "vagues" d'observatoires. Cette approche facilite l'accompagnement et génère une dynamique d'échange et de partage entre les territoires participants.

      2. Les Objectifs Stratégiques de l'OLVA

      La démarche poursuit un objectif principal : "Connaître pour agir". La connaissance n'est pas une fin en soi, mais un levier pour transformer les réalités et répondre aux besoins identifiés.

      2.1. Objectifs Liés à l'Observation

      1. Objectiver les réalités : Dépasser les "ressentis" sur la structuration du tissu associatif en produisant des chiffres et des données factuelles.

      2. Mesurer les évolutions : Après une première enquête qui établit une "photo statique", les observations suivantes permettent de comparer les "millésimes" et de suivre les dynamiques sur le long terme.

      3. Se comparer : La méthodologie commune appliquée sur une cinquantaine de territoires permet de situer les réalités locales par rapport à d'autres territoires et aux tendances nationales décrites par Viviane Chardononog.

      2.2. Objectifs Liés à l'Action

      • Aider à la décision : Fournir des données pour orienter les politiques publiques des collectivités et les stratégies d'accompagnement des structures d'appui associatives.

      • Communiquer sur le secteur : Lutter contre les préjugés sur le monde associatif en partageant des réalités objectivées.

      • Favoriser la reconnaissance : Mettre en lumière la transversalité et la globalité de la vie associative, souvent cloisonnée par secteurs (sport, culture, etc.) au sein des collectivités. L'enquête permet d'aborder les enjeux de manière transversale.

      • Créer du commun : Les temps de restitution de l'enquête sont des occasions pour des associations de secteurs différents de se rencontrer, de partager des difficultés communes et de créer une "espèce de commun de la vie associative".

      • Mettre en débat : Utiliser les résultats de l'enquête pour identifier les difficultés, se poser les bonnes questions et rassembler les acteurs autour de la table.

      3. Méthodologie et Déroulement

      La démarche OLVA s'articule autour de deux axes complémentaires : l'observation (l'enquête elle-même) et l'observatoire (la dynamique partenariale).

      3.1. L'Enquête (L'Observation) Il s'agit d'une enquête principalement quantitative, avec la possibilité d'y associer un volet qualitatif (par exemple, via un partenariat universitaire).

      Le Questionnaire : * • Format : Environ 50 questions. * • Temps de remplissage : Environ 20 minutes.

      • Structure en 4 parties :

        1. Profil de l'association : Secteur d'activité, âge, périmètre d'action.
        1. Membres de l'association : Profil des dirigeants, bénévoles, volontaires.
        1. Moyens de fonctionnement : Ressources, régime de financement, locaux.
        1. Besoins et perspectives.

      Ce questionnaire "tronc commun" peut être complété par des questions spécifiques définies en fonction des enjeux du territoire.

      3.2. La Dynamique Partenariale (L'Observatoire)

      C'est un aspect essentiel qui consiste à associer d'autres acteurs du territoire concernés par l'enquête (fédérations associatives, acteurs publics, etc.). Cette collaboration vise à : • Garantir une large diffusion du questionnaire au-delà des contacts habituels. • Permettre une action post-enquête en impliquant dès le départ ceux qui pourront répondre aux besoins exprimés. • Favoriser l'interconnexion des acteurs du territoire.

      3.3. Les Trois Phases de la Démarche

      Phase

      Description des Actions

      1. Préparation de l'enquête

        • Définition des objectifs et enjeux spécifiques au territoire.<br>
        • Formulation des questions complémentaires au tronc commun.<br>
        • Mobilisation des données existantes (notamment INSEE pour les associations employeuses).<br>
        • Organisation de formations par le RNMA.

      2. Diffusion et recueil

        • Mobilisation de l'observatoire et des partenaires pour une diffusion large (en ligne, questionnaire papier).<br>
        • Association possible avec des événements forts (ex: Forum des associations).<br>
        • Animation de la collecte : phoning, relances ciblées par secteur pour assurer un échantillon cohérent.<br>
        • Accompagnement du RNMA pour le suivi de la qualité de l'échantillon.

      3. Analyse et post-enquête

        • Analyse statistique des données réalisée par le RNMA (vérification de cohérence, croisements de variables).<br>
        • Partage des premiers résultats avec le porteur de projet pour identifier des axes d'approfondissement.<br>
        • Organisation du travail post-enquête pour répondre aux besoins identifiés et dialoguer avec les pouvoirs publics.

      4. Moyens et Accompagnement du RNMA

      4.1. Moyens Humains Requis

      Le RNMA identifie trois fonctions clés à mobiliser pour mener à bien une démarche OLVA :

      • 1. Pilotage : Gestion de projet (planification, suivi, moyens).

      • 2. Animation : Mobilisation des partenaires, diffusion de l'enquête, communication. Cette fonction peut être assurée en interne ou via des stagiaires ou services civiques.

      • 3. Analyse : Assurée par le RNMA, avec une possibilité de transfert de compétences ("formation-action") vers la structure porteuse pour de futures observations.

      4.2. Appuis Fournis par le RNMA

      • Accompagnement et Formations :

      • ◦ Structurer une démarche d'observation (2 jours) : en amont du projet.
      • ◦ Analyse de données (1 jour) : en fin d'enquête, pour maîtriser les résultats.
      • ◦ Mener une enquête éclair : formation pour des enquêtes plus simples et rapides sur des sujets spécifiques.

      • Outillage : Fourniture du questionnaire tronc commun, mise en ligne, plateforme de collecte de données et outils issus de l'expérience des autres territoires.

      • Analyse de données : Exploitation des données existantes (créations d'associations, associations employeuses) et analyse complète des données collectées.

      • Mise en réseau et valorisation : ◦ Organisation de journées d'échange de pratiques deux fois par an pour les 50 observatoires. ◦ Valorisation des travaux locaux via des colloques, articles, etc.

      4.3. Livrables

      Trois types de documents sont produits à l'issue de l'analyse :

        1. Infographie "Les chiffres clés de la vie associative" : Un document synthétique et visuel de 4 pages, facile à diffuser.
        1. Document sur les associations employeuses : Une analyse courte basée sur les dernières données INSEE Flores.
        1. Rapport d'enquête complet : Un document d'environ 40 pages traitant toutes les questions avec graphiques, commentaires et détail de la méthodologie.

      5. Partenariats et Enjeux Territoriaux (Synthèse des échanges)

      5.1. Articulation avec Guid'Asso

      • • Le RNMA est membre du comité de pilotage national de Guid'Asso et accompagne son déploiement sur les territoires.
      • • Les questions posées par les observatoires (structuration de la vie associative, besoins, articulation des appuis) sont jugées "très connexes" à la structuration de cette politique publique.
      • • L'articulation se fait de manière variable selon les territoires, mais il est noté un développement d'observatoires régionaux (ex: Hauts-de-France) qui permettent une approche différente.

      5.2. Relations avec les Collectivités et la Charte des Engagements Réciproques

      • • Le RNMA et ses membres connaissent et travaillent sur la déclinaison de la Charte des engagements réciproques entre l'État, les associations et les collectivités.
      • • Il est souligné que l'enjeu réside moins dans le document lui-même que dans le processus de co-construction.
      • • La mise en place d'une telle charte peut être une des conséquences concrètes d'une démarche d'observation, en réponse aux défis identifiés.

      5.3. Échelle d'Action et Compétences * • L'observation se fait souvent à l'échelle d'une commune ou d'une communauté de communes. * • Une difficulté est identifiée à l'échelle des communautés de communes : la "vie associative" reste souvent une compétence communale, ce qui peut limiter la capacité des intercommunalités à porter de tels projets. * • Cependant, lorsque le portage est associatif (par une Maison des Associations), le bassin de vie ou la communauté de communes est plus régulièrement l'échelle privilégiée.

      6. Considérations Pratiques

      • • Coût de la démarche : Le coût varie en fonction de la taille du territoire, mais se situe généralement entre 8 000 et 12 000 €. Ce montant est ajustable en fonction du niveau d'analyse et de transfert de compétences souhaité.
      • • Format des formations : Elles sont privilégiées en présentiel pour faciliter les échanges et la connaissance mutuelle.
    1. Synthèse du webinaire : Face à la marchandisation des associations

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les conclusions du webinaire intitulé "Face à la marchandisation des associations", deuxième épisode du cycle "Écrire collectivement le scénario de renforcement du monde associatif".

      Il met en lumière une transformation profonde du secteur associatif français, caractérisée par un glissement d'un modèle de partenariat avec la puissance publique vers une logique de marché concurrentiel.

      Les principaux moteurs de cette "marchandisation" sont doubles : * l'adoption du New Public Management depuis les années 1980, qui impose une culture du résultat et de l'évaluation quantitative, et * les règles de concurrence du marché unique européen, qui considèrent par défaut les associations comme des entreprises.

      Cette dynamique se matérialise par le recul de la subvention de fonctionnement au profit de la commande publique (appels à projet, marchés publics), transformant les associations en prestataires de services et les privant de leur capacité d'initiative et d'interpellation politique.

      Ce phénomène est exacerbé par l'essor de l'entrepreneuriat social, qui brouille les frontières entre lucrativité et non-lucrativité, et par la financiarisation du secteur via des outils comme l'investissement et les contrats à impact social.

      Le cas du secteur de la petite enfance illustre concrètement comment des acteurs lucratifs pénètrent des champs historiquement associatifs, utilisant des montages complexes ("associations écran") pour capter des fonds publics.

      Face à ce constat, plusieurs pistes de "démarchandisation" sont proposées.

      Elles incluent la nécessité de redonner un pouvoir politique à la subvention, d'explorer des modèles de financement alternatifs inspirés de la Sécurité Sociale de l'Alimentation ou du modèle belge de l'éducation permanente, et de "reconscientiser" les élus et techniciens des collectivités à la spécificité du fait associatif.

      La reconquête sémantique, notamment sur la notion d'évaluation (utilité sociale contre mesure d'impact), et le renforcement des réseaux et du plaidoyer collectif apparaissent comme des stratégies cruciales pour défendre un modèle associatif fondé sur l'intérêt général, la citoyenneté et la démocratie.

      1. Introduction et Contexte du Webinaire

      Le webinaire s'inscrit dans un cycle de réflexion organisé en partenariat par le Réseau National des Maisons des Associations (Rnma) et le Collectif des associations citoyennes (CAC).

      Il vise à explorer collectivement les scénarios de renforcement du monde associatif face aux dynamiques d'affaiblissement actuelles.

      Cet épisode se concentre spécifiquement sur le phénomène de marchandisation, ses constats, ses réalités de terrain et les pistes pour y faire face.

      Intervenants principaux :

      • Marianne Langlais : Coordinatrice de l'Observatoire citoyen de la marchandisation des associations (CAC).

      • Frédéric Bilde : Président de l'ACEPP Sud-Ouest (Association des Collectifs Enfants Parents Professionnels).

      • Thomas Lowers : Administrateur du Rnma et Directeur de la Maison des Associations de Roubaix.

      Le webinaire s'est articulé autour de deux temps forts : une analyse du processus de marchandisation et une exploration des pistes de "démarchandisation".

      2. Analyse Approfondie du Phénomène de Marchandisation

      A. Un Cadre Théorique : Les Quatre Vecteurs d'Affaiblissement

      Marianne Langlais a introduit l'analyse en présentant quatre vecteurs interdépendants qui affaiblissent le monde associatif, identifiés par le CAC :

      1. La Marchandisation : La transformation des modes de financement, avec le passage de la subvention à la commande publique et l'augmentation des ressources marchandes.

      2. La Managérialisation : L'adoption de techniques de management issues de l'entreprise lucrative, perçues comme le seul modèle légitime, au détriment des formes d'organisation collective propres aux associations.

      3. L'Instrumentalisation : Les associations sont de plus en plus vues comme de simples prestataires de services chargés de mettre en œuvre des politiques publiques pensées sans elles, perdant leur rôle d'initiative et de création de droits.

      4. La Mise à Mal des Libertés Associatives :

      Conséquence des trois autres vecteurs, le financement public est de plus en plus perçu comme devant s'accompagner d'une "soumission à la politique gouvernementale", rendant illégitime toute parole politique critique de la part d'une association vue comme prestataire.

      B. Origines et Mécanismes de la Marchandisation

      La marchandisation est le résultat de deux tendances de fond :

      • Le New Public Management (années 1980) : Cette approche a introduit dans les services publics, et par ricochet dans les associations, une "culture du résultat, de la performance, de l'évaluation quantitative et du management par objectif", en important les outils du secteur privé lucratif.

      • Les Règles du Marché Unique Européen : Elles imposent le marché comme règle générale. Dans ce cadre, les associations sont considérées comme des entreprises et les subventions comme des aides d'État susceptibles de fausser la concurrence. Bien que des exemptions existent, elles restent l'exception.

      Ce cadre a engendré un mécanisme central : le recul de la subvention au profit de la commande publique. Cette mutation modifie radicalement le rapport aux pouvoirs publics :

      Mode de Financement

      Caractéristiques Clés

      Subvention

        • L'association est à l'origine de l'initiative. <br>
        • Pas de contrepartie directe attendue par le financeur. <br>
        • Logique de partenariat, politique ascendante (partant des besoins).

      Commande Publique

        • Achat d'un service par la puissance publique. <br>
        • L'association doit s'inscrire dans un cadre prédéfini. <br>
        • Logique de prestation, politique descendante (l'État commande).

      C. L'Entrepreneuriat Social et la Financiarisation

      Le tournant néolibéral est également accompagné et nourri par des concepts qui brouillent les frontières entre lucrativité et non-lucrativité. • L'Entrepreneuriat Social : Terme importé du monde anglo-saxon dans les années 1980, il promeut l'utilisation de compétences entrepreneuriales et de techniques de management du privé pour résoudre des problèmes sociaux.

      Marianne Langlais souligne que ce concept, sans statut juridique propre, "invisibilise les associations" et "affaiblit la portée politique que peuvent représenter les associations".

      Elle cite Jean-Marc Borello (Groupe SOS) pour qui le modèle associatif, "arquebouté sur le principe non lucratif apparaît à présent inadapté".

      • La Financiarisation : Ce flou favorise l'arrivée de l'investissement à impact social, qui promet de "faire du bien et du profit en même temps". * ◦ Le Contrat à Impact Social (CIS) est un exemple frappant. Ce mécanisme financier engage un investisseur privé, une association et la puissance publique.

      L'investisseur finance un programme associatif, et la puissance publique le rembourse avec intérêts en fonction de l'atteinte d'indicateurs de performance prédéfinis. * ◦ Conséquence : Les actions associatives sont transformées en produits financiers, et la mesure d'impact social, souvent monétarisée (coûts évités), devient le nouveau mode d'évaluation, supplantant la notion d'utilité sociale.

      D. Illustration Sectorielle : Le Cas de la Petite Enfance Frédéric Bilde a illustré concrètement ce processus dans le secteur de la petite enfance.

      • Historique : Le secteur s'est initialement développé sur un modèle associatif et citoyen, avec des crèches parentales (ACEPP) fondées sur une démarche ascendante, partant des besoins locaux. • Le tournant : Les directives européennes (Bolkestein, 2006) ont ouvert le secteur à la concurrence et aux acteurs privés lucratifs. L'État français a choisi de maintenir les services à la petite enfance dans ce champ concurrentiel.

      • Conséquences directes :

      • Nouveau langage : Les notions de "rentabilité", "taux de remplissage", "optimisation" et "coût de revient" priment sur le "bien-être de l'enfant" et le "soutien aux parents".

      • Pervertissement du modèle associatif : Des groupes privés lucratifs créent des "associations écran" pour rassurer les municipalités et remporter des délégations de service public (DSP).

      Ces structures sont ensuite vidées de leur substance, les bénéfices étant "aspirés" vers le groupe via des centrales d'achat, des frais de gestion ou des loyers versés à des sociétés civiles immobilières (SCI) appartenant au même groupe.

      • Usage de fonds publics : Ces montages bénéficient à la fois des financements de la Caisse d'Allocations Familiales (CAF) et d'une défiscalisation massive via le Crédit Impôt Famille (CIF), créant une "redondance" entre fonds publics et fonds privés défiscalisés.

      3. Pistes de "Démarchandisation" et Stratégies de Renforcement

      Face à ce diagnostic, les intervenants ont proposé plusieurs axes d'action pour inverser la tendance.

      A. Redonner un Pouvoir Politique à la Subvention

      La piste principale est de réaffirmer la légitimité de la subvention de fonctionnement comme mode de financement principal des associations.

      Il est jugé indispensable qu'une partie de l'impôt finance les associations qui contribuent à l'intérêt général. Toutefois, cette subvention doit être repensée pour la "sortir du discrétionnaire politique" afin de garantir la fonction d'interpellation des associations.

      B. Explorer des Modèles de Financement Alternatifs

      Plusieurs modèles inspirants sont explorés :

      1. La Sécurité Sociale de l'Alimentation : Ce projet propose un accès universel à une alimentation de qualité via une allocation et un conventionnement de producteurs, le tout géré par des caisses locales démocratiques. Transposé aux associations, ce modèle pourrait permettre de repenser la redistribution de l'argent public en dehors des logiques de marché.

      2. Le Modèle Belge de l'Éducation Permanente : Un décret en Wallonie garantit un financement pérenne et à long terme pour les associations de ce secteur.

      Crucialement, l'article 1 de ce décret "garantit la fonction d'interpellation des associations". Ce modèle promeut également l'auto-évaluation, une alternative à l'évaluation par la mesure d'impact.

      C. Renforcer le Dialogue et la Coconstruction Une stratégie clé consiste à "reconscientiser" la puissance publique, notamment les élus locaux.

      • Changement de regard : Thomas Lowers observe que beaucoup d'élus locaux récents, issus d'un monde où la logique de marché est une "évidence", n'envisagent plus d'alternative.

      Il est donc crucial de démontrer la valeur et le sérieux du monde associatif, qui n'est pas "un coût à gérer" mais un partenaire.

      • Formation : L'utilisation de dispositifs comme le Certificat de Formation à la Gestion Associative (CFGA) pour former également les élus est une piste pour créer une culture commune.

      • Défendre l'interpellation : Léa Gallois (Institut Alinsky) a insisté sur la nécessité de faire reconnaître la fonction d'interpellation comme "riche pour la démocratie locale" et de créer des "fonds d'interpellation" pour la soutenir matériellement.

      D. S'Organiser Collectivement et Mener la "Bataille des Mots"

      • Force du collectif : Frédéric Bilde a souligné que "seul, on n'y arrivera pas". La mobilisation au sein de fédérations et de réseaux est essentielle pour peser dans les décisions politiques.

      • Bataille sémantique : La discussion a mis en exergue l'importance de déconstruire le langage de la marchandisation. L'évaluation est un terrain de lutte central.

      Il s'agit de défendre une évaluation de l'utilité sociale (qui montre la spécificité associative) contre la mesure de l'impact social (qui réduit l'action à une valeur monétaire et est le "cheval de Troie de la financiarisation").

      4. Points Clés de la Discussion

      • Le Mécénat : Il n'est pas vu comme une solution miracle. Il est souvent ponctuel, orienté vers des "pépites" médiatiques et peut lui-même s'inscrire dans une logique d'investissement ("venture philanthropy") qui s'éloigne du don.

      • Règles Européennes : Le rapport du CESE sur le financement des associations est cité comme une ressource clé pour argumenter en faveur d'une sortie des associations du cadre concurrentiel du marché unique.

      • Statuts et Agréments : La discussion a montré comment les exigences administratives et la standardisation des projets (via les agréments) peuvent dénaturer des initiatives de terrain innovantes, transformant une logique ascendante en une logique descendante.

    1. Synthèse du Soutien de l'État à la Vie Associative : Du National au Local

      Résumé

      Cette note de synthèse analyse les formes et les logiques du soutien de l'État à la vie associative en France, en se basant sur une recherche menée par Mathilde Rtinassi et Emmanuel Porte.

      L'étude révèle une action publique éclatée et peu coordonnée, dépourvue d'une politique unifiée.

      Le soutien financier, bien que stable en volume global de subventions (environ 8,5 milliards d'euros), est perçu comme étant en baisse en raison de sa répartition sur un nombre croissant d'associations, ce qui diminue le montant moyen par structure.

      La recherche identifie quatre grands objectifs poursuivis par l'État : la consolidation des structures, l'articulation du secteur, l'observation du monde associatif, et la reconnaissance de sa légitimité. Ces objectifs sont inégalement poursuivis selon les ministères, menant à une typologie de quatre formes de soutien distinctes :

      • 1. Soutien partiel et institué : Une relation de compagnonnage de longue date, mais ne couvrant qu'une partie des objectifs.

      • 2. Soutien multiforme : Le modèle le plus complet, couvrant les quatre objectifs, porté par des acteurs comme la CNAF ou la DJEPVA.

      • 3. Soutien par la reconnaissance : Limité aux procédures réglementaires (agréments, labels), avec une relation distante.

      • 4. Soutien par relation intéressée : Le modèle le plus répandu, où l'association est principalement un instrument pour le déploiement des politiques publiques, souvent via des appels d'offres.

      Un constat majeur est la corrélation directe entre la qualité du dialogue entre les acteurs publics et les associations et la richesse des formes de soutien.

      Enfin, la production de connaissance sur le secteur associatif reste le "parent pauvre" de l'action publique nationale, et les "têtes de réseau" jouent un rôle opérationnel indispensable que l'État ne peut assumer seul.

      1. Contexte et Méthodologie de la Recherche

      La recherche intitulée "Les soutiens national à la vie associative : enquête exploratoire sur une action publique éclatée" a été initiée mi-2019 pour répondre à deux constats principaux :

      • • L'illisibilité du soutien à la vie associative : Des rapports antérieurs (Inspection Générale, 2009 et 2016) soulignaient la complexité et la confusion des dispositifs, labels et acronymes (CRIB, PAVA, PIVA), rendant l'écosystème difficile à naviguer pour les associations. Une citation d'un rapport illustre ce point : "il existe des crib (...) qui sont des Pavas (...), des cribes non Pava, des Pavas non crib..."

      • • Une connaissance parcellaire des soutiens ministériels : Au-delà du rôle historique du ministère de la Jeunesse, la manière dont les autres ministères soutiennent le secteur associatif restait mal connue, alors que chacun interagit avec lui (ex: fiscalité pour le ministère de l'Économie, gestion du greffe pour l'Intérieur). Méthodologie

      L'étude repose sur une approche purement qualitative :

      • • 42 entretiens semi-directifs ont été réalisés avec :

      • ◦ Des agents de 15 ministères et organismes d'État.

      • ◦ 19 têtes de réseau associatives.

      • ◦ 4 acteurs de l'accompagnement privé.
      • ◦ 3 personnalités qualifiées.
      • ◦ 1 responsable politique.

      • • Une analyse documentaire approfondie (doctrines de financement, appels à projets, rapports d'activité) a été menée pour aller au-delà du discours officiel.

      Le terrain de recherche a été complexe, marqué par des difficultés d'accès aux ministères et une interruption de 14 mois due à la crise du Covid-19.

      2. Analyse du Soutien Financier : Nuances et Réalités

      Contrairement à l'idée reçue d'une baisse généralisée des financements, l'analyse des données (notamment le "Jaune" budgétaire associatif) apporte des nuances importantes :

      • Stabilité des subventions : Le montant global des subventions versées par l'État aux associations est relativement stable, s'élevant à environ 8,5 milliards d'euros.

      • Augmentation du volume global des moyens : Le volume financier total attribué aux associations augmente, mais une part croissante de ces moyens n'est pas versée sous forme de subventions (ex: marchés publics).

      • Étalement sur le tissu associatif : L'État finance un nombre croissant d'associations.

      Par conséquent, même avec un budget global stable, le montant moyen et médian par association est en baisse.

      Ce phénomène d'étalement est le principal facteur expliquant la perception d'une diminution des financements et de la part des subventions.

      3. Les Quatre Grands Objectifs du Soutien de l'État

      L'analyse des entretiens et des documents a permis d'identifier quatre objectifs principaux que l'État poursuit, de manière plus ou moins explicite, à travers son soutien au monde associatif.

      Objectif Description Exemples d'Actions Consolidation

      Vise à pérenniser la structure associative en la rendant robuste sur le long terme pour qu'elle puisse répondre aux besoins sociaux et aux politiques publiques. * - Soutien financier (subventions, etc.)<br>- Accompagnement à la professionnalisation<br>- Renforcement du modèle socio-économique et de la gouvernance<br>- Accueil, information et orientation<br>-

      Formation des membres et salariés

      Articulation / Maillage Concerne la circulation de l'information, le partage de bonnes pratiques et la facilitation des coopérations entre associations, et avec d'autres acteurs (publics, privés). * - Mise en réseau des acteurs<br> * - Organisation d'échanges de pratiques entre pairs<br> * - Facilitation de l'essaimage d'expérimentations

      Observation / Objectivation

      Recouvre la production de connaissances sur le secteur associatif pour éclairer l'action publique. Cet objectif est souvent le moins prioritaire.

        • Financement d'études et de recherches (réalisées par des cabinets, des chercheurs, des têtes de réseau)<br>
        • Création d'espaces de réflexion collective (ex: le COJ pour la jeunesse)

      Reconnaissance / Légitimation Englobe toutes les procédures de reconnaissance officielle des structures, de leurs projets ou de leurs activités, leur conférant une légitimité à agir au nom de l'intérêt général.

        • Délivrance d'agréments<br>
        • Reconnaissance d'utilité publique (RUP)<br>
        • Attribution de labels et de prix

      Ces objectifs sont souvent interconnectés. Par exemple, la reconnaissance (via un agrément) facilite l'accès aux financements, contribuant ainsi à la consolidation de l'association.

      4. Typologie des Formes de Soutien National

      En croisant les objectifs poursuivis, la nature du dialogue et le type de relation entre l'État et les associations, la recherche a établi une typologie de quatre modèles de soutien. Type de Soutien Description et Relation Objectifs Couverts

      Exemples et Caractéristiques

      1. Soutien partiel et institué Relation de "compagnonnage" : Historique, structurante et de longue durée.

      La politique publique est fortement adossée aux têtes de réseau, qui deviennent des partenaires incontournables.

      Consolidation (financière) et Articulation/Maillage.

      • Ministère de la Culture (pratiques amateurs) : Les fédérations sont des "coquilles vides" potentielles sans le soutien de l'État, et l'État ne peut agir sans elles.<br>

      • Délégation à la Sécurité Routière avec l'association Prévention Routière.<br>

      • Tendance à créer un "monopole" d'interlocuteurs.

      2. Soutien multiforme

      Le "champion" du soutien : Le modèle le plus complet et diversifié.

      La relation est basée sur la co-construction et un dialogue riche.

      Il existe une culture "militante" en faveur du monde associatif au sein de ces administrations.

      Les 4 objectifs sont couverts, y compris l'Observation.

      • CNAF, DJEPVA, ANCT (ex-CGET).<br>
      • Utilise une palette d'outils : subventions, CPO, appels à projets (rarement des appels d'offres).<br>
      • Production d'outils, de kits, de formations.<br>
      • Agence Française de Développement (AFD) avec le dispositif "Initiative OSC" qui reconnaît le droit à l'initiative des associations.

      3. Soutien par la reconnaissance

      Relation procédurale et distante : Le soutien est quasi-exclusivement articulé autour d'une procédure réglementaire (agrément, label).

      Principalement la Reconnaissance/Légitimation.

      • Direction Générale de la Santé pour l'agrément des associations représentant les usagers du système de santé.<br>
      • L'administration connaît mal le secteur et a peu de dialogue avec lui.<br>
      • L'objectif est de s'assurer que les associations remplissent les conditions réglementaires, pas de les accompagner dans leur développement.

      4. Soutien par relation intéressée

      Relation instrumentale : Le soutien est secondaire par rapport à l'objectif principal du ministère, qui est le déploiement de sa politique publique. Les associations sont vues comme des prestataires.

      Principalement la Consolidation (uniquement pour qu'elles puissent "tenir" et mettre en œuvre la politique).

        • Le modèle le plus fréquent (près de la moitié des directions rencontrées).<br>
        • Recours massif aux marchés publics (appels d'offres) et appels à projets.<br>
        • Mise en concurrence des associations avec des entreprises lucratives ou des établissements scolaires (ex: Ministère de la Défense).<br>
        • Les dispositifs généraux d'accompagnement (DLA, FDVA) sont méconnus et peu mobilisés par ces directions.

      5. Le Rôle Crucial des Têtes de Réseau

      La recherche souligne que le soutien de l'État ne pourrait exister sans le rôle opérationnel des têtes de réseau, qui agissent comme le bras armé d'un "État stratège" mais souvent démuni de capacités d'action directe.

      Leurs contributions principales sont :

      • Représentation et Plaidoyer : Faire remonter les besoins des territoires et défendre les intérêts du secteur.

      • Identification des problématiques : Aider à l'émergence de nouvelles questions sociales ou d'innovations.

      • Mutualisation d'expertise : Produire de la connaissance utile pour leurs membres et non-membres.

      Les têtes de réseau sont traversées par un débat sur leur approche territoriale :

      • Logique d'équité : Viser un soutien équitable pour toutes les structures membres, souvent via une centralité budgétaire.

      • Logique d'adaptation : Soutenir les structures de manière "ad hoc" en fonction des spécificités territoriales, ce qui implique une gouvernance moins pyramidale mais pose des défis de connaissance des contextes locaux et de risque de concurrence interne.

      6. Perspectives Locales et Divergences

      L'intervention de Luciana complète la perspective nationale en soulignant l'importance du contexte territorial, souvent absent des discours ministériels (à l'exception de l'ANCT et de la DJEPVA).

      • Le territoire comme construction sociale : Au-delà de l'espace administratif, le territoire est façonné par les relations entre les acteurs. Les politiques nationales sont appropriées différemment selon les spécificités locales.

      • Lisibilité des politiques publiques locales : La multiplication des dispositifs et le traitement en silo par secteur d'activité créent un manque de transversalité.

      La présence d'un élu référent, d'un service dédié ou d'un observatoire local de la vie associative (OLVA) peut renforcer le dialogue et la cohérence de l'action publique locale.

      • Rôle des réseaux locaux : Comme au niveau national, les réseaux locaux sont perçus par leurs membres comme des représentants de leurs intérêts, influençant l'appropriation des politiques publiques sur le territoire.

      7. Conclusions et Points Soulevés en Discussion

      Constats Clés

      1. Absence d'une politique unifiée : Il n'existe pas de politique de soutien à la vie associative intégrée au niveau de l'État. La coordination est faible, y compris au sein d'un même ministère.

      2. La qualité du dialogue est déterminante : Plus le dialogue est riche et orienté vers la co-construction, plus le soutien est diversifié et complet.

      3. L'Observation, parent pauvre de l'action publique :

      La production de connaissance sur le secteur associatif est souvent considérée comme secondaire ou un "impensé" au niveau national, alors qu'elle est un levier puissant au niveau local.

      Discussion avec les Participants

      Financements et clientélisme : Les participants ont évoqué un ressenti de clientélisme.

      La recherche met plutôt en évidence un "effet de monopole", où les ministères préfèrent dialoguer avec un interlocuteur unique ou principal.

      La charge administrative : Il a été souligné que les associations passent un temps considérable à remplir des dossiers pour des dispositifs multiples et chronophages, au détriment de l'action de terrain.

      Cela renvoie à la nécessité de simplifier les procédures et de privilégier des financements pluriannuels (CPO) plutôt que des appels à projets annuels.

    1. Document de Synthèse : Webinaire "Décrypter la recherche - Épisode 1"

      Synthèse

      Ce document de synthèse résume les points clés du webinaire "Décrypter la recherche - Épisode 1", organisé par le Réseau National des Maisons des Associations (RNMA).

      La discussion centrale a exploré la dichotomie conceptuelle de l'association, vue soit comme une "entreprise sociale", soit comme une "action collective", dans le contexte des débats actuels sur une potentielle révision de la loi française sur l'Économie Sociale et Solidaire (ESS) de 2014.

      La présentation principale, assurée par Luciana Riero, doctorante au sein du RNMA, a exposé les résultats d'une cartographie scientifique ("science mapping") de la recherche internationale.

      Cette analyse révèle la structuration du champ académique autour de deux traditions dominantes :

      1. L'approche de l'entrepreneuriat social, prédominante dans le monde anglo-saxon, qui valorise l'activité entrepreneuriale et une vision plus individualiste, centrée sur le profil de l'entrepreneur social.

      2. L'approche du secteur à but non lucratif ("non-profit"), plus proche de la tradition européenne et française, qui analyse les associations dans leur relation avec l'action publique et en tant qu'expression de l'action collective.

      Le choix entre ces deux prismes d'analyse n'est pas neutre et a des conséquences directes sur la perception des associations, notamment en matière de gouvernance démocratique, d'économisation du social et de la dimension politique de l'ESS.

      Le débat sur la révision de la loi ESS française cristallise ces tensions, opposant une vision d'une ESS palliative et isomorphique aux modèles d'entreprises capitalistes, à une vision d'une ESS alternative et émancipatrice.

      Enfin, la position du RNMA est de défendre la spécificité de l'association comme action collective et de plaider pour que toute évolution législative renforce de manière opérationnelle la coopération et la co-construction sur les territoires.

      1. Introduction au Webinaire et à la Démarche de Recherche

      Contexte et Objectifs

      Le webinaire constitue le premier épisode d'un cycle intitulé "Décrypter la recherche", visant à créer un dialogue semestriel (tous les 4 à 6 mois) entre le monde de la recherche et les acteurs associatifs.

      L'objectif n'est pas de prendre position pour ou contre la révision de la loi ESS, mais d'utiliser les apports de la recherche pour fournir des "clés de lecture" sur les conséquences des évolutions en cours pour les associations et les territoires.

      Le RNMA et la Recherche

      Le RNMA entretient des liens historiques avec le monde de la recherche, notamment depuis les années 2000 avec des collaborations sur les observatoires locaux de la vie associative (avec des chercheurs comme Vivian Tchernonog ou Lionel Prouto).

      Cette démarche vise à rendre la recherche opérationnelle pour aider les associations à mieux comprendre leur fonctionnement et à faire évoluer leurs pratiques.

      La Thèse de Luciana Riero

      Luciana Riero est doctorante au sein du RNMA via un dispositif CIFRE. Sa thèse s'intitule "La qualification et interprétation des relations entre les associations et le territoire".

      Son objectif est d'identifier, de qualifier et de mesurer ces relations, ainsi que de démontrer les liens de causalité entre les caractéristiques socio-économiques des territoires et les caractéristiques organisationnelles des associations.

      2. Cartographie de la Recherche Internationale sur les Associations et le Territoire

      Méthodologie du "Science Mapping"

      La présentation s'appuie sur une cartographie scientifique, une méthode d'analyse bibliométrique quantitative qui permet de visualiser l'état des connaissances sur un sujet. La démarche est inductive, sans hypothèses a priori.

      • Corpus : 2 857 articles scientifiques issus de la base de données Web of Science.

      • Mots-clés de recherche : Croisement de termes liés aux associations ("nonprofit organization", "social enterprise", "voluntary sector") et de termes liés au territoire ("spatial", "urban", "local", "development").

      • Constat initial : Une augmentation des publications sur ce thème est observée depuis 2011. Les couples de mots-clés les plus fréquents sont "social enterprise + development" et "nonprofit organization + development", suggérant que la notion de développement est plus prégnante dans la littérature internationale que celle de territoire.

      Résultats Clés de la Cartographie L'analyse révèle une structuration de la recherche mondiale autour de deux grands pôles intellectuels :

      Cluster Thématique

      Description

      Pôle 1 : L'Entreprise Sociale Ce courant est centré sur l'entreprise sociale et l'activité entrepreneuriale. Il analyse l'émergence de ce concept, souvent dans une perspective internationale comparative (Europe vs. États-Unis), et son ancrage dans la théorie des organisations hybrides.

      Pôle 2 : Le Secteur à But Non Lucratif Ce courant est centré sur les organisations à but non lucratif, la philanthropie et le bénévolat. L'analyse porte principalement sur les relations entre ces organisations et l'État (l'action publique), questionnant les phénomènes d'institutionnalisation, de banalisation ou de marchandisation du secteur.

      Opposition Conceptuelle : Approches Américaine et Européenne de l'Entreprise Sociale

      • Aux États-Unis, deux écoles de pensée coexistent :

      1. L'école de la recette marchande : Considère comme entreprise sociale toute organisation, quel que soit son statut, qui déploie une activité économique marchande au profit d'une finalité sociale.

      2. L'école de l'innovation sociale : Met l'accent sur la figure de l'entrepreneur social (son dynamisme, sa créativité, son leadership) comme facteur déterminant. * ◦ Conclusion : Une approche à dominante

      • En Europe, les travaux du réseau EMES (Emergence of Social Enterprise) ont fondé le concept sur un idéal-type reposant sur trois dimensions clés : 1. Un projet économique : Activité continue de production de biens ou services. 2. Une mission sociale : Objectif explicite de service à la communauté et distribution limitée des profits. 3. Une gouvernance participative : Association des différentes parties prenantes. * ◦ Conclusion : Une approche à dominante

      3. Conséquences et Enjeux des Approches Théoriques

      Le choix d'analyser les associations par le prisme de l'entreprise sociale ou de l'action collective a des implications profondes.

      • Gouvernance Démocratique : L'économie sociale repose sur le principe "une personne, une voix" et la double qualité des membres (bénéficiaires et sociétaires).

      L'approche par l'entreprise sociale, notamment dans ses formes comme le "social business", rend ces frontières plus floues, le critère de démocratie interne n'étant pas toujours explicite.

      La gouvernance participative constitue une "dimension cruciale des ruptures possibles" entre les deux modèles.

      • Économisation du Social : L'approche par l'entreprise sociale peut accentuer la lecture d'un "déplacement d'une production publique vers une production privée".

      • Lien avec l'Action Publique : La recherche sur le secteur non lucratif met en débat la relation avec la puissance publique, oscillant entre des perspectives d'isomorphisme (tendance des associations à adopter les modes d'organisation des entreprises capitalistes) et de co-construction des politiques publiques.

      Positionnement de la Thèse : Face à ces constats, la recherche de Luciana Riero s'inscrira dans la continuité des approches francophones en termes d'action collective et d'auto-organisation.

      Elle renforcera une vision du territoire comme une construction sociale, en interaction avec l'action collective, se démarquant ainsi d'une vision internationale qui le perçoit souvent comme une simple donnée administrative (urbain/rural).

      4. Mise en Perspective : La Loi ESS et ses Débats

      Avertissement : Les points suivants sont basés sur les travaux d'acteurs comme ESS France, le RTES ou des chercheurs comme Timothée Duverger, et non sur l'expertise directe de la présentatrice.

      La Loi de 2014 : Un Double Projet

      L'article 1 de la loi de 2014 définit l'ESS non seulement comme un "mode d'entreprendre", mais aussi comme un "mode de développement économique", ce qui le distingue d'un simple projet d'entreprise pour en faire un projet politique de société.

      Ce développement est précisé comme étant local et durable (via les PTCE, article 9).

      Points Clés du Débat sur la Révision

      À l'approche des 10 ans de la loi, plusieurs enjeux sont débattus :

      • Agrément ESUS (Entreprise Solidaire d'Utilité Sociale) : Des acteurs proposent de le réviser pour imposer un meilleur partage de la valeur, renforcer le contrôle et ajouter une obligation de reporting d'utilité sociale et environnementale.

      • Moyens financiers : Les fonds créés sont jugés souvent "faibles et mêlés à une politique de soutien de l'économie d'impact aux contours un peu flous".

      • Rapprochement avec la RSE : La loi PACTE de 2019 a créé les "sociétés à mission", invitant les entreprises conventionnelles à se doter d'une "raison d'être". Ce mouvement, auquel des structures de l'ESS ont participé, questionne les frontières et les spécificités de l'ESS.

      • Lien ESS et Territoire : Un axe de développement serait d'assumer pleinement le rôle des régions comme "chefs de file" de l'ESS et de reconnaître celui des départements comme premiers financeurs.

      Enjeux Théoriques du Débat Français

      Le débat académique français gravite autour d'une tension fondamentale :

      • Une ESS alternative et émancipatrice vs. une ESS palliative et d'isomorphisme.

      • La montée en puissance des thématiques de l'entreprise sociale, de l'entrepreneuriat social, voire du "social business", tend à masquer l'hétérogénéité de l'ESS et à réduire son projet politique à une simple finalité sociale.

      Conclusion : L'approche adoptée pour analyser les associations (entreprise sociale ou action collective) influence directement la dimension politique du débat sur l'avenir de l'ESS.

      5. Contributions des Participants et Conclusion

      Précisions Techniques et conceptuelles

      • Distinction entre activité économique et marchande (Colin Blard, avocat) : Une spécificité française cruciale est que toute activité économique n'est pas marchande.

      La "plus-value sociale ajoutée" (liée à la notion d'utilité sociale) permet à une association de développer une activité économique tout en conservant son statut non lucratif et sa non-sujétion aux impôts commerciaux. Cette notion d'utilité sociale est intrinsèquement liée au territoire, notamment via l'analyse de la concurrence.

      • Évolution historique du secteur : Un participant avec 20 ans d'expérience dans l'ESS a rappelé que la raréfaction des financements publics depuis les années 1980 a poussé les associations vers une hybridation de leurs ressources et une professionnalisation, avec l'émergence de compétences issues du monde de l'entreprise.

      Ce mouvement a renforcé leur autonomie économique mais a aussi instauré une logique de mise en concurrence via les appels à projets.

      Positionnement et Plaidoyer du RNMA

      En conclusion, Thomas (RNMA) a exposé la position du réseau :

      • La loi de 2014 a été positive pour la reconnaissance de l'ESS, mais ses effets transformateurs sur les territoires sont restés limités.

      • Le RNMA défend la spécificité de l'association comme "action collective" au sein de l'ESS.

      • Plaidoyer : Si une révision de la loi a lieu, le RNMA plaidera pour qu'elle intègre une traduction opérationnelle forte des principes de coopération et de co-construction multi-acteurs.

      L'enjeu est de reconnaître et d'outiller l'apport des associations aux transitions des territoires et de la société.

    1. Le Burnout Parental : Synthèse de la Conférence d'Isabelle Roskam

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les points clés de la conférence d'Isabelle Roskam, Professeure de psychologie du développement, sur le phénomène du burnout parental.

      La parentalité au 21e siècle est soumise à des pressions sociétales intenses et inédites, transformant une expérience traditionnellement perçue comme joyeuse en une source potentielle de souffrance profonde.

      Le burnout parental est un syndrome clinique spécifique, distinct de la dépression et du burnout professionnel, caractérisé par un épuisement physique et émotionnel extrême, une distanciation affective avec ses enfants, et une perte de plaisir dans le rôle parental.

      Il est la conséquence d'un déséquilibre prolongé entre les stresseurs (personnels, familiaux, situationnels) et les ressources disponibles pour y faire face.

      Avec une prévalence touchant jusqu'à 8 % des parents dans des pays comme la France et la Belgique, ce trouble constitue un problème de santé publique majeur.

      Ses conséquences sont graves, incluant des problèmes de santé pour le parent, des idées suicidaires, ainsi que des actes de négligence et de violence envers les enfants.

      Les solutions proposées sont à la fois individuelles et collectives.

      Au niveau individuel, il s'agit de restaurer l'équilibre en réduisant les stresseurs et en augmentant les ressources, via l'écoute, la prévention et des thérapies ciblées.

      Au niveau collectif, une prise de conscience est nécessaire pour relâcher la pression vers une parentalité parfaite, mieux soutenir les parents et recréer un "village" solidaire pour briser l'isolement parental.

      1. Le Contexte Moderne : Pourquoi Être Parent Est Devenu si Exigeant

      Isabelle Roskam postule que la parentalité contemporaine est fondamentalement différente de celle des générations précédentes. Plusieurs changements sociétaux majeurs survenus dans la seconde moitié du 20e siècle ont intensifié la pression sur les parents.

      Évolution des rôles de genre : Le modèle traditionnel (mère au foyer, père pourvoyeur de ressources) a laissé place à une attente de double performance pour les femmes et à une redéfinition du rôle des pères.

      Cela a introduit de nouveaux défis, notamment celui de la coparentalité, qui exige un ajustement constant entre les parents sur les valeurs et méthodes éducatives.

      Montée de l'individualisme : Les sociétés occidentales valorisent l'épanouissement personnel, les désirs et les aspirations individuelles.

      Devenir parent crée une injonction contradictoire : il faut faire passer les besoins de l'enfant avant les siens.

      Cela génère un conflit interne permanent entre la culpabilité de prendre du temps pour soi et la frustration de se dédier entièrement à ses enfants.

      L'avènement de la contraception : Le concept de l'enfant choisi a transformé la parentalité en un projet de vie conscient.

      Cet engagement volontaire augmente la valeur attribuée à l'enfant et au rôle parental, mais induit aussi une pression sociale forte : "tu les as voulus, tu dois assumer", rendant difficile l'expression de la souffrance.

      Changement du statut de l'enfant : En un siècle, la société est passée d'une relative indifférence envers l'enfant (considéré parfois comme une force de travail) à une préoccupation intense pour l'optimisation de son développement (cognitif, émotionnel, social). Rien n'est trop beau ou trop cher pour l'enfant, qui est devenu une valeur centrale.

      La Convention internationale des droits de l'enfant (1989) : Ce texte a formalisé ce nouveau statut en définissant l'enfant comme un sujet de droits. Cela a bouleversé les dynamiques familiales :

      • ◦ L'enfant a désormais droit au chapitre, peut négocier et décider pour sa vie.

      • ◦ Les parents ont le devoir de lui offrir tout le nécessaire pour atteindre son plein potentiel.

      • ◦ L'État a le rôle d'aider les parents (crèches, allocations) mais aussi de surveiller les familles, mettant fin au "règne du pater familias" et instaurant un monitoring social pouvant aller jusqu'au retrait de l'enfant.

      Développement des sciences psychologiques : La diffusion massive de connaissances sur l'éducation, via la littérature de vulgarisation et les réseaux sociaux, a créé une pression immense pour devenir un "bon parent" et appliquer les principes de la parentalité positive, générant une anxiété de performance et une peur de l'erreur.

      2. Le Burnout Parental : Définition, Symptômes et Marqueurs Biologiques

      Le burnout parental est un syndrome spécifique qui ne doit pas être confondu avec la dépression ou un simple état de fatigue.

      Les Symptômes Clés

      1. Épuisement intense : Un épuisement physique et émotionnel qui se manifeste exclusivement dans la sphère parentale. Le parent n'a plus aucune énergie pour s'occuper de ses enfants, mais peut en conserver pour d'autres activités (travail, amis).

      2. Distanciation émotionnelle : Le parent fonctionne en "pilotage automatique". Il assure les tâches essentielles (conduire à l'école, nourrir) mais n'a plus les ressources pour se connecter émotionnellement à ses enfants.

      3. Perte de plaisir dans le rôle parental : Les interactions avec les enfants, autrefois sources de joie, deviennent une corvée.

      4. Contraste avec le "parent d'avant" : Le parent en burnout a conscience de ce changement radical. Il était souvent un parent très investi, voire perfectionniste, avant de s'effondrer.

      Témoignage marquant : "Ce mot 'maman' je ne le supporte plus. La première fois que votre bébé vous dit maman, c’est le plus beau jour de votre vie et aujourd’hui, ce n’est plus un mot que je suis heureuse d’entendre. Vraiment, c’est devenu un mot de torture."

      Distinction avec la Dépression et le Burnout Professionnel

      • • Contextualisation : Le burnout parental est spécifique à la sphère familiale. Une personne peut être en burnout parental et trouver refuge dans son travail, et inversement.

      • • Transversalité : La dépression est un trouble transversal qui affecte toutes les sphères de la vie. Une personne déprimée n'aura ni l'envie ni l'énergie pour ses enfants, son travail ou ses loisirs.

      La Preuve Biologique : Le Cortisol Des études scientifiques ont mesuré le taux de cortisol (l'hormone du stress) accumulé dans les cheveux des parents. Les résultats démontrent une souffrance physiologique réelle et mesurable.

      Groupe de personnes

      Niveau de stress (mesuré par le cortisol capillaire)

      Parents en burnout

      Très élevé

      Victimes de violences conjugales

      Élevé

      Patients souffrant de douleurs chroniques sévères

      Élevé

      Parents épanouis

      Modéré (plus élevé qu'un non-parent)

      Étudiant en période d'examens

      Modéré

      Cette hiérarchie montre que le stress chronique subi par les parents en burnout est physiologiquement supérieur à celui de populations connues pour leur détresse extrême.

      L'excès de cortisol est toxique et explique de nombreux problèmes de santé physique (migraines, troubles digestifs, douleurs) rapportés par ces parents.

      3. Le Mécanisme du Burnout : Le Modèle de la Balance

      Le burnout parental est le résultat d'un déséquilibre chronique entre les stresseurs et les ressources.

      Il survient lorsque les stresseurs sont trop nombreux ou trop intenses, pendant trop longtemps, sans ressources suffisantes pour les compenser.

      • Stresseurs Parentaux : Tout ce qui augmente la charge et la difficulté d'être parent.

      • Socio-démographiques : Nombre d'enfants, faibles revenus, logement exigu.
      • Situationnels : Avoir un enfant malade ou avec des difficultés particulières.
      • Personnels : Traits de perfectionnisme, histoire personnelle, mode de gestion éducative (ex: inconsistance qui multiplie les sollicitations).
      • Familiaux : Mauvaise coparentalité, conflits conjugaux, absence de routines familiales.

      Ressources Parentales : Tout ce qui aide à faire face aux stresseurs.

      • ◦ Soutien du conjoint, compétences parentales, temps pour soi, soutien social (famille, amis), satisfaction professionnelle, etc.

      Le burnout n'est pas nécessairement causé par un seul gros stresseur, mais souvent par une accumulation de petits stresseurs quotidiens qui font pencher la balance du mauvais côté.

      4. Prévalence et Conséquences Graves

      Le burnout parental doit être pris au sérieux pour deux raisons majeures : sa prévalence élevée et la gravité de ses conséquences.

      Prévalence : Un Problème de Santé Publique

      Une étude menée dans 42 pays révèle que les pays occidentaux sont les plus touchés.

      France et Belgique : Des taux de prévalence de 6 à 8 %.

      À l'échelle de la France : Cela représente environ 900 000 parents en souffrance.

      Conséquences

      Le burnout parental a des répercussions dévastatrices sur l'ensemble de l'écosystème familial.

      • Pour le parent :

      • ◦ Problèmes de santé physique exacerbés par le cortisol.

      • ◦ Idées suicidaires très fréquentes. Contrairement au burnout professionnel où l'on peut démissionner ou se mettre en arrêt maladie, il n'y a pas de porte de sortie à la parentalité. Le suicide est parfois perçu comme la seule issue.

      • Pour l'enfant :

      • Négligence : Le parent n'a plus l'énergie de s'occuper adéquatement de l'enfant (aide aux devoirs, surveillance).

      • Violence : La violence peut être verbale ("ma vie serait tellement plus simple si tu n'étais pas là") ou physique. Le parent, à bout, peut avoir des pulsions violentes qu'il peine à contrôler.

      • Pour le couple :

      • ◦ Flambée des conflits conjugaux.

      • ◦ Idées de divorce ou de séparation. La garde alternée peut être envisagée non pas à cause de la fin de l'amour, mais comme une stratégie de survie pour pouvoir "souffler une semaine sur deux".

      5. Pistes de Solution : Agir à l'Échelle Individuelle et Collective

      Solutions Individuelles

      • 1. Écouter et valider la souffrance : La première étape est de briser le tabou et de permettre au parent d'exprimer sa souffrance sans jugement.

      • 2. Prévention : Des programmes comme "Parents sur le fil" visent à aider les parents à relâcher la pression qu'ils s'imposent.

      • 3. Restaurer l'équilibre de la balance : Identifier les stresseurs pour les réduire et identifier/activer des ressources pour les augmenter.

      • 4. Traitement spécialisé : Pour les cas avancés, des thérapies de groupe ont prouvé leur efficacité, réduisant le taux de cortisol de 52 % en huit semaines et le ramenant à un niveau proche de celui des parents épanouis.

      • Solutions Collectives

      Le burnout parental étant en partie un phénomène de société, la réponse doit aussi être collective.

      • 1. Prendre garde aux pressions normatives : Il faut questionner les injonctions à la perfection véhiculées par les réseaux sociaux et certains professionnels.

      • 2. Adopter la bienveillance envers les parents : Les professionnels (pédiatres, enseignants) doivent considérer le bien-être du parent autant que celui de l'enfant.

      L'analogie de l'avion est parlante : "mettre son propre masque à oxygène avant d'aider son enfant". Un parent qui s'épuise ne peut plus prendre soin de son enfant.

      3. Repenser la parentalité positive : Ce concept doit être vu comme un "phare" qui donne une direction, et non comme un but inatteignable.

      Une parentalité "suffisamment bonne" est plus saine pour le parent et pour l'enfant, qui a besoin de se construire face à des adultes imparfaits.

      4. Combattre l'isolement parental : La parentalité est devenue une activité solitaire. Il est crucial de recréer du lien et de la solidarité.

      • Distinguer le soutien formel et informel : Les pays occidentaux offrent beaucoup de soutien formel (services de l'État, associations), mais ont perdu le soutien informel (famille élargie, voisinage). Or, ce dernier est essentiel pour le soutien émotionnel.

      • Retrouver l'esprit du village : Il faut réhabiliter l'idée qu'il est normal et nécessaire de partager les tâches et les responsabilités parentales au sein d'une communauté.

      Comme le dit le proverbe africain : "Pour élever un enfant, il faut tout un village".

    2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r_cQsQ49uHk

      Résumé de la vidéo [00:00:06][^1^][1] - [00:24:15][^2^][2]:

      Cette vidéo présente la 8ème Journée Départementale de la Parentalité à Agde en 2022, avec une conférence d'Isabelle Roskam. Elle aborde le burn-out parental et les défis de la parentalité au 21e siècle, en mettant l'accent sur les pressions sociétales et les attentes envers les parents.

      Points forts: + [00:00:06][^3^][3] Introduction d'Isabelle Roskam * Présentation de son parcours professionnel * Expérience en psychologie du développement et recherche sur le burn-out parental * Auteur d'ouvrages sur la parentalité + [00:01:47][^4^][4] La parentalité et les émotions positives * La perception culturelle de la parentalité associée au bonheur * Les défis et le stress liés à l'éducation des enfants * La difficulté d'exprimer les aspects négatifs de la parentalité + [00:07:05][^5^][5] Parentalité comme un travail exigeant * Comparaison de la parentalité à un emploi sans possibilité de démission * L'évolution des rôles de genre et les défis de la coparentalité * L'impact des valeurs individualistes sur la parentalité + [00:10:38][^6^][6] Changements sociétaux affectant la parentalité * L'influence de la contraception et le concept de l'enfant choisi * L'évolution du statut de l'enfant et les droits de l'enfant * Les responsabilités parentales décrites dans la Convention internationale des droits de l'enfant + [00:16:57][^7^][7] Développement des sciences psychologiques et éducation * Pression sur les parents à travers les médias et les professionnels * L'importance de l'engagement parental et les recommandations sur la bonne parentalité * La nouvelle pression historique sur les parents et leurs responsabilités + [00:19:02][^8^][8] Le glissement vers le burn-out parental * La différence entre la pression sociétale et le burn-out parental * Description du burn-out parental et ses symptômes * L'importance de l'investissement parental et le contraste avec le burn-out Résumé de la vidéo [00:24:17][^1^][1] - [00:44:58][^2^][2]:

      La conférence aborde le burn-out parental, ses symptômes, ses causes et ses conséquences sur les parents et les enfants. Elle souligne l'importance de l'équilibre entre les stresseurs et les ressources disponibles pour les parents, et propose des solutions pour prévenir et traiter le burn-out parental.

      Points forts: + [00:24:17][^3^][3] Symptômes du burn-out parental * Témoignage d'une mère épuisée par les demandes constantes de ses enfants * Différenciation entre burn-out parental et dépression + [00:26:39][^4^][4] Causes du stress parental * Impact du stress sur la santé physique des parents * Comparaison des niveaux de cortisol chez les parents en burn-out et d'autres groupes stressés + [00:30:00][^5^][5] Prévalence du burn-out parental * Statistiques montrant une prévalence élevée dans les pays occidentaux * Discussion sur l'importance de s'occuper du burn-out parental comme un problème de santé publique + [00:38:01][^6^][6] Conséquences et traitement * Effets néfastes sur la santé des parents et le bien-être des enfants * Approches de prévention et de traitement efficaces pour réduire le stress parental Résumé de la vidéo [00:45:00][^1^][1] - [01:06:42][^2^][2]:

      La conférence d'Isabelle Roskam aborde les défis de la parentalité moderne, contrastant avec les pratiques des années 80. Elle souligne la pression sur les parents pour répondre aux besoins académiques, émotionnels, nutritionnels et sociaux des enfants, tout en évitant la surstimulation et en favorisant une alimentation saine. Roskam discute de l'isolement croissant des parents dans une société individualiste et plaide pour un retour à la solidarité communautaire, rappelant le proverbe africain selon lequel il faut tout un village pour élever un enfant.

      Points forts: + [00:45:00][^3^][3] Contraste entre la parentalité en 1982 et 2019 * Pression pour répondre à tous les besoins des enfants * Différences dans les attentes et les pratiques éducatives * Humour pour souligner les changements sociétaux + [00:46:25][^4^][4] Parentalité solitaire dans la société moderne * Individualisme et réticence à demander de l'aide * Importance de partager les responsabilités parentales * Nécessité de soutien communautaire et informel + [00:50:11][^5^][5] Réflexion sur les sociétés collectivistes * Comparaison avec les modèles éducatifs où l'enfant est élevé par la communauté * Discussion sur l'adaptation des sociétés occidentales à ces modèles * Soutien formel et informel et leur impact sur la parentalité + [00:59:31][^6^][6] Équilibre personnel et parentalité * Gestion du stress parental et importance de maintenir une identité diversifiée * Rôle du travail et de la carrière dans la prévention de l'épuisement parental * Influence du nombre d'enfants et de la dynamique familiale sur le bien-être parental

    1. La Faculté de Punir : Analyse des Transformations du Châtiment des Enfants

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse l'évolution de la "faculté de punir" appliquée aux enfants, en s'appuyant sur les travaux de Didier Fassin.

      Il met en lumière un paradoxe central : alors que les sociétés occidentales sont devenues de plus en plus punitives envers les adultes depuis la seconde moitié du XXe siècle, elles se sont montrées de plus en plus protectrices à l'égard des enfants.

      Cette protection a évolué à travers une série de redéfinitions successives des mauvais traitements, passant d'un cadre légal et familial (la "correction modérée") à des cadres médical (le "syndrome de l'enfant battu"), de santé publique (la "maltraitance infantile") et enfin psychologique et sexuel (les "abus sexuels").

      Cette tendance globale à la protection a conduit à une prohibition croissante des châtiments corporels, bien que de manière inégale à travers le monde, avec des exceptions notables comme les États-Unis.

      Cependant, l'analyse révèle que cette protection est elle-même vulnérable.

      L'État, en revendiquant le monopole de la faculté de punir, restreint le droit de correction dans la sphère privée tout en se réservant le droit de châtier les mineurs dans des cadres spécifiques.

      Cette vulnérabilité se manifeste de deux manières principales :

        1. Dans la justice pénale des mineurs, où le principe de protection établi par l'ordonnance de 1945 en France est progressivement érodé par un durcissement législatif visant à rapprocher le traitement des mineurs de celui des adultes.
        1. Dans le traitement administratif des mineurs étrangers, où l'enjeu devient de leur refuser le statut de minorité pour les soustraire à la protection et les exposer à la répression.

      En définitive, bien que la punition des enfants ait reculé dans la sphère privée, la protection qui leur est accordée par la loi reste fragile et soumise aux pressions politiques qui associent délinquance et immigration, remettant ainsi en cause le statut d'exception du mineur.

      1. La Nature et la Légitimité de la Punition

      Punir, dans son acception la plus générale, consiste à infliger une forme de souffrance (physique ou psychique) à une personne supposée avoir violé une loi, une morale ou une norme.

      Cette action est réputée légitime socialement car elle vise à corriger une infraction et à rétablir l'ordre. La légitimité du châtiment peut revêtir plusieurs dimensions :

      Légale : Lorsqu'elle est prononcée par une autorité judiciaire au terme d'un procès.

      Ce système formel est lui-même historiquement, culturellement et politiquement déterminé.

      Sociale : En dehors du cadre légal, dans des "mondes sociaux" qui définissent leurs propres règles (ex: institution scolaire, milieux mafieux).

      L'analyse se concentre principalement sur une évolution paradoxale : alors que l'appareil punitif de l'État est devenu plus sévère ("punitif"), la sphère familiale l'est devenue de moins en moins.

      La légitimité du châtiment s'est renforcée dans l'espace public tout en se restreignant dans l'espace privé, notamment concernant les enfants.

      2. La Généalogie du Châtiment de l'Enfant : De la Puissance Paternelle à la Protection

      2.1. De la "Patria Potestas" à la "Correction Modérée" L'histoire du châtiment des enfants est marquée par une longue évolution depuis le pouvoir quasi absolu du père dans l'Empire romain.

      La Patria Potestas : Ce pouvoir du père sur ses enfants, allant jusqu'au droit de vie et de mort, était quasi absolu dans le cadre légal romain.

      Il était cependant limité en pratique par des facteurs sociaux (mariage tardif, espérance de vie réduite) et une évolution progressive du droit romain lui-même.

      L'Évolution vers la Protection : Au fil des époques (médiévale, classique, Lumières), une obligation de protection de l'enfant s'est associée à la puissance paternelle, qui a également été étendue à la mère.

      La "Correction Modérée" : Au XIXe siècle, comme le note Philippe Antoine Merlin en 1813, le "droit de vie et de mort fut réduit à une simple correction, à un châtiment modéré".

      Toutefois, les critères de cette modération n'étant pas définis, la législation protégeait peu l'enfant contre la violence parentale.

      2.2. L'Intervention de l'État : Les Lois de la Fin du XIXe Siècle

      La fin du XIXe siècle en France marque un tournant avec l'intervention de l'État dans la sphère familiale pour protéger les enfants.

      Loi du 24 juillet 1889 ("sur la protection des enfants maltraités et abandonnés") :

      Elle prévoit la déchéance de la puissance paternelle pour les parents condamnés pour des crimes ou délits sur leurs enfants, ou dont le comportement (ivrognerie, mauvais traitements) compromet la santé, la sécurité ou la moralité des enfants.

      Loi du 19 avril 1898 ("sur la répression des violences...") :

      Elle précise les infractions (coups, privation d'aliments) et alourdit les peines si les auteurs sont les parents ou une personne ayant autorité sur l'enfant, pouvant aller jusqu'aux travaux forcés à perpétuité.

      Selon l'historien Georges Vigarello, ces lois s'inscrivent dans une triple transformation de la société :

        1. Un recul général de la violence.
        1. Une sensibilité nouvelle à la souffrance et à l'image de l'enfant.
        1. La contestation de l'autorité absolue du père, couplée à une volonté de moraliser les classes pauvres.

      Ces lois participaient ainsi à une double logique : la disciplinarisation des pauvres et la moralisation des enfants perçus comme de potentiels futurs délinquants.

      2.3. La Reconfiguration des Mauvais Traitements : Une Triple Redéfinition

      Au XXe siècle, les mauvais traitements ont connu trois redéfinitions successives, les inscrivant dans de nouveaux champs de savoir et d'action.

      2.3.1. Le Cadre Médical : Le "Syndrome de l'Enfant Battu"

      La médecine a joué un rôle crucial dans l'identification des violences familiales.

      Ambroise Tardieu (1860) : Ce médecin légiste français fut le premier à décrire le tableau clinique de sévices et mauvais traitements (hématomes multiples, séquelles de fractures), mais son travail eut peu d'écho à l'époque.

      Frederic Silverman (1953) : Ce radiologue pédiatrique américain identifie l'association de fractures multiples comme un signe de traumatismes.

      En 1962, avec des collègues, il nomme ce tableau le Battered child syndrome ("syndrome de l'enfant battu"), ce qui initiera des lois imposant le signalement des mauvais traitements.

      Aujourd'hui : Le terme de "traumatisme non accidentel" (non-accidental trauma) est préféré pour inclure d'autres formes comme le "syndrome du bébé secoué".

      2.3.2. Le Cadre de la Santé Publique : La "Maltraitance Infantile"

      Le passage à la santé publique a changé l'échelle d'analyse : du cas individuel à la population, du diagnostic à la prévention.

      Nouveau concept : Le terme "maltraitance infantile" (child maltreatment) apparaît en France dans le dernier quart du XXe siècle, porté par la pédiatrie sociale.

      Changement d'échelle : Les médias se focalisent sur les cas extrêmes (infanticides), invisibilisant la "banalité des mauvais traitements".

      Les données épidémiologiques révèlent une prévalence bien plus élevée que ce que les hospitalisations suggèrent.

      Indicateur de Maltraitance Infantile

      Données (États-Unis)

      Données (France)

      Enfants référés pour suspicion (avant 5 ans)

      13,9 % (enquête en Californie)

      Proportion d'enfants victimes (violence/négligence) 19,2 % (enquête nationale 2010) - Taux basé sur les hospitalisations (formes graves) - 0,11 % (fortement sous-estimé) Taux de violence physique (enquêtes pop.) - Entre 4 % et 16 % (travaux internationaux) Taux de violence psychologique (enquêtes pop.) - Entre 4 % et 10 % (travaux internationaux)

      2.3.3. La Reconnaissance Tardive : Les Abus Sexuels

      Les abus sexuels sur enfants ont été occultés ou niés pendant la majeure partie du XXe siècle par différentes sphères :

      La médecine : A longtemps interprété les infections génitales chez les enfants comme des conséquences de la promiscuité ou du manque d'hygiène, désexualisant les pratiques.

      Le politique : Des parlementaires masculins se sont opposés aux réformes féministes.

      Le judiciaire : Le traitement dubitatif et inquisiteur des plaintes était dissuasif pour les victimes.

      La psychanalyse : A pu être instrumentalisée pour conforter le "négationnisme ambiant" en réduisant les accusations à des fantasmes.

      Ce n'est qu'au début du XXIe siècle que le sujet entre dans l'espace public, révélant une ampleur considérable.

      Données sur les Abus Sexuels

      Méta-analyse (Europe/Amérique du Nord)

      Rapport CIIVISE 2023 (France)

      Garçons/Hommes

      2,6% (sans contact) / 4% (avec contact)

      1,5 million d'hommes victimes (6,4%)

      Filles/Femmes

      6,7% (sans contact) / 12,7% (avec contact)

      3,9 millions de femmes victimes (14,5%)

      Total

      Plus d'un adulte sur 10

      Contexte

      8% des cas avant 5 ans

      Inceste dans plus de 8 cas sur 10

      Âge de début

      8,5 ans en moyenne

      3. La Prohibition Mondiale des Châtiments Corporels : Une Progression Inégale

      Parallèlement à la reconfiguration des violences en mauvais traitements, un mouvement mondial d'interdiction des châtiments corporels a émergé.

      3.1. L'Interdiction dans la Sphère Familiale

      Pionnière : La Suède a été le premier pays au monde à inscrire cette interdiction dans sa législation en 1979.

      Progression : En 2000, 11 pays avaient suivi. En 2022, on en comptait 66.

      La France : Condamnée par le Conseil de l'Europe en 2015, la France est devenue le 56e pays à adopter une telle législation le 2 juillet 2019 avec la loi "relative à l'interdiction des violences éducatives ordinaires".

      Pays Réfractaires : En 2022, 133 pays ne l'avaient pas fait, parmi lesquels les États-Unis, le Canada, l'Australie, la Russie, l'Inde et le Royaume-Uni.

      3.2. L'Exceptionnalisme Américain : La Persistance des Punitions à l'École

      L'interdiction des châtiments corporels en milieu scolaire est plus répandue : 136 pays l'avaient adoptée en 2022. L'exception la plus marquante est celle des États-Unis.

      Légalité : La pratique reste autorisée dans les établissements privés (sauf 4 États) et dans les établissements publics de 17 États, principalement dans le Sud.

      Validation par la Cour Suprême : L'affaire Ingraham v. Wright (1977) a validé cette pratique.

      La Cour a jugé que le 8e amendement de la Constitution (interdisant les "punitions cruelles et inhabituelles") ne s'appliquait pas aux élèves car il avait été conçu pour les criminels.

      La Dimension Raciale Invisibilisée : L'analyse souligne que cette affaire présente une dimension raciale cruciale mais ignorée :

        1. La victime était un élève noir.
        1. La scène se déroule dans un État du Sud marqué par l'héritage des lois de ségrégation Jim Crow.
        1. Le mode de sanction (humiliation physique) rappelle celui utilisé pour punir les esclaves.

      "malgré un corpus considérable de recherche en sciences sociales établissant à la fois l'inefficacité des châtiments corporels et les dommages sociaux très graves qui peuvent en résulter, le système judiciaire s'obstine à récuser toute mise en cause de la constitutionnalité de cette forme de punition." - Dina PoKempner Sacks

      3.3. Au-delà du Châtiment Corporel : Les Nouvelles Formes de Discipline Scolaire

      La suppression des punitions physiques ne doit pas occulter la persistance d'autres formes de sanctions, qui affectent de manière disproportionnée les élèves des catégories défavorisées et des minorités ethnoraciales.

      Sanctions classiques : Heures de retenue, exclusions définitives.

      Sanctions moins visibles : Humiliations, stigmatisations.

      Nouveaux motifs : En France, le principe de laïcité tel que défini par la loi du 15 mars 2004 a créé de nouveaux motifs de sanction.

      Pour l'année 2022-2023, 3 881 signalements ont été transmis, dont la moitié pour des tenues comme des jupes ou robes longues.

      4. La Vulnérabilité de la Protection : Le Mineur face à l'État Punitif

      4.1. Le Double Principe : L'Enfant comme Objet de Protection et Sujet de Droit

      La protection accrue des mineurs repose sur une double argumentation, en apparence contradictoire mais qui se renforce mutuellement :

      1. L'enfant comme objet de protection : En raison de son "manque de maturité physique et intellectuelle", il a besoin d'une protection spéciale (Déclaration des Droits de l'Enfant, 1959).

      2. L'enfant comme sujet de droit : Il possède des droits fondamentaux au même titre qu'un adulte, en vertu de sa "dignité et de la valeur de la personne humaine" (Charte des Nations-Unies, 1945).

      Ce double principe fonde l'abolition des châtiments corporels.

      Cependant, il révèle surtout que l'État devient le maître du jeu, revendiquant le monopole de la faculté de punir et s'autorisant lui-même à infliger des châtiments aux enfants dans des cas précis (ex: tribunaux militaires israéliens jugeant des enfants palestiniens dès 12 ans).

      4.2. La Justice Pénale des Mineurs en France : Du Souci de Protection au Durcissement Sécuritaire

      L'histoire de la justice des mineurs en France illustre une tension permanente entre protection et punition.

      L'Ordonnance du 2 février 1945 : Marque un "âge presque révolu" où la protection primait sur la punition.

      Le Durcissement depuis les années 1990 : Sous l'effet du populisme pénal et de l'instrumentalisation de faits divers, la tendance s'est inversée.

      • Érosion des principes de 1945 : Le législateur a progressivement restreint la présomption de non-discernement (avant 13 ans) et l'excuse de minorité, multiplié les lieux d'enfermement et rapproché la justice des mineurs de celle des adultes.

      • ◦ Exemples de mesures : Création de la rétention judiciaire pour les moins de 13 ans (1994), création des centres éducatifs fermés (2002), abaissement temporaire de l'âge de responsabilité pénale à 10 ans.

      La Réponse des Magistrats : Les données statistiques sur la période 2000-2019 montrent un tableau contrasté.

      • ◦ La délinquance juvénile est stable, voire en diminution.

      • ◦ Le taux de réponse pénale augmente fortement (de 78% à 93%).

      • ◦ Les magistrats privilégient les alternatives aux poursuites.

      • ◦ Lorsqu'ils condamnent à la prison, les peines sont plus longues (quantum moyen passant de 5,5 à 9 mois) et les détentions provisoires également (de 3,4 à 7,1 mois).

      • ◦ Les mesures éducatives sont en recul d'un quart, tandis que les sanctions éducatives sont multipliées par six.

      En somme, les magistrats semblent vouloir moins condamner, mais le faire plus lourdement, tout en privilégiant des sanctions à vocation éducative plutôt que des mesures de pur accompagnement.

      4.3. Les Mineurs Non Accompagnés (MNA) : Entre Protection et Répression

      Le cas des mineurs étrangers non accompagnés (MNA) illustre une autre forme de mise en cause de la protection. Ici, la tension n'est pas entre protection et punition, mais entre protection et répression.

      Cadre Juridique : En principe, les MNA ne peuvent se voir opposer leur absence de titre de séjour et doivent être pris en charge par l'Aide Sociale à l'Enfance (ASE), relevant de la protection.

      L'évaluation de leur minorité par les conseils départementaux est donc cruciale.

      Réalité de Terrain (Enquête dans les Hautes-Alpes) :

      L'enquête montre que le protocole légal n'est souvent pas respecté.

      ◦ Refoulements illégaux à la frontière.

      ◦ Politique de "déminorisation" par les services départementaux, soumise à la pression politique sur les coûts. Dans le département étudié, le taux de reconnaissance est passé de 46% en 2017 à 4% en 2019.

      ◦ Logique de suspicion systématique durant les entretiens d'évaluation, où tout élément du récit peut être retourné contre le jeune pour contester sa minorité.

      • Conséquences : Le rejet de leur minorité condamne ces jeunes à la précarité, l'errance et l'exposition à de multiples violences, voire les pousse vers des activités illicites pour survivre.

      5. Conclusion : La Vulnérabilité de l'Exception Mineure

      L'analyse des transformations du châtiment des enfants révèle une dynamique complexe.

      Si la société a évolué vers une plus grande protection des mineurs dans la sphère privée, cette protection est loin d'être absolue et reste éminemment vulnérable.

      Deux logiques distinctes mais convergentes sont à l'œuvre :

        1. Pour les jeunes délinquants : L'enjeu est de réduire la protection accordée par la minorité pénale (en levant l'excuse de minorité, en avançant la capacité de discernement) pour pouvoir appliquer la punition.
        1. Pour les jeunes étrangers : L'enjeu est de refuser la protection en rejetant la déclaration de minorité pour pouvoir appliquer la répression (obligation de quitter le territoire, placement en centre de rétention).

      Dans les deux cas, l'exception dont les mineurs peuvent théoriquement se prévaloir est remise en cause par des politiques exigeant plus de sévérité.

      Le rapprochement opéré dans le débat public entre criminalité et immigration ne fait que renforcer cette tendance, menaçant de faire converger le traitement des mineurs délinquants et des mineurs étrangers vers un même horizon répressif et punitif.

    2. 40 ans après la Suède 4 ans après avoir été condamné par le Conseil de l'Europe pour ne pas avoir prévu je cite d'interdiction suffisamment clair contraignante et précise des châtiments corporels la France qui qui maintenait 00:26:37 jusqu'à l'ORS dans ces textes un droit de correction a finalement été le 56e pays dans le monde à adopté une législation respectant la charte européenne des droits 00:26:48 sociaux ironiquement appelé antifessé comme pour la tournée en dérision la loi relative à je cite l'interdiction des violences éducatives ordinaires a été 00:27:01 voté au Sénat le 2 juillet 2019 en fait les parlementaires s'étent déjà prononcé sur ce principe dans le cadre de la loi dite égalité citoyenneté en 2016 mais le Conseil constitutionnel en avait censuré 00:27:15 l'article car il s'agissait d'un cavalier législatif c'est-à-dire introduit dans le dans un texte de loi sans rapport avec sa substance
    3. quant au Royaume-Uni il a été condamné par la Cour européenne des droits de l'homme le 23 septembre 00:28:21 1998 dans le cadre de l'affaire a versus United Kingdom pour ne pas avoir respecté l'article le 3 de la Convention européenne des droits de l'homme qui stipule que je cite nul ne peut être soumis à la torture ni à des peines ou 00:28:34 traitements inhumains ou dégradants un tribunal anglais avait en effet considéré non coupable un homme qui pour le corriger avait frappé son Beaufils de 9 ans avec une baguette en laissant sur ses cuiss plusieurs marques qui avait fait l'objet d'un signalement 00:28:47 par l'instituteur et avait été attesté par le certificat d'un pédiatre
    4. il faut donc attendre le début du 21e siècle pour que les abus sexuels à l'encontre des enfants entrent 00:20:39 véritablement dans l'espace public et qu'on en découvre l'étendue à l'école dans le sport dans les églises dans le monde artistique dans l'univers 00:20:50 familial la plus importante métaanalyse réalisée à partir de 179 enquêtes épidémiologiques une métaanalyse c'est ce qui rassemble un ensemble de de données 00:21:02 d'autres enquêtes donc de 179 enquêtes épidémiologique mené en Europe et en Amérique du Nord établit que la fréquence des abus sexuels sans contact physique est de 2,6 % chez les garçons 00:21:16 et 6,7 % chez les filles avec contact physique de 4 et 12,7 % respectivement avec pénétration de 2 et 5,8 % respectivement 00:21:29 dans 8 % des cas ces violences avaient commencé avant l'âge de 5 ans en France le rapport publié en 2023 par la civise la commission indépendante sur l'inceste et les violences sexuelles 00:21:40 faites aux enfants évalue à 160000 le nombre d'abus sexuel commis chaque année contre des enfants à 3,9 million le nombre de femmes qui ont été victimes de telle violence avant l'âge de 18 ans 00:21:53 soit 14,5 % et 1,5 million le nombre de homme affecté de la sorte soit 6,4 %. donc au total plus d'un adulte sur 10 a fait l'objet d'agression sexuelle dans 00:22:05 l'enfance l'âge moyen de début étant 8 ans et demi dans plus de 8 cas sur 10 il s'agit d'inceste une fois sur qu le père une fois sur 5 un frère la victime ne fait 00:22:17 immé ne fait immédiatement état de l'agression subie que dans moins d'un cas sur 10 lorsqu'il s'agit d'inceste
    5. dans les milieux judiciaire où le traitement dubitatif et inquisiteur des plaintes par les magistrats 00:20:11 s'avérait dissuasif pour les victimes quant à la psychanalyse qui a été accusé d'avoir contribué à discréditer le discours de ces dernières les victimes en faisant des accusations de violence sexuelle expression de 00:20:25 fantasme elle a surtout servi au rebour de la théorie frudienne pour conforter le négationnisme ambiant
    6. les abus sexuels ont été reconnu très tardivement la recherche 00:18:31 historique conduite par la criminologue féministe britannique Carl Smart permet de comprendre comment ils ont été occultés voir niés tout au long du 20e siècle en médecine dès les années 1910 00:18:44 on a commencé à traiter des gonocoxies chez les enfants et notamment les petites filles souffrant de Vulv vaginite que les pédiatres interprétaient comme la conséquence de la promiscuité et de la malpropreté dans 00:18:56 les familles pauvres dont les logements Igu obliga parents et enfants à partager le même lit tandis qu'il les attribuait au manque d'hygiène des gouvernantes et des domestiques dans les familles 00:19:08 riches lorsque des attouchements et des viols étaient suspectés les praticiens les attribuaient volontiers à la croyance selon laquelle des relations sexuelles avec des vierges guérissaient les maladies vénériennes explication qui 00:19:20 semblaient les innocentés en désexualisant ses pratiques à l'égard d'enfants et même de nourrisson et vous savez peut-être que avec l'épidémie de de sida cette 00:19:32 croyance a été remobilisée de la purification par le des relations sexuelles qui souvent des viols de jeunes filles vierges ce n'est que dans les années 1980 que les médecins ont 00:19:46 commencé à associer ces infections à l'existence d'abus sexuel parallèlement la résistance à la reconnaissance de ces pratiques se manifestait aussi bien dans les cercles politiques où les les hommes 00:19:59 parlementaires s'opposaient à des réformes féministes visant à interdire les contacts sexuels avant l'âge de 16 ans que dans les milieux judiciaire où le traitement dubitatif et inquisiteur des plaintes par les magistrats 00:20:11 s'avérait dissuasif pour les victimes
    7. en France les données statistiques sont rares les seuls disponibles portent sur les enfants hospitalisés autrement dit sur les 00:17:16 formes physiques les plus graves et minore donc considérablement la réalité des mauvais traitements puisque le taux obtenu est de 0,11 %. soit près de 100 fois moins que les estimations 00:17:28 habituelles dans les pays à haut revenu les travaux internationaux internationaux portant non pas sur des services médicaux ou sociaux la France mais réalisés auprès d'échantillon de population révèle des 00:17:40 taux de violence physique compris entre 4 et 16 % et de violence psychologique compris entre 4 et 10 %.
    8. les critères de cette modération n'étant pas définis la législation ne permettait guerre de défendre de de défendre l'enfant contre l'éventuelle violence des 00:07:04 parents c'est précisément ce qu'essaie de rectifier en France la loi du 24 juillet 1889 dite sur la protection des enfants maltraité et abandonné 00:07:17 elle prévoit en effet je cite la déchéance de la puissance paternelle pour les parents et il faut entendre ici paternel comme qualifiant le père et la mère je continue de citer s'ils ont 00:07:30 condamnés s'ils sont condamnés soit comme auteur co-auteur ou complice d'un crime commis sur la personne d'un ou plusieurs leurs enfants ou s'ils sont condamnés deux fois comme auteur coauteur ou complice d'un délit commis 00:07:44 sur la personne d'un ou plusieurs de leurs enfants cette déchéance peut d'ailleurs être appliquée aussi aux parents qui je cite par leur ivrognerie habituelle leur 00:07:56 inconduite notoire et scandaleuse ou par de mauvais traitement compromettent soit la santé soit la sécurité soit la moralité de leurs enfants
    9. c'est au début du 20e siècle dans plusieurs pays ces mauvais traitements sont ainsi entrés dans la chaîne pénale et plus précisément dans le domaine judiciaire ils vont connaître trois redéfinitions 00:11:33 ultérieures qui sans les extraire du cadre de la loi les inscrivent également dans d'autres espaces celui de la médecine avec le syndrome de l'enfant battu d'abord celui de la santé publique 00:11:46 avec la caractérisation de la maltraitance infantile ensuite celui de la traumatologie psychologique avec la reconnaissance des abus sexuels
    10. aussi importante soit-elle pour la protection de l'enfance ces deux lois 1889 et 1898 doivent également être appréhendé comme participant à la fois à la 00:10:32 disciplinarisation des pauvres dans une période où la violence structurelle du capitalisme industriel conduit à la production d'un prolétariat contient pour seul responsable de la condition de sa 00:10:44 progéniture et à la moralisation d'enfants dont on anticipe qu'il risque de devenir des délinquants ou des criminels si on ne les soustrait pas à la socialisation de l'environnement 00:10:55 malsin de leur famille
    11. un cas semble particulièrement 00:03:58 intéressant c'est celui du châtiment des enfants en particulier dans le cadre de la relation parentale ce intéressant car son évolution a subi suivi une direction contraire à la 00:04:12 sanction pénale alors que l'État devenait de plus en plus punugitif comme nous l'avons vu la familleétait de moins en moins la légitimité du châtiment se renforçait dans la sphère publique
    12. la légitimité du châtiment peut se situer en dehors du cadre légal dans des mondes sociaux particuliers qui 00:02:29 définissent leurs propres règles l'institution scolaire établit pour des devoirs non faits des attitudes jugées insolente le ou même le port d'un kimono féminin assimilé à un vêtement religieux 00:02:42 musulman des modalités de punition qui peuvent aller d'heur de retenue jusqu'à l'exclusion définitive selon des usages qui varient dans le temps et selon les établissements
    13. pour les responsables politiques aujourd'hui la question des mineurs se pose ainsi de deux manières distinctes dans le casadre de la justice pénale à laquelle sont confrontés des jeunes 00:58:56 accusés d'avoir commis un délit l'enjeu est de réduire la protection dont ils peuvent bénéficier du fait de leur minorité pénale en répudiant l'excuse atténuante de minorités voire le 00:59:08 irresponsabilité pénale en avançant la capacité de discernement dans le casadre de l'activité administrative à laquelle font face les jeunes étrangers l'enjeu est de leur refuser toute protection en 00:59:20 rejetant la déclaration de minorité ce que permet l'absence de documents probant ou la suspicion sur les données d'état civil des pays étrangers présentés par ces jeunes les deux situations sont donc 00:59:34 juridiquement et socialement bien distincte pourtant dans l'une comme dans l'autre il s'agit de mettre en cause la protection accordée au mineur soit en restreignant son périmètre soit en l'abolissant complètement dans le 00:59:47 premier cas la punition peut s'appliquer et le jeune ira peut-être en prison dans le second la répression peut intervenir et le jeunne se retrouvera probablement à la rue
    14. les dossiers d'évaluation 00:55:42 que j'ai pu lire sont étonnamment stéréotypés dans le déploiement d'une logique de suspicion sur tous les éléments du récit l'oubli d'un détail d'un voyage qui a duré plusieurs années 00:55:54 banal dans les expériences traumatiques comme celle vécu par ces jeunes affecte leur crédibilité mais à l'inverse une trop grande précision du souvenir les dessert car elle suggère une major une maturité 00:56:07 incompatible avec la minorité la méconnaissance par les agents des par les agents des sociétés africaines leur fait prendre pour peu vraisemblable des faits parfaitement établis par exemple dans les relations 00:56:20 entre fils et beau-père dans le cadre de remariage une impatience manifesté par celui qui se déclare mineur devant la répétition de questions inquisitrices ù l'expression insistante de l'incrédulité 00:56:32 de la personne chargée de l'évaluation ajoute au jugement défavorable ce que ne savent pas les jeunes en commençant l'entretien c'est qu'ils ont moins d'une chance sur 20 de voir leur minorité 00:56:44 confirmer et d'accéder ainsi à une protection lorsqu'ils apprennent qu'ils ont été rejeté beaucoup sont désespérés de voir le projet pour lequel ils ont enduré tant d'épreuves sur le sur leur au long de leur périp s'effondré alors 00:56:57 qu'il s'étaient cru si près du but
    15. dans le département des Alpes en 2017 1243 jeunes ce disant mineurs ont été évalués et 00:55:03 575 soit 46 % ont effectivement été reconnus tel mais 2 ans plus tard alors qu'il n'y avait pourtant plus que 621 dossiers examinés soit la moitié de 00:55:16 2017 seul 26 soit 4 % se sont vu attribuer le le statut protecteur cette politique drastique de de déminorisation instaurée par le Conseil départemental condamnait presque 00:55:30 systématiquement tous ces garçons à une vie de précarité d'érrance d'exposition à des risques bien documentés de violence d'addiction et de prostitution
    16. peut-être parce qu'ils ont nont été informés et et savent cette issue très probable certains ne cherchent d'ailleurs pas à faire valoir leur 00:57:10 minorité et traversent la frontièr comme les adultes en essayant d'échapper à la surveillance des forces de l'ordre de cette frontière militarisée le traitement des jeunes qui se déclarent mineurs isolés et dont 00:57:23 l'administration récuse la minorité ne relève évidemment pas de la justice pénale dont j'ai parlé jusqu'à présent encore que premièrement certains é été condamnés à des peines d'emprisonnement ferme et à l'obligation 00:57:35 de rembourser les aides dont ils ont bénéficié après que des conseils départementaux ont porté plainte contre eux parfois sur la base de test ux peine qui ont d'ailleurs pu être annulé en en appel et que deuxièmement le rejet de 00:57:48 leur dossier puisse amener d'autres à tenter de survivre dans la rue en se livrant à des activités illicite comme je me suis rendu compte lors du procès de l'un d'ux accusé de revente de quelques barrettes de cannabis et 00:58:02 condamné à une peine d'emprisonnement ferme avec mandat de dépôt c'est-à-dire départ en mise en d' arrêt
    17. c'est aujourd'hui dans les services départementaux que ceux qui 00:54:14 se déclarent mineurs se heurent aux obstacles les plus insurmontables il arrive qu'il soit rejeté dès la demande de rendez-vous par l'agent administratif chargé de l'accueil qui simplement dit au jeunes qu' n'est pas mineur sur sa seu 00:54:27 ne lui laissant même pas la possibilité de déposer un dossier toutefois le plus souvent c'est l'évaluation proprement dite de minorités qui s'avère l'étape infranchissable cette évaluation est souvent faite par des personnels sans 00:54:38 formation spécifique et soumise à la pression politique du Conseil départemental dont les élus s'inquiètent des dépenses supplémentaires occasionnées par la prise en charge des mineurs non accompagnés et ce bien qu'un plan national a été mise en place pour 00:54:51 répartir ces derniers sur tout le territoire
    18. l'enquête que j'ai conduite pendant 5 ans avec annecler de faossé 00:53:00 dans les Hautes Alpes près de la frontière italienne dans une région qui est autour du col de Montgenèvre l'un des principaux points d'entrée en France par le sud-est l'un des deux points d'entrée en 00:53:11 en France par le sud-est montre que le protocole décrit dans les textes n'est généralement pas suivi alors même que depuis 2016 la proportion des jeunes garçons en provenance d'Afrique sub-saharienne se déclarant mineur a 00:53:24 souvent été élevée alors frontière d'abord on a eu pendant plusieurs années un refoulement presque systématique par les policiers chargés de la garder qui contestait l'âge déclaré par le jeune voire déchirer son acte de naissance 00:53:38 jusqu'à ce que plusieurs condamnations de l'État par les tribunaux administratifs ne conduisent ce dernier à se montrer plus respectueux de la loi en adressant ses garçons à l'aide sociale à l'enfance via une association 00:53:50 locale ce qui est désormais fait le plus souvent certains agents récal Citran continuant CEP pendant à les renvoyer en Italie parfois après avoir falsifié leurs documents ainsi que le constatent 00:54:02 les associations qui de l'autre côté de la frontière côté italien conserve les copies des originaux
    19. il est une question autour de laquelle cette tension se pose de manière singulière c'est celle des 00:50:58 mineurs non accompagnés parfois désigné par le sigle administratif MNA telle est en effet la catégorie qui définit des filles et beaucoup plus souvent des garçons étrangers âgés de 00:51:11 moins de 18 ans qui sont sur le territoire français sans titre de séjour et qui voyagent sans la présence d'un adulte exerçant une autorité parentale le nombre est estimé 00:51:23 aujourd'hui à 14000 en France dont la moitié viennent du Mali de la Guinée de la Côte d'Ivoire il bénéficie en principe de l'ensemble des droits prévus par la convention internationale des droits de 00:51:35 l'enfant
    20. les mineurs eux ne peuvent pas légalement se voir opposer 00:51:59 leur absence de titre de séjour en France ils sont censés être pris en charge par les services départementaux de l'aide sociale à l'enfance en d'autres termes leur traitement ne relève pas de la répression comme c'est 00:52:12 le cas pour les étrangers majeurs mais de la protection au titre de leur minorité la détermination de cette dernière par le Conseil départemental s'avère donc crucial savoir s'ils ont 00:52:24 plus ou moins de 18 ans il s'agit d'évaluer sur la base des documents présentés par la personne se déclarant mineur et au terme d'un entretien avec elle si elle est bien âgée de Mo- 18 ans 00:52:36 dans ce cas elle peut-être placée par l'autorité judiciaire soit dans un foyer soit confié à 1/3 dans le cas contraire elle est considérée comme adulte avec le risque 00:52:49 d'être expulsée si elle ne parvient pas à obtenir un titre de séjour par exemple dans le cadre de l'asile tel est donc le cadre juridique
    21. c'est que indépendamment de la réalité statistique pénale concernant les mineurs la délinquence juvénile demeure un sujet qui suscite des réactions de 00:50:30 panique morale et excite la propension à la sévérité la tension entre protection et punition est dèslors un trait récurrent de la justice pénale des mineurs et dans le mouvement de balancier qui se manifeste au fil des 00:50:44 décennies le droit s'est nettement déplacé vers la punition
    22. à partir du milieu des 00:45:24 années 1990 la tendance inverse avec un durcissement de la législation chaque fois qu'une majorité de droite revient au pouvoir et une correction seulement partielle lorsque c'est la gauche qui 00:45:35 gouverne ainsi en 1994 on institue la rétention judiciaire autrement dit la garde à vue pour les moins de 13 ans en 1996 on permet la comparution immédiate et la comparution devant le juge des 00:45:49 enfants sans instruction préalable en 2002 on crée les centres éducatifs fermés ainsi que les établissements pénitentiaires pour mineurs et on abaisse l'âge de la responsabilité pénale de 13 à 10 ans 00:46:01 autorisant des sanctions beaucoup plus tôt dans la vie le code de la justice pénale des mineurs rétablira en fait en 2021 la limite de 13 ans en 2007 les exception 00:46:13 permettant de ne pas appliquer l'excuse de minorité pour les les mineurs de plus de 16 ans sont élargies ces dispositions seront toutefois abreugé en 2014 la pleine excuse de minorité se trouvant 00:46:25 alors rétablie en 2007 encore on supprime l'atténuation de la peine pour les mineurs de 16 ans en cas deuxèe récidif s'il commett un délit avec violence ou agression sexuelle en 00:46:38 2011 les tribunaux correctionnels pour mineurs sont créés pour juger les délits punis de plus de 3 ans d'emprisonnement en récidive par des adolescents de plus de 16 ans ils seront 00:46:50 cependant supprimé en 2016 en 2019 on permet d'appliquer au mineurs de plus de 13 la détention à domicile sous surveillance électronique progressivement ainsi avec 00:47:02 ces balancements que je vous ai indiqué le législateur érode le principe de protection de l'ordonnance de 1945 restreint les effets de la 00:47:14 présomption de non discernement et de l'excuse de minorité multiplie les lieux d'enfermement et les possibilités de peine correspondantes et rapproche la justice pénale des mineurs de la justice 00:47:27 pénale des adultes et vous aurez certainement remarqué que c'est un débat qui aujourd'hui est à nouveau sur la table
    23. quant aux mesures éducatives elles sont en recul d'un/art tandis que les sanctions éducatives sont multiplié 00:49:13 par 6 en somme si on veut résumer ce que je viens de vous indiquer dans un contexte de stabilité de la délinquence juvénile voire de diminution les tribunaux ont apporté plus de réponses 00:49:26 pénal comme on leur demandait comme le gouvernement leur demandait préférant cependant les alternatives aux poursuites plutôt que des peines d'emprisonnement tout en décidant 00:49:38 lorsqu'ils optent pour la prison des incarc des incarcérations plus longues des détentions provisoires plus fréquentes et des sanctions éducatives plutôt que des mesures éducatives simples
    24. c'est donc un tableau contrasté 00:49:52 vous le voyez de la justice pénale des mineurs qui se dessine dans les faits les magistrat paraissant vouloir moins condamnés mais le faire plus lourdement lorsqu'ils le 00:50:03 font il ne reste pas moins soumis à de fortes pressions politiques et policières auxqueles il leur est difficile de résister
    25. les premières phrases de l'ordonnance du 2 février 00:42:57 1945 raisonne aujourd'hui comme la mémoire d'un âge presque révolu où le souci de protéger les mineurs prévalait sur la nécessité de punir les délinquants je cite il est peu de 00:43:12 problèmes aussi grave que ceux qui concne la protection de l'enfance et parmi eux ceux qui ont trait au sort de l'enfance traduite en justice peut-ons lire dans ce document historique la France n'est pas assez riche d'enfants 00:43:25 pour qu'elle ait le droit de négliger tout ce qui peut en faire des êtres sains le gouvernement provisoire de la République affirme que tous les mineurs de moins de 18 ans doivent être référés 00:43:39 à des juridictions pour enfants que l'irresponsabilité pénale dont il bénéficie ne saurait avoir de dérogation qu'exceptionnelle que la notion de discernement servante à justifier les poursuites n'a plus cours et que seul 00:43:53 doivent être mis en œuvre à leur égard des mesures de prot d'assistance de surveillance d'éducation et de réforme plus que l'acte lui-même c'est 00:44:05 l'histoire dans laquelle il s'inscrit qu'il faut comprendre dit-on alors ce qu'une enquête sociale c'est le terme permettra de reconstituer de surcroix afin de ne pas compromettre les chances 00:44:19 de ce qu'on appelle un relèvement ultérieur l'inscription au casier casier des mineurs qui n'est transmise à aucune autre institution que judiciaire sera effacé sur simple 00:44:31 requête si donc la bienveillance doublée d'une volonté de réhabiliter le délinquant et de prévenir les récidives prévaut
    26. et rapproche la justice pénale des mineurs de la justice 00:47:27 pénale des adultes et vous aurez certainement remarqué que c'est un débat qui aujourd'hui est à nouveau sur la table pour autant les magistrats ne suivent pas cette évolution de manière monolithique en deux décennies entre 00:47:41 2000 et 2019 la part des mineurs dans l'ensemble des personnes mises en cause par les services de police ou de gendarmerie a sensiblement diminué de 21 à 17 % et le nombre d'affaires impliquant des mineurs qui ont été 00:47:53 transmises au parquet et ont été considéré suffisamment car caractérisé au plan juridique est resté remarquablement stable passant de 132000 à 134000 ces deux éléments que je viens de vous dire sur la gendarmerie et la 00:48:06 police et sur les parquets vont à l'encontre de l'idée répandue d'une progression de la délinquance juvénile
    27. si donc la bienveillance doublée d'une volonté de réhabiliter le délinquant et de prévenir les récidives prévaut le texte n'écarte pas les sanctions pénales y compris d'emprisonnement long avec toutefois un 00:44:44 quantum réduit de moitié par rapport aux adultes sauf si l'excuse atténuante de minorité est écarté on est donc loin d'une justice laxiste 00:44:57 au cours des décennies suivantes une série de mesures complémentaires prolonge l'esprit de l'ordonnance 1945 ce sont notamment la création de l'assistance éducative et des peines en milieu ouvert la suppression de la 00:45:10 détention provisoire avant 16 ans et du placement en maison d'arrêt avant 18 ans l'obligation de la présence d'un avocat à toutes les étapes de la procédure pénale pour les mineurs délinquants
    28. en fait la justice pénale des mineurs n'a cessé d'évoluer depuis la fin de la Seconde Guerre mondiale d'abord vers 00:42:33 plus de bienveillance puis après les élections législatives de 1993 vers plus de sévérité les textes se multipliant au gré du traitement sensationnaliste de faits divers et de leur 00:42:45 instrumentalisation dans le cadre du populisme pénal qui génère des vagues de panique morale autour de la délinquence juvénile
    29. Résumé de la vidéo [00:00:00][^1^][1] - [00:25:06][^2^][2]:

      Cette vidéo présente une conférence de Didier Fassin sur la faculté de punir, explorant les aspects légaux, sociaux et historiques de la punition. Fassin discute de la légitimité de la punition dans différents contextes, y compris la justice formelle, l'éducation et la famille.

      Points forts: + [00:00:29][^3^][3] Définition de la punition * Infliger une souffrance pour violation de la loi, morale ou norme * Peut être physique ou psychique, légale ou informelle + [00:04:00][^4^][4] Évolution de la punition des enfants * Tendance vers moins de punition dans la famille malgré un État plus punitif * La légitimité du châtiment parental diminue + [00:07:12][^5^][5] Protection légale des enfants en France * Lois de 1889 et 1898 pour protéger les enfants maltraités et abandonnés * Introduction de la déchéance de la puissance paternelle + [00:12:00][^6^][6] Redéfinitions des mauvais traitements * Inclusion dans la chaîne pénale et reconnaissance médicale et publique * Évolution vers la prévention et la sensibilisation aux abus sexuels Résumé de la vidéo [00:25:08][^1^][1] - [00:49:11][^2^][2]:

      Cette partie de la vidéo aborde l'évolution de la législation sur les châtiments corporels, en particulier dans le contexte familial et scolaire. Elle met en lumière les changements dans les lois et les attitudes envers la discipline physique des enfants, en soulignant les différences entre les pays et les évolutions au fil du temps.

      Points forts: + [00:25:08][^3^][3] L'histoire des châtiments corporels * Suppression progressive des châtiments corporels dans de nombreux pays * La France a adopté une législation interdisant les violences éducatives ordinaires en 2019 * Évolution des attitudes et des lois concernant la discipline physique des enfants + [00:28:00][^4^][4] La situation aux États-Unis et au Royaume-Uni * Les États-Unis maintiennent le droit de corriger physiquement les enfants * Le Royaume-Uni a été condamné pour ne pas avoir respecté les droits de l'homme en matière de châtiments corporels * Discussion sur la dimension raciale de la violence scolaire aux États-Unis + [00:33:04][^5^][5] L'exceptionnalisme américain dans la discipline scolaire * Les punitions physiques restent autorisées dans certains États américains * La Cour suprême des États-Unis a validé ces pratiques en 1977 * Analyse de la persistance de ces pratiques malgré leur inefficacité et leurs dommages sociaux + [00:39:01][^6^][6] Le monopole de l'État sur la faculté de punir * L'État revendique le monopole de l'usage légitime de la faculté de punir * Discussion sur la protection des enfants et la responsabilité pénale des mineurs * Évolution de la justice pénale des mineurs vers plus de sévérité depuis les années 1990 Résumé de la vidéo [00:49:13][^1^][1] - [01:01:00][^2^][2]:

      Cette partie de la vidéo aborde la justice pénale des mineurs en France, en mettant l'accent sur la tension entre protection et punition. Didier Fassin discute de l'augmentation des réponses pénales dans un contexte de délinquance juvénile stable ou en baisse, et de la pression politique et policière sur les magistrats. Il souligne également la situation particulière des mineurs non accompagnés (MNA) et les défis liés à leur évaluation et protection.

      Points forts: + [00:49:13][^3^][3] Justice pénale des mineurs * Augmentation des réponses pénales malgré la stabilité de la délinquance * Préférence pour les alternatives aux poursuites plutôt que l'emprisonnement * Pressions politiques et policières influençant les décisions judiciaires + [00:50:53][^4^][4] Mineurs non accompagnés (MNA) * Difficultés d'évaluation de l'âge et de la minorité * Protection offerte par la convention internationale des droits de l'enfant * Enjeux politiques et administratifs liés à la prise en charge des MNA + [00:52:57][^5^][5] Enquête sur le traitement des MNA * Protocole souvent non suivi pour l'évaluation des MNA * Pression politique sur les personnels évaluant la minorité * Conséquences graves du rejet de la minorité pour les jeunes + [00:59:47][^6^][6] Protection des mineurs et politiques de sévérité * Vulnérabilité de la protection accordée aux mineurs * Tension entre protection et répression pour les MNA * Impact des politiques sur la vie des jeunes rejetés

    30. aux États-Unis le l'étude réalisée par Russel skibba Robert Michael AB Carol 00:34:40 Nardo et ris Peterson la disproportion constatée est liée en partie à des comportements de ces élèves moins conforme à la norme scolaire mais en partie aussi à une 00:34:53 moindre tolérance des des professeurs vis-à-vis d'eux dans le contexte français elle est encouragée à la fois par la propension à associer dans l'espace public immigration et délinquence et par extension extension 00:35:05 minorité et déviance et par la banalisation d'un discours sur les valeurs républicaines légitimement une demande de plus de sévérité qui de fait cible plus particulièrement certaines minorités ethnoraciales et 00:35:17 religieuses
    31. les écoles n'échappent donc pas totalement au moment punitif en réalité plutôt que de se demander si la discipline y est plus sévère ou moins sévère que par le passé il faudrait s'interroger sur la manière dont la 00:35:28 discipline s'y reconfigure en permanence l'interdiction des châtiments corporels autrefois prévalent peut-être ainsi concomitante de l'apparition de nouveaux motifs de sanction au titre notamment du principe de laïcité tel que défini dans 00:35:41 la loi du 15 mars 2004 ainsi pour l'année scolaire 2022-2023 ce sont 3881 signalements qui ont été transmis au ministère de l'Éducation nationale dont environ la moitié concerne je cite des tenues qui 00:35:54 ne manifestent pas par nature une appartenance religieuse comme des jupes ou des robes longues selon les termes des bilans qui sont effectués par les dites équipe académique valeur de la 00:36:05 République ou eavr et leurs 1200 formateurs on ignore le nombre de sanctions correspondantes qui peuvent être disciplinaire au sein de l'école et même pénal dans le cadre du code de l'éducation qui prévoit une amende de 00:36:19 150 € portée à 200 en cas de récidive
    32. en même temps qu'une avancée légale elle ne doit cependant pas occulter la permanence et 00:33:51 parfois la recrudesence d'autres formes punitives allons allant des heures de retenue à l'exclusion définitive incluant des devoirs collectifs pourtant illicites depuis plus d'un siècle dans la mesure où ils affectent 00:34:03 indifféremment innocents et coupables et adoptant des modalités moins visibles comme les humiliations et les stigmatisations qui sont le lot de celles et ceux qui ont des difficulté d'apprentissage ces punitions affectent 00:34:17 de manière disproportionnée les élèves appartenant aux catégories défavorisé et aux minorités ethnraciales comme le montré plusieurs travaux de sociologues
    1. Résumé de la vidéo [00:00:01][^1^][1] - [00:23:31][^2^][2]:

      Cette vidéo présente le jeu Hexagone utilisé dans un lycée pour discuter de la laïcité.

      L'activité ludique encourage les élèves à débattre et à réfléchir de manière critique sur le sujet.

      Le professeur guide les élèves à travers des discussions constructives, en soulignant l'importance de la laïcité comme cadre permettant la liberté de conscience et de culte.

      Points forts: + [00:00:41][^3^][3] Introduction du jeu Hexagone * Utilisé pour engager les élèves dans le débat sur la laïcité * Encourage l'autonomie et l'esprit critique * Les élèves travaillent en équipe pour répondre à des questions + [00:06:00][^4^][4] La laïcité dans l'éducation * Un concept mal compris par les jeunes * Le débat permet d'explorer différentes perspectives * Importance de discuter pour construire une compréhension commune + [00:11:00][^5^][5] Liberté de culte et espaces neutres * Discussion sur la possibilité d'avoir des salles de prière dans les écoles * La laïcité doit préserver la liberté de culte tout en maintenant la neutralité * Les élèves apprennent à naviguer entre les tensions et les ambiguïtés de la laïcité + [00:14:00][^6^][6] La laïcité constructive vs restrictive * La laïcité ne signifie pas cacher sa religion * Il est essentiel de discuter et de clarifier les termes flous * La laïcité devrait être un cadre pour la liberté plutôt que pour la contrainte Résumé de la vidéo [00:23:33][^1^][1] - [00:31:46][^2^][2]:

      Cette partie de la vidéo discute de l'utilisation du jeu "L'Hexagone" dans les lycées pour aborder le sujet de la laïcité. L'intervenant explique comment il intègre cette activité ludique dans ses cours pour faciliter l'apprentissage des élèves sur des sujets complexes, en utilisant des hexagones pour organiser et relier des concepts.

      Points forts: + [00:23:33][^3^][3] Utilisation en classe * Peut être utilisée comme activité d'introduction ou de conclusion * Aide à réactiver les préacquis et à visualiser les enjeux * Encourage la discussion et la négociation entre élèves + [00:25:08][^4^][4] Préparation du matériel * Les élèves découpent et collent les hexagones eux-mêmes * Activité manuelle qui stimule la réflexion et le débat * Nécessite une gestion du temps et une organisation en classe + [00:29:47][^5^][5] Encouragement de l'innovation pédagogique * Pas de prérequis spécifiques pour proposer cette activité * Importance de la formation des enseignants à de nouvelles méthodes * Partage et mutualisation des ressources entre collègues

    2. si on tape Hexagon game et avec mon nom à côté on va trouver plein d'exemples et des modèles pour pouvoir les reproduire 00:02:25 c'est des petits outils très simples on donne aux élèves des hexagones sur lesquels on a ajouté des images on a ajouté des mots on a ajouté des citations et donc on crée une collection 00:02:39 d'hexagones et on affiche un sujet au tableau et on leur dit et ben vous avez ces hexagones vous les utiliser pour répondre à cette question et vous les organisez de la façon qui vous semblera 00:02:52 la plus opportune euh donc voulez vous pouvez faire des flèches vous pouvez faire des titres vous pouvez les coller les un à côté des autres vous pouvez faire des dessins à côté des hexagones mais à la fin je veux le poster le plus 00:03:06 clair et le plus cohérent possible que vous pourrez éventuellement aller présenter au reste de la classe à l'oral

      https://histoire-geographie.ac-dijon.fr/spip.php?article1092

    1. L'École et les Valeurs de la République : Synthèse de la Journée d'Études

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les thèmes, arguments et données clés présentés lors de la journée d'études intitulée "L'École, un territoire vivant au cœur des valeurs de la République".

      Organisée par l'INSPÉ de l'Académie de Lille, cette journée s'est déroulée dans un contexte marqué par l'attentat d'Arras, conférant une acuité particulière aux débats.

      Les interventions soulignent unanimement la mission première de l'École, inscrite dans le Code de l'éducation, de faire partager les valeurs de la République.

      Cette mission s'ancre dans un héritage historique profond, allant des Lumières aux lois Jules Ferry, et vise à former des citoyens émancipés par la raison et le savoir.

      Une analyse sémantique et juridique révèle que la notion de "valeurs de la République" est d'usage récent, tant dans le discours public que dans les textes de loi, avec une augmentation significative depuis les années 1980.

      Ces valeurs ne sont pas figées ; elles évoluent et s'enrichissent, comme en témoigne l'intégration de la lutte contre les discriminations.

      Le droit ne leur donne pas de définition constitutionnelle, et leur mention prédomine dans le Code de l'éducation et le droit des étrangers.

      Sur le plan pédagogique, un consensus émerge sur la nécessité de dépasser une "pédagogie de la prescription" pour atteindre une "pédagogie de la conviction".

      Cette "approche citoyenne" refuse l'inculcation et promeut la pensée critique, l'expérimentation des valeurs au quotidien et la coopération.

      L'objectif est de permettre aux élèves non seulement de connaître les valeurs, mais de les "éprouver" et d'en ressentir le bénéfice, transformant l'école en un "écosystème de valeurs".

      Enfin, les discussions mettent en lumière les défis contemporains : le poids croissant qui pèse sur l'institution scolaire, le communautarisme, le relativisme et la nécessité de ne pas nier le réel tout en présentant les valeurs comme un idéal à conquérir.

      L'écart entre la valeur et le réel est présenté non comme un échec, mais comme l'espace même de l'engagement citoyen.

      1. La Mission Fondamentale de l'École dans un Contexte de Crise

      Les propos introductifs des différents intervenants ont unanimement rappelé le rôle central et fondateur de l'École dans la transmission des valeurs républicaines, une mission rendue encore plus cruciale par le contexte contemporain.

      1.1 Un Fondement Juridique et Historique

      La mission de l'École est clairement définie par l'article L111-1 du Code de l'éducation, cité à plusieurs reprises, qui stipule que "la nation fixe comme mission première à l’école de faire partager aux élèves les valeurs de la République".

      Cette mission n'est pas un simple "supplément d'âme" mais une obligation professionnelle qui constitue l'armature du projet républicain.

      Les intervenants ont inscrit cette mission dans une profondeur historique :

      Les Lumières et la Révolution : Alain Frugère a évoqué l'esprit des Lumières (Molière), le projet d'instruction publique de Condorcet (1792) qui établit la primauté des savoirs issus de la recherche sur les opinions et les croyances, et le "pari de la raison émancipatrice".

      Le 19ème siècle : Madame Looher a rappelé le projet des républicains de la Troisième République (Gambetta, Ferdinand Buisson) de stabiliser le régime grâce à l'éducation, aboutissant aux lois Jules Ferry de 1881-82 qui instaurent un enseignement fondé sur la gratuité, l'obligation et la laïcité.

      1.2 Le Poids du Contexte Actuel

      La journée d'études, bien que planifiée de longue date, a été profondément marquée par l'assassinat de Dominique Bernard à Arras.

      Cet événement a donné une "coloration tout à fait particulière" aux réflexions, comme l'a souligné Sébastien Jaibovski.

      Ce contexte met en lumière plusieurs tensions :

      Le Poids sur l'Institution : Sébastien Jaibovski a soulevé la question du "poids qui aujourd'hui est très important, peut-être trop important" que la société fait peser sur l'École et ses enseignants.

      La Conquête Permanente : Il a également insisté sur le fait que "les valeurs ne sont jamais acquises mais elles sont toujours à être conquises et à conquérir".

      Les Défis Sociétaux : Alain Frugère a mentionné "le repli sur soi, le communautarisme, l'intolérance voire la haine" comme des défis quotidiens, tandis que Mathieu Clouet a listé les inégalités sociales, les effets de l'économie médiatique et le relativisme.

      2. Analyse de la Notion de "Valeurs de la République"

      L'intervention d'Ismaël Ferrat, professeur des universités, a offert une analyse lexicale et juridique détaillée, démontrant que la notion de "valeurs de la République" est à la fois complexe, évolutive et d'émergence récente.

      2.1 Une Apparition Récente dans le Discours Public et Juridique

      Contrairement à une idée reçue, l'usage du syntagme "valeurs de la République" est un phénomène récent.

      Dans les publications : Une analyse des corpus de textes numérisés (Google Books) et des archives du journal Le Monde montre une quasi-absence du terme jusqu'aux années 1980, suivie d'une "explosion" de son usage à partir de 1989.

      • Dans le droit : L'occurrence du terme dans les codes juridiques français est très faible au début des années 2000 et connaît une forte poussée à partir de 2016.

      Cette augmentation est principalement due à deux codes :

        1. Le Code de l'éducation.
        1. Le Code de l'entrée et du séjour des étrangers et du droit d'asile.

      2.2 Une Définition Juridique Absente et Évolutive

      L'analyse juridique révèle un paradoxe : bien que la notion soit de plus en plus utilisée, elle reste juridiquement insaisissable.

      Absence de définition constitutionnelle : Aucun texte constitutionnel ne définit précisément ce que sont les valeurs de la République. Le Conseil constitutionnel n'a produit aucune étude sur le sujet.

      L'avis du Conseil d'État : Saisi lors du projet de loi "séparatisme", le Conseil d'État a jugé la notion de "valeurs" trop large pour être un principe de droit généralisable, lui préférant celle de "principes républicains".

      Des valeurs évolutives : La liste des valeurs n'est pas figée. La lutte contre les discriminations, par exemple, est une valeur aujourd'hui considérée comme une évidence, alors que le premier article du Code pénal sur ce sujet ne date que de 1994.

      3. L'Approche Pédagogique : De la Prescription à la Conviction

      Mathieu Clouet, représentant l'équipe académique Valeurs de la République, a développé le concept d'une "approche citoyenne des valeurs à l'école", qui se distingue par son refus de l'inculcation au profit d'une adhésion réfléchie.

      3.1 Refuser l'Inculcation, Viser la Conviction

      L'objectif n'est pas seulement de faire connaître les valeurs, mais de les "faire partager".

      Pédagogie de la conviction : "Nous ne pouvons pas nous contenter d'une pédagogie de la prescription, il nous faut trouver la voix d'une pédagogie de la conviction."

      Appel à la raison : Cette approche repose sur l'éducation à la liberté, fait appel à la pensée critique et apprend aux élèves à interroger les valeurs elles-mêmes.

      Les trois dimensions de la valeur : Elle doit prendre en compte les dimensions

      • intellectuelle (contenus),

      • psycho-affective (ressenti) et

      • conative (action).

      3.2 L'École comme "Écosystème de Valeurs"

      Pour que les valeurs aient du prix aux yeux des élèves, ils doivent les "éprouver", c'est-à-dire en ressentir le bénéfice et en tester la réalité.

      Le rôle des savoirs : La transmission des connaissances participe à l'éducation aux valeurs. Citant Catherine Kintzler, Mathieu Clouet parle de la "puissance libératrice des enseignements" : maîtriser un savoir est une expérience concrète de la liberté.

      L'expérience vécue : L'éducation aux valeurs passe aussi par la coopération, la prise de responsabilité et les pratiques participatives. L'école doit être un lieu où les valeurs sont incarnées au quotidien pour éviter les écarts entre le discours et la réalité.

      Inverser la focale : Il est suggéré de replacer les faits négatifs (discriminations, racisme) dans la perspective plus large de la lutte pour l'égalité.

      L'exemple de l'affaire Dreyfus est utilisé pour montrer que la France de l'époque n'était pas seulement celle de l'antisémitisme, mais aussi le seul pays d'Europe où des intellectuels se sont levés pour défendre un Juif.

      4. Étude de Cas : l'Enseignement de la Laïcité

      Ismaël Ferrat a illustré les enjeux de la transmission des valeurs à travers l'exemple de la laïcité, en analysant son traitement dans les programmes scolaires.

      Période

      Occurrence du mot "Laïcité" dans les programmes (élémentaire/collège)

      Contexte et Enjeux

      Années 1970-1980

      Quasiment absente La laïcité est considérée comme une évidence, une "non-notion" sur le plan pédagogique.

      Années 1990-2000

      Forte augmentation

      L'émergence est liée à la nécessité d'expliquer les règles, notamment suite à l'affaire du voile de Creil (1989) et la circulaire Bayrou (1994) sur les signes religieux ostensibles.

      Depuis 2013 (Loi Peillon) Présence stabilisée à un niveau élevé

      Un élève scolarisé aujourd'hui rencontre la notion environ 13 fois entre le primaire et le collège.

      L'enjeu pédagogique est double :

        1. Expliquer le principe : Donner les clés de compréhension d'une valeur fondamentale.
        1. "Déconflictualiser" : Éviter que le principe soit perçu par certains élèves, notamment de culture musulmane, comme étant dirigé "contre l'islam".

      Les résultats sont probants : une étude du Knesco montre que 90 % des élèves de 3e et 80 % des lycéens en terminale ont déjà abordé la laïcité en cours et maîtrisent globalement bien la notion. Cela démontre l'efficacité du travail mené en classe.

      5. Conclusion : La Valeur comme Engagement et "Refus du Réel" La journée d'études se conclut sur une vision exigeante mais volontariste de la mission de l'École.

      La transmission des valeurs de la République n'est pas l'imposition d'un dogme, mais une invitation à participer à un projet collectif de "perpétuelle réinvention démocratique".

      Comme l'a formulé Mathieu Clouet, il faut se souvenir qu'"une valeur ça n'est pas seulement un reflet du réel, une valeur c'est aussi un refus du réel".

      L'écart entre l'idéal prôné par la valeur (l'égalité, la fraternité) et les imperfections de la société n'est pas un signe d'échec.

      Au contraire, "c'est précisément dans cet écart que nous pouvons trouver les moyens d'apporter aux élèves que nous encadrons la volonté d'agir et de s'engager dans la République française".

      L'approche citoyenne des valeurs est donc, en définitive, une preuve de l'engagement citoyen de l'ensemble de la communauté éducative.

    1. más rigurosos

      con esto estás diciendo que todo lo que hiciste no es serio, que no tiene validez. Puedes cambiarlo por: es planteable explorar ramas alternas de la metodología usada en ciertos aspectos, como lo son

    1. permiten predecir la temperatura de forma rápida

      Predecir de forma precisa, ok, en la tesis presentaste resultados y comparaste respecto a otros métodos, pero de forma rápida? si concluyes sobre eso tienes que mostrar los resultados que avalan tu afirmación.

    2. Cabe mencionar que las apicaciones de las PINNs son tan amplias como lo es en sí en campo de las PDEs, si nos centramos únicamente en la medicina, está la hipertermia como tratamiento oncológico, la cual busca elevar la temperatura en tejidos tumorales (39-45°C) para potenciar terapias como radioterapia. Sin embargo, controlar la distribución térmica en tiempo real es un desafío.

      La corrección aquí es similar a la anterior. El texto seleccionado no es conclusión, son 4.5 líneas de párrafo que sirven para introducir a la conclusión de 4 líneas, entonces se tiene que reducir la intro.

    3. Otro punto clave de las PINNs es su adaptabilidad al ruido (George Em Karniadakis 2021) donde se ha demostrado que incluso a pesar de que los problemas no están perfectamente bien planteados o si existen parámetros desconocidos la red puede producir resultados significativos. Siendo ambas situaciones mencionadas comúnes en el ámbito científico. Complementado a las PINNs, la arquitectura DeepONet aprende operadores (mapeos entre espacios de funciones) en lugar de solo aproximar funciones a diferencia de las PINNs tradicionales, que predicen soluciones específicas para condiciones fijas, DeepONet es capaz de generalizar a nuevas condiciones iniciales y de frontera sin reentrenamiento, gracias a su estructura de red dual (branch-trunk).

      Esto parece más intro o justifiación que conclusiones. Entiendo que lo escribes para introducir a los siguientes párrafos que sí se ven como conclusiones pero usaste 9 líneas, prácticamente un párrafo para ello - entonces, si consideras necesario mencionarlo, resúmelo a 3 líneas máximo.

    4. Los resultados obtenidos mediante la comparación con el método de Crank Nickolson demostraron que la red neuronal DeepONet se aproxima con un mínimo del 1.1% y un máximo del 6.7% para el error medio absoluto, y cometiendo un error mínimo del 6.4% y máximo del 20% para el error máximo absoluto 14.1. Los errores obtenidos demuestran la eficacia del modelo para converger a la condición inicial, pues tal como se aprecia en las figuras 14.5 y 14.6, a medida que la ecuación evoluciona en el tiempo, las predicciones entre el método de Crank Nickolson y la red neuronal divergen, esto es conforme evoluciona la función, vemos que cada vez se aleja más del valor real.

      Esto está muy bien, la discusión resumida en las conclusiones, pero no por ello puedes obviar la discusión que te señalé anteriormente, donde te tienes que expandir más.

    1. reply to u/GrandRevolutionary99 at https://reddit.com/r/stationery/comments/1nrkuqf/i_need_help_to_create_my_own_letterhead_for_my/

      Typewriter enthusiasts often use 100% cotton or high linen content papers with weights in the 32 pound range for 8.5x11. This gives you some nice tactile feel, but will also feed into most typewriters, even with a solid backing sheet. If you want to do thicker card stocks, then you might opt for a bigger standard typewriter which generally have larger diameter platens and more easily handle much thicker paper (they were meant for doing carbon packs up up to 10 sheets or more.)

      When it comes to the look of your letters, you can generally choose between silk (clean, crisp imprints), nylon (almost as clean as silk, but with more "grain"), and cotton typewriter ribbon (which leaves a very grainy/old timey and "typewriter-y" imprint). Comparisons here.

      I've got a small fleet of typewriters and prefer to use the pica sizes for personal correspondence. I also tend toward the cursive or Vogue typefaces for those as well.

      In the US, a lot of stationers have pre-cut paper and envelopes for 6-3/8" x 8-1/2" paper which is a good size sheet for quick notes. My typewriter pen pal Tom Hanks' most recent letter to me was on a custom page of 7.125 x 10.25" and had space for design at the top and bottom with some reasonable space in the middle. If you do custom designs, be sure to order a box or two of plain stock to use as second, third, etc. pages behind your first page if you tend to write over your first page.

      Naturally custom designing your own can be fun as well, but get a few samples of the size and weight you want and try them out before ordering in quantity.

      Lenore Fenton can give you tips on making carbon copies of your letters if you want to keep them for your own files while sending out the originals: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JUJfCfqgsX0

      Searching r/typewriters for stationery, letterhead, paper, etc. might give you some ideas as well.

    1. Modelo contra la solución analítica

      Aquí si es correcto llamarlo error.

      La sugerencia para ambas subsecciones es agregar la discusión, otra vez, no es solo poner los gráficos, qué comparación cuantitativa puedes hacer a partir de los gráficos y tablas? cuál método aproxima mejor? se comportan igual a lo largo del tiempo?, a lo largo del espacio? cómo se ven los gráficos de las Tablas 14.1 y 14.2, graficando tiempo vs errores

    2. : Error del modelo DeepONet respecto a Crank-Nicolson

      Ya que el método de Crank-Nicolson no es analítico, sería mejor referirse a la comparación contra este método como "desviación respecto a", i.e., usas varias métricas de error para evaluar la desviación de tus resultados respecto a otro método.

    3. Modelo contra solución analítica

      Además de la corrección anterior, hay que agregar una discusión de los resultados, aunque sea cualitativa o visual, no es solo poner las gráficas. Describe lo que ves en los resultados, argumenta algo, y da entrada a la discusión cuantitativa.

    4. Modelo contra resultados de Alessio Borgi

      Revisando el código y los gráficos, creo que faltan los resultados de Borgi, y porqué separar las comparaciones en 3 subecciones: Borgi, numérico y analítico? puedes hacer 4 filas para comparar todas cualitativamente a la vez.

    1. se implementó una tabla dinámica interactiva mediante la librería itables (versión 1.5.2), que extiende las funcionalidades de Pandas para su visualización.

      Muy buena manera de visualizar tus resultados, solo sería bueno añadir una nota que diga algo así como: solo en versión en línea.

    2. Perdida para el conjunto de entrenamiento

      Discute o concluye un poco, tanto en esta como en la Sección 13.1.2, sobre porqué estos resultados de entrenamiento y preliminares son buenos para tus resultados principales (Sección 14).

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      1. General Statements

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments regarding the research article titled "The Ketogenic Diet Metabolite 1 β-Hydroxybutyrate Promotes Mitochondrial Elongation via Deacetylation and Improves Autism-like Behaviour in Zebrafish" by Uddin GM and colleagues. We appreciate your input, and we will address these comments as indicated below with specific responses to each point raised by reviewers.

      The main changes in the updated manuscript are as follows:

      We have revised the introduction to now incorporate additional background information on mitochondria, NAD, and mitochondrial dynamics and function. This addition aims to provide readers with a broader understanding of the mitochondrial context in relation to our study.

      Furthermore, we recognize that previous studies have explored mitochondrial function in the context of the ketogenic diet. While our specific investigation centered on mitochondrial morphology, we acknowledge the importance of comprehensively investigating mitochondrial function. To this end, we have added new data showing how BHB impacts mitochondrial oxidative phosphorylation in HeLa cells (Sup Fig 2), and how both BHB and NMN impact oxygen consumption/glycolysis in zebrafish (Fig 7).

      We have also added new behaviour analysis of the zebrafish (Fig 6), and have re-framed the discussion around neurodevelopment generally, rather than ASD specifically.

      Finally, we have now included a section in our manuscript that discusses the limitations of our study. These limitations can be further investigated to explore and characterize the full mechanistic potential behind the effects of the ketogenic diet and/or NMN on mitochondrial dynamics.

      2. Point-by-point description of the revisions

      This section is mandatory. *Please insert a point-by-point reply describing the revisions that were already carried out and included in the transferred manuscript. *

      *Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Uddin GM and colleagues presented a research article entitled 'The Ketogenic Diet Metabolite 1 β-Hydroxybutyrate Promotes Mitochondrial Elongation via Deacetylation and Improves Autism-like Behaviour in Zebrafish'. Roles of ketogenic diet (KD) and NAD+ precursors in health promotion and longevity, as well as on the alleviation of a broad range of diseases are evident. However, their roles in autism are not well done, which is the novelty of the current study. Addressing below questions will improve the quality of the paper.

      Major concerns 1. In the introduction section, a broad overview of the roles of ketogenic diet (KD) in neurodegenerative disease (and ageing, if possible) should be provided. E.g., the authors should summarize exciting progress on the use of KD to treat Alzheimer's disease in animal models (PMID: 23276384). *

      Response: Thank you for your valuable suggestion. While it is true that the KD appears to be beneficial in neurodegenerative (and other disease) models, our focus in this paper is looking at neurodevelopment, rather than all potential benefits of the KD. Nonetheless, we have addressed this comment by incorporating a brief overview of the roles of the KD in neurodegenerative diseases, including Alzheimer's disease (AD), in the introduction section of the manuscript. Specifically, we have summarized the exciting progress made in utilizing KD to treat AD in animal models, as highlighted in the suggested study. This addition helps to provide a better overview of the potential therapeutic effects of KD in neurodegenerative diseases and strengthens the introduction section of the manuscript.

      • Roles of high fat diet to treat diseases could be extended to rare premature ageing diseases. In such scenario, high fat and NAD+ boosting shared some joint mechanisms (PMID: 25440059 ). *

      Response: This information and the reference are now added to the discussion.

      *In the introduction, a more detailed introduction of NAD+ and its roles in mitochondrial homeostasis (especially mitophagy and the mitochondrial fusion-fission balance) should be included (PMID: 24813611; PMID: 30742114; PMID: 31577933). *

      Response: Although our paper focused primarily on mitochondrial fission and fusion, we have incorporated a new paragraph in the introduction to provide a more detailed introduction detailing NAD+ and its roles in mitochondrial homeostasis, specifically highlighting mitophagy. We have included the suggested references.

      • In regarding to the statement of KD increases NAD+, was it due to increased generation (to check protein levels and activities of different NAD+ synthetic enzymes, such as iNAMPT, NMNAT1-3, and NRK) and/or reduced consumption (in addition to reduced glycolysis, does KD inhibit the activities of CD38 and PARPs? In this paper, Sirtuins' activities is (are increased)). Detailed exploration of the activities of these proteins will unveil a clear molecular mechanisms on how KD affects/regulates NAD+. *

      Response: Thank you for the comment. We agree that exploring the detailed mechanism of how the ketogenic diet (KD) affects NAD+ is an interesting question that will have important implications once answered. However, fully elucidating the mechanism of action would require a more comprehensive investigation, which is beyond the scope of this current project. We have now added this as a future direction in the manuscript.

      *Fig. 1: in the NAD+ field, the normal used NR/NMN concentrations are normally high like to use 500 µM to 2-5 mM (as the NAD+ levels in cells are high). In addition to use 50 µM, the authors are strongly to have a dose-dependent study (50 µM, 500µM, 1, 2, 5 mM), and see changes of mitochondrial funciton and parameters. In this condition, NAD+ levels should be also checked. *

      Response: We have added new supplemental data showing the initial dose response of the effects of BHB and NMN on mitochondrial morphology, which led us to choosing the relevant doses for the remainder of the paper. Our objective was not to investigate the broad impacts of different NMN concentrations on mitochondrial function and parameters, or NAD+ levels. As such, we have only focused on doses where we see effects on mitochondrial morphology.

      *Fig. 2: a comprehensive characterization of mitochondrial fusion-fission should be performed. In addition to the protein evaluated, changes on other key fusion-fission proteins, like Bax, Bak, Mfn-1, Mfn-2, etc should be performed (PMID: 17035996; PMID: 24813611). *

      Response: We agree that looking at other key proteins involved in mediating mitochondrial fission and fusion could provide additional insight. Indeed, given the changes in global acetylation that we see, it is expected that some other proteins may also be regulated in this way. However, there are at least a dozen proteins involved in mediating mitochondrial fusion and fission, not to mention many more proteins that regulate these proteins. Unfortunately, it is not feasible to analyze all the proteins involved in mitochondrial fusion-fission. Moreover, looking only at protein levels, doesn't necessarily inform about the activity of any protein. Instead, we concentrated in this paper on investigating known links between protein acetylation and mitochondrial dynamics, particularly focusing on the proteins that have known links to acetylation (i.e., DRP1, OPA1, MFNs). We have added a note in the discussion acknowledging that other means of regulation could also be occurring in parallel.

      *Figs. 1-5 were focused on mitochondrial morphology, whether KD and NMN changed mitochondrial funciton should be explored, such as to use seahorse to check ECR and OCR. *

      Response: Although our question was focused on morphology, we agree that mitochondrial function is important. We have added new data showing that BHB increases basal oxygen consumption in HeLa cells (Sup Fig 2), as well as new data showing that BHB and NMN influence oxygen consumption and glycolysis in our zebrafish model (Fig 7)

      • Fig. 6: NR/NMN used in animal studies (via gavage or in drinking water in mice, and on plate for worms and flies) are normally high (e.g., in drinking water for mice could be 4-12 mM; for worms and flies are normally 1-5 mM); for zebrafish, while they are swimming in water, this reviewer concerned whether it was true that 50 µM of NMN was sufficient to show the benefit presented.*

      Response: Our data show that these doses are indeed sufficient. We did look at some higher doses for NMN, but these were toxic, leading to poor survival and were not studied further.

      *Minor concerns 1. Line 26: For 'a growing list of neurological disorders, including autism spectrum disorder (ASD)', please add AD in. *

      Response: Line 26 is part of the abstract, which we feel should be focused more on the main message of the paper, which does not involve AD. As addressed above, we have added AD as an example in the introduction.

      *Line 57: For 'with side effects such as gastrointestinal disturbances, nausea/vomiting, diarrhea, constipation, and hypertriglyceridemia being reported', rate of frequency shall be provided if any. *

      Response: We have modified the statement to indicate the relative percent of patients suffering the various side effects.

      *Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      The novelty of the current study was to investigate effects of KD and NAD+ on autism. This investigation was not performed before and thus is the novelty.

      Weakness, effects of KD and NAD+/NMN on mitochondrial function were not well-investigated and should be done. Introduction was not well done, many key information in the fields were not provided which may mislead the readers an over-evaluation of the novelty of the current study.*

      Response: As outlined above, we have edited the introduction to include additional information requested by the reviewer. Moreover, our focus in this manuscript was to look at the mechanisms underlying changes in mitochondrial morphology, not mitochondrial function per se, though this is clearly important and related. Nonetheless, as discussed above, we have also added new data showing how BHB impacts mitochondrial function.

      *My expertise lies in NAD+, mitochondria, and brain health.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      The study examined the effect of beta-hydroxybutyrate and nicotinamide nucleotide on mitochondrial morphology and the molecular pathways which mitigate this effect as well as the effect of these treatments on behavior in zebrafish. The study is well done and well written. The only thing I think that could be improved are the bar in the graph some the significant comparisons. It is sometimes difficult to see which groups are being compared.*

      Response: We're happy to adjust how the data is displayed in the relevant bar graphs, but it is not clear exactly what changes the reviewer would like. To some degree this will depend on the specific guideline of the final journal where we hope the manuscript will be published. As such, we have not made changes at this point.

      ***Referees cross-commenting**

      The other reviewers do have some fair comments. Multiple doses would be helpful and showing bioenergetic data would complement the morphological measurements. Additionally, behavioral assays showing changes in social behavior in the Zebrafish would provide a stronger link to ASD. *

      Response: As discussed above, we have added new information on doses and mitochondrial bioenergetics. With respect to behaviour, we have added thigmotaxis data and reworked the discussion around behaviour and neurodevelopment so that it is less specific to ASD.

      *Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      As beta-hydroxybutyrate is an important substrate for the ketogenic diet, this study helps explain the potential mechanisms in which the ketogenic diet may enhance mitochondrial function.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      In this paper, Uddin and colleagues have investigated components of the ketogenic diet to understand changes in both mitochondrial morphology and protein expression, and zebrafish locomotor behaviour. They investigate whether beta-hydroxybutyrate (BHB) or nicotinamide nucleotide (NMN) application can later human mitochondria in HeLA cell lines, and also recue a locomotion defect in shank3b+/- zebrafish larvae that have previously been proposed as a model for autism. This study is strengthened by showing data from two species; however the link between the HeLA cell line data and larval zebrafish is not strong. The study would be improved by assessing zebrafish mitochondrial changes after drug application, and testing more than one concentration of BH and NMN in the behavioural assay. This is an interesting study, and it is nicely written and presented. I have made some comments to strengthen the study below.

      Major comments My expertise is in modelling some aspects of autism in zebrafish. To this end I have focussed on the zebrafish part of this manuscript more fully. I have several comments related to the zebrafish experiments. 1. The changes in mitochondrial morphology, peroxisome number and mitochondrial protein levels were measured in HeLA cells and not comparable data is shown for zebrafish. The same experiments should be repeated using larval zebrafish or a zebrafish cell line. *

      Response: We chose to use HeLa cells for the mechanistic studies due to practical reasons. Cell lines offer a controlled and well-established system for investigating cellular processes and molecular mechanisms. Measuring these parameters in tissues is significantly more challenging and requires different reagents (e.g., antibodies) and methodology (electron microscopy) that are not feasible in the current study.

      On the other hand, zebrafish larvae were employed for the behavior studies, which cannot be conducted using cell lines. By utilizing zebrafish, we were able to examine the effects of beta-hydroxybutyrate (BHB) and nicotinamide nucleotide (NMN) on locomotor behavior, providing valuable insights into potential therapeutic implications for autism.

      While we acknowledge the limitations of not directly measuring mitochondrial morphology, peroxisome number, and mitochondrial protein levels in zebrafish, we believe that our study provides significant contributions to understanding the effects of BHB and NMN in zebrafish behavior. Future studies could certainly consider incorporating zebrafish-specific experiments to complement the findings in HeLa cells.

      • How did you choose the concentration of BHB and NMN to use in behavioural experiments? And the timing of application - I don't really understand why you waited 3 days after drug application to measure locomotion. *

      Response: These doses chosen initially as they were similar the doses that induced mitochondrial elongation in HeLa cells and were tolerated by the fish larvae. As we saw promising effects at these initial doses, we decided to explore them in more detail. While we agree that it would be worth comparing the effects of additional doses, as well as looking at their effects at other timepoints, such work would be a major endeavour and is beyond the scope of our initial investigations, which we feel are worth reporting in their current state.

      With respect to the treatment paradigm, fish larvae were treated 10-48 hours post fertilization, as this is a critical neurogenic developmental timepoint that is often used for exposure studies. Fish do not fully hatch until 3-4 days post fertilization, and display only minimal movement before 5 days, which is why we waited until 5 days to look at movement.

      • Do the shank3b+/- larvae show any morphological deficits? Their decrease in locomotion is striking. Is the morphology also rescued by drug application? Can you tie this to the mitochondrial changes that you observed in HeLA cells?*

      Response: We do not observe any gross changes in fish morphology that might explain a decrease in locomotion. Unfortunately, it is not feasible to look at mitochondrial morphology in the fish at this time. However, based on previous published work showing that the ketogenic diet promotes mitochondrial elongation in mouse brains (PMID:32380723), we would expect mitochondrial morphology also to be changed in the fish. Nonetheless, as we have not examined this directly in fish, we are not making this specific claim in this manuscript.

      • In figure 6A you use time spent swimming as a readout of distance. This doesn't really make sense, because without also showing speed of swimming it is not possible to know whether time and distance correlate in the same way across genotypes. This figure could be improved by showing more detail - speed of swimming, time spent immobile etc. This can easily be extracted from the films that you have already made using the ViewPoint software. *

      Response: As requested, we have reanalyzed the zebrafish movement data for a more refined analysis. In the revised version (Fig 6), we include analysis of both speed and distance travelled within a defined time. Importantly, these findings still support differences between WT and shank3b+/- fish that are restored by BHB and NMN to varying degrees.

      • Showing a change in locomotion is not enough to claim that a model is autism-like. At a minimum I think that you need to show changes in social behaviour - likely using older fish (more than three weeks) that interact with each other. Changes in locomotion can be caused by so many factors, many of which are not indicative of autism. It is important that as a field we do not simply claim that locomotion can be used as a proxy for more complex disease phenotypes. This recent review may help you with this point:* https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fnmol.2020.575575/full.

      Response: The reviewer makes an important point that the movement behaviour phenotypes that we see do not necessarily represent classic ASD phenotypes (i.e., repetitive behaviour, reduced sociability, and reduced communication). To begin to address this issue, we analyzed thigmotaxis, which can be a measure of anxiety. Notably, we also see differences that are reversed by BHB and NMN. However, we cannot model all ASD behaviours in a fish model, and we are not set up to look at social behaviour, especially in the young fish that we were studying. As such, even though Shank3 is a recognized ASD gene, and the shank3b+/- model we are studying is a validated ASD model (PMID: 29619162), we have re-phrased the manuscript in the context of neurodevelopment generally, rather than with respect to ASD specifically. As such, we ascribe the movement and thigmotaxis phenotypes as neurodevelopmental phenotypes that are improved by BHB and NMN.

      *For the statistics, as far as I can tell, all of the data should be analysed by ANOVA or the non-parametric equivalent followed by a post-hoc test. Please check this and add information about normality in. *

      Response: As requested, we have clarified our statistical methodology throughout the manuscript.

      For the mechanistic data, we used t-tests for direct comparisons between two groups (e.g., vehicle vs. treatment). While multiple conditions such as vehicles, NMN, BHB, or etomoxir were tested, statistical comparisons were only conducted comparisons between the vehicle and each treatment group individually. As we are not also making comparisons between treatments this is not a multiple comparison, and ANOVA is not applicable in this context. We have clarified this rationale in the manuscript to avoid any confusion.

      For the zebrafish study, where multiple factors were involved (e.g., treatments across different time points or conditions), we performed a two-way ANOVA followed by Tukey's post-hoc test to identify specific group differences. This approach was appropriate for analyzing these datasets and ensures robust conclusion.

      With respect to normality testing, all datasets were assessed for normality using the Shapiro-Wilk test, and no violations of normality were observed. The updated text now includes these details.

      *Minor comments

      1. Make sure that you refer to the fish line as shank3b+/- throughout - see abstract.*

      This has bee corrected.

      • Please add a space between all numbers and units (e.g. 5 Mm). *

      This has bee corrected.

      • There is a spelling error on line 340 page 16: finings instead of findings. *

      This has bee corrected.

      • In figure 1, if each dot represents a different sample, then there appear to be many fewer samples analysed in 1D compared to 1B. Can you comment upon this please*

      __Response: __A total of 80-150 cells were counted per condition, and the analyses were performed on 3 independent replicates with 2 independent technical replicates for each treatment condition. The quantification of mean mitochondrial branch length in Figure 1B was measured using Image-J and the MiNA plugin. The measurements were taken from three independent replicates using a standard region of interest (ROI) and randomly selected areas from each image.

      In Figure 1D, NAD+ levels were measured 24 hours after treatment of vehicle, βHB, NMN, or Eto+βHB in HeLa cells (n=3-6/group). Each sample lysate represents an independent experimental dish from which coverslips were collected for image analysis.

      The difference in sample numbers between Figure 1B and 1D arises because image analysis involves individual cells fixed and stained on coverslips, whereas the NAD assay requires the whole lysate from the entire cell culture dish. Therefore, the higher cell count in Figure 1B represents the number of cells analyzed on coverslips, while Figure 1D represents NAD levels from the lysate normalized to the protein concentration.

      *Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      I think that this will be interesting to autism researchers and it could lead to more investigation of the ketogenic diet. Some more work is needed, likely in other model organisms, before this research can be translated to human patients. *

      __Response: __We agree that the findings of our study could be of interest to autism researchers and have implications for further investigation of the ketogenic diet (KD). It is important to note that further work, including studies in other model organisms, would be beneficial before translating this research to human patients.

      Our study aimed to provide mechanistic insights into the effects of the KD on mitochondrial morphology and behavior. We recognize that the translation of research findings to human patients requires rigorous investigation, including preclinical and clinical studies. Our study contributes to the understanding of the underlying mechanisms involved in the KD's effects, laying the groundwork for future research and potential therapeutic avenues.

      We appreciate your perspective and emphasize that our intention is to provide valuable insights into the mechanisms underlying the KD's effects rather than suggesting immediate translation to human patients. Further investigation and validation in diverse models and clinical settings will be necessary before considering clinical applications.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      In this paper, Uddin and colleagues have investigated components of the ketogenic diet to understand changes in both mitochondrial morphology and protein expression, and zebrafish locomotor behaviour. They investigate whether beta-hydroxybutyrate (BHB) or nicotinamide nucleotide (NMN) application can later human mitochondria in HeLA cell lines, and also recue a locomotion defect in shank3b+/- zebrafish larvae that have previously been proposed as a model for autism. This study is strengthened by showing data from two species; however the link between the HeLA cell line data and larval zebrafish is not strong. The study would be improved by assessing zebrafish mitochondrial changes after drug application, and testing more than one concentration of BH and NMN in the behavioural assay.

      This is an interesting study, and it is nicely written and presented. I have made some comments to strengthen the study below.

      Major comments

      My expertise is in modelling some aspects of autism in zebrafish. To this end I have focussed on the zebrafish part of this manuscript more fully. I have several comments related to the zebrafish experiments.

      1. The changes in mitochondrial morphology, peroxisome number and mitochondrial protein levels were measured in HeLA cells and not comparable data is shown for zebrafish. The same experiments should be repeated using larval zebrafish or a zebrafish cell line.
      2. How did you choose the concentration of BHB and NMN to use in behavioural experiments? And the timing of application - I don't really understand why you waited 3 days after drug application to measure locomotion.
      3. Do the shank3b+/- larvae show any morphological deficits? Their decrease in locomotion is striking. Is the morphology also rescued by drug application? Can you tie this to the mitochondrial changes that you observed in HeLA cells?
      4. In figure 6A you use time spent swimming as a readout of distance. This doesn't really make sense, because without also showing speed of swimming it is not possible to know whether time and distance correlate in the same way across genotypes. This figure could be improved by showing more detail - speed of swimming, time spent immobile etc. This can easily be extracted from the films that you have already made using the ViewPoint software.
      5. Showing a change in locomotion is not enough to claim that a model is autism-like. At a minimum I think that you need to show changes in social behaviour - likely using older fish (more than three weeks) that interact with each other. Changes in locomotion can be caused by so many factors, many of which are not indicative of autism. It is important that as a field we do not simply claim that locomotion can be used as a proxy for more complex disease phenotypes. This recent review may help you with this point: https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fnmol.2020.575575/full.
      6. For the statistics, as far as I can tell, all of the data should be analysed by ANOVA or the non-parametric equivalent followed by a post-hoc test. Please check this and add information about normality in.

      Minor comments

      1. Make sure that you refer to the fish line as shank3b+/- throughout - see abstract.
      2. Please add a space between all numbers and units (e.g. 5 Mm).
      3. There is a spelling error on line 340 page 16: finings instead of findings.
      4. In figure 1, if each dot represents a different sample, then there appear to be many fewer samples analysed in 1D compared to 1B. Can you comment upon this please?

      Significance

      I think that this will be interesting to autism researchers and it could lead to more investigation of the ketogenic diet. Some more work is needed, likely in other model organisms, before this research can be translated to human patients.

    1. Televisionwas the great family minstrel that promised to bring Mom, Dad, and thekids together; at the same time, it had to be carefully controlled so that itharmonized with the separate gender roles and social functions of individualfamily members. is meant that the contradiction between unity anddivision was not a simple binary opposition; it was not a maer of either/orbut rather both at once. Television was supposed to bring the familytogether but still allow for

      There is an emphasis on how television was to bring family together. It was an activity at the beginning of its creation to be shared with a household. This has now been lost as television can be accessed from almost anywhere, thus making it no longer a family activity.

    1. 46:40 "wir sind, ich meine, vor 80 / 90 Jahren, da war Deutschland ein Land von verblendeten Nationalsozialisten, und innerhalb von relativ kurzer Zeit, nicht nur ökonomisch durch das Wirtschaftswachstum, haben wir uns irgendwie zu einer weltoffenen, toleranten Gesellschaft entwickelt."<br /> hahaha, was für ein irrglaube! die idioten haben uns nie verlassen, und werden uns nie verlassen. das globale empire braucht ein "kalifat europa", und es ist nur noch eine frage des "wann", deswegen, das einzige was hilft ist auswandern.

    1. Yanis Mokri Estelle Senna Cécile Shaalan Paula Suméra Vincent Thérouin

      Nous avons besoin de 2 référents. Il me semble que le dossier "stockage" sera porté par Cécile, que j'aimerais donc inviter à piloter le thème "collecte, extraction, stockage" avec JC Peyssard, qui s'occuperait surtout de la collecte. Et je propose pour ce thème de retenir Cécile et Yanis (parce que Vincent doit prendre ses marques à Gand et Paula terminer sa thèse). Cela ne change rien dans l'absolu : les projets coeur constituent l'activité du consortium.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review)

      The weaknesses are in the clarity and resolution of the data that forms the basis of the model. In addition to whole embryo morphology that is used as evidence for convergent extension (CE) defects, two forms of data are presented, co-expression and IP, as well as a strong reliance on IF of exogenously expressed proteins. Thus, it is critical that both forms of evidence be very strong and clear, and this is where there are deficiencies; 1) For vast majority of experiments general morphology and LWR was used as evidence of effects on convergent extension movements rather than Keller explants or actual cell movements in the embryo. 2) The study would benefit from high or super resolution microscopy, since in many cases the differences in protein localization are not very pronounced. 3) The IP and Western analysis data often show subtle differences, and not apparent in some cases. 4) It is not clear how many biological repeats were performed or how and whether statistical analyses were performed. 

      (1) To more objectively assess the convergent extension phenotypes, we developed a Fiji macro to automatically quantify the LWR in various injected Xenopus embryos, as detailed in the Methods section. We acknowledge that a limitation in the current manuscript is how to link our mechanistic model at the molecular level with the actual cellular behavior during convergent extension, and we plan to perform cell biological studies in the future to elucidate the link;

      (2) We have repeated some of the imaging experiments in DMZ explants using a Zeiss LSM 900 confocal equipped with Airyscan2 detector that can increase the resolution to ~100 nm. The new data are in Suppl. Fig. 4, 9, 11, 16;

      (3) We have repeated all IP and western blots at least three times and provided quantification and statistical analyses;

      (4) We have added the information on biological repeats and statistical analyses in all figures and figure legends.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The protein localization experiments in animal cap assays are for the most part convincing, but with the caveat that the authors assume that the proteins are acting within the same cell. As Fzd and Vangl2 are thought to localize to opposite cell ends in many contexts, can the authors be sure that the effects they observe are not due to trans interactions? 

      In our previous publication, we provided evidence that Vangl is necessary and sufficient to recruit Dvl to the plasma membrane within the same cell (Figure 3 in 10.1093/hmg/ddx095). In a more recent publication ( 10.1038/s41467-025-57658-0 ), we further elucidated a mechanism through which Dvl oligomerization switches its binding from Vangl to Fz, and determined that Dvl binding to Vangl and Fz are differentially mediated by its PDZ and DEP domain, respectively. In the current manuscript, we also performed co-IP experiment under various conditions to demonstrate binding between Dvl and Vangl. We feel that these evidences together provide a strong argument for our model where Vangl2 acts within the same cell to sequester Dvl from Fz.

      In regards to the Dvl patches induced by Wnt11 (Fig. 3 and Suppl. Fig. 9), we performed separate injection of EGFP- and mSc-tagged Dvl into adjacent blastomeres, and demonstrated that the Wnt11-induced patches arise from symmetrical accumulation of Dvl at contact of two neighboring cells (Suppl. Fig. 9a-c’). This scenario is different from epithelial PCP where Fz/Dvl and Vangl/Pk are asymmetrically accumulated at the contact between two adjacent cells.

      The authors propose a model whereby Vangl2 acts as an adaptor between Dvl and Ror, to first prevent ectopic activation of signaling, and then to relay Dvl to Fzd upon Wnt stimulation. This is based on the observation that Ror2 can be co-IPed with Vangl2 but not Dvl; and secondly that the distribution of Ror2 in membrane patches after Wnt11 stimulation is broader than that of Fzd7/Dvl, while Vangl2 localizes to the edges of these patches. The data for both these points is not wholly convincing. The co-IP of Ror2 and Vangl2 is very weak, and the input of Dvl into the same experiment is very low, so any direct interaction could have been missed. Secondly, the broader distribution of Ror2 in membrane patches is very subtle, and further analysis would be needed to firm up this conclusion. 

      (1) We repeated the co-IP experiment with Myc-tagged Vangl or Dvl. Using the same anti-Myc antibody and experimental condition (including the expression level of Vangl, Dvl and Ror2), we still found that Ror2 could be pulled down by Vangl but not Dvl (Suppl. Fig. 15b). Whereas this data confirms our previous conclusion, we acknowledge that a negative data does not fully exclude the possibility for direct biding between Ror and Dvl.

      (2) We re-analyzed the signal intensity of Dvl and Ror in Wnt11-induced patches. By quantifying the intensity ratio between Ror and Dvl along the patches, we found an increase over two folds at the border of the patches (Fig. 7j, bottom panel). We interpret this data to suggest that Ror is accumulated to a higher level than Dvl at the patch borders.     

      A final caveat to these experiments is that in the animal cap assays, loss of function and gain of function both cause convergence and extension defects, so any genetic interactions need to be treated with caution i.e. two injected factors enhancing a phenotype does not imply they act in the same direction in a pathway, in particular as there are both cis/trans and positive/negative feedbacks between the PCP proteins. 

      We agree with the reviewer that a difficulty in studying PCP/ non-canonical signaling is that both loss and gain of function of any its components can cause convergence and extension defects. Genetic interactions, especially synergistic interactions, should be interpreted with caution. But we do want to point out that, in a number of case, we were also able to demonstrate epistasis. For instance, we found that Dvl2 over-expression induced CE defects can be rescued by Pk over-expression (Fig. 1e and f), whereas Vangl/ Pk co-injection induced severe CE defects can be reciprocally rescued by Dvl2 over-expression (Fig. 1g). Likewise, we showed that Fz2/ Dvl2 co-injection induced CE defects can be rescued by wild-type Vangl2 but not Vangl2 RH mutant (Suppl. Fig. 6b), and Ror2 can rescue Vangl2 overexpression induced CE defect (Suppl. Fig. 14). Collectively, these functional interaction data consistently demonstrate an antagonism between Dvl/ Fz/ Ror2 and Vangl2/ Pk, which is correlated with our imaging and biochemical studies.

      As you can see from the reviews, the referees generally agree that your paper is a potentially valuable contribution to the field. Your observations are important because of the novel model based on the inhibitory feedback regulation between planar cell polarity (PCP) protein complexes. However, the reviewers also stated that the model is only partly supported by data because of insufficient clarity and missing controls in several experiments supporting the proposed model. The paper would be significantly improved if your conclusions are backed up by additional experimentation. Specifically, the referees wanted to see the reproducibility of the results shown in Figures 3, 4, 8, S3, S7, S12. 

      We hope that you are able to revise the paper along the lines suggested by the referees to increase the impact of your study on the current understanding of PCP signaling mechanisms. 

      We thank the reviewers for careful reading of our manuscript and for their constructive critiques and suggestions. We have repeated the animal cap studies in original Figures 3, 4, 8 and S3 with DMZ explants, and the new data are in Supplementary Fig. 9, 11, 16 and 4, respectively. We also repeated the biochemical studies in original Figure S 7and 12, and the new data are in Supplementary Fig. 8 and 15.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major points:(1) The author conducted an analysis of the subcellular localization of PCP core proteins, including Vangl2, Pk, Fz, and Dvl, within animal cap explants (ectodermal explants). To validate the model proposing that 'non-canonical Wnt induces Dvl to transition from Vangl to Fz, while PK inhibits this transition, and they function synergistically with Vangl to suppress Dvl during Convergent Extension (CE),' it is crucial to assess the subcellular localization of PCP core proteins in dorsal marginal zone (DMZ) cells, which are known to undergo CE. Notably, the overexpression of Wnt11 alone, as employed by the author, does not induce animal cap elongation. Therefore, the use of animal cap explants may not be sufficient to substantiate the model during Convergent Extension (CE). Indeed, previous knowledge indicates that Vangl2 and Pk localize to the anterior region in DMZ explants. However, the results presented in this manuscript appear to differ from this established understanding. Consequently, to provide more robust support for the proposed model, it is advisable to replicate the key experiments (Figures 3, 4, 8, and Figure S3) using DMZ explants. 

      We repeated the experiments in Figure 3, 4, 8 and Figure S3 with DMZ explant and the new data are in new Supplementary Fig. 9, 11, 16 and 4, respectively.In regards to “previous knowledge indicates that Vangl2 and Pk localize to the anterior region in DMZ explants”, we are aware Vangl/ Pk localization to the anterior cell cortex in neural epithelium from the studies by the Sokol and Wallingford labs, but are not aware of similar reports in DMZ explants. When we examined the localization of small amount of injected EGFP-mPk2 (0.1 ng mRNA) in DMZ explants, we saw a somewhat uniform distribution on the plasma membrane (Suppl. Fig. 4). In addition, in a related recent publication, we examined endogenous XVangl2 protein localization in activin induced animal cap explants that do undergo CE. What we observed was that whereas low level injected Dvl2 and Fz form clusters on the plasma member, endogenous XVangl2 remains uniformly distributed on the plasma membrane (Suppl. Fig. 3S-Z in 10.1038/s41467-025-57658-0 ). These observations may suggest potential differences of PCP protein localization during neural vs. mesodermal convergence and extension.

      (2) The author suggests that 'Vangl2 and Pk together synergistically disrupt Fz7-Dvl2 patches.' As shown in Figure 4 (panels J' to I'), it is evident that the co-expression of Pk and Vangl2 increases Fz7 endocytosis. Nevertheless, a significant amount of Fz7 still co-localizes with Dvl2. To strengthen the author's hypothesis, additional clear assay is required such as Fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) assay. 

      We appreciate this valuable advice. Since none of the tagged Fz/ Dvl/ Vangl proteins we had were suitable for FRET, we made proteins tagged with mClover and mRuby2, which were reported as optimized FRET pairs. But in our hands mRuby2 seems to require very long time (~2 days) to mature and become detectable at room temperature, and is not suitable for our Xenopus experiments. We are in the process of establishing a luciferase based NanoBiT system to detect Fz-Dvl and Dvl-Vangl interactions in live cells and cell lysates, and will use it in future studies to investigate their interaction dynamics.

      For the current manuscript, we reason that a substantial reduction of Fz7-Dvl2 clusters with Vangl2/ Pk co-injection would still support our idea that Vangl2 and Pk act synergistically to sequester Dvl from Fz to prevent their clustering in response to non-canonical Wnt ligands.

      (3) The IP data is less clear and evident. A couple of examples are: a) Fig 2g where the authors report that the Vangl2 R177H variant reduced Vangl2 interaction with Pk and recruitment of Pk to the plasma membrane, but it appears that the variant interacts slightly better than WT Vangl2 with Pk. In Fig. S7a, the authors state that Pk overexpression can indeed significantly reduce Wnt11-induced dissociation of EGFP-Vangl2 and Flag-Dvl2 in the DMZ. However, there is a minimal impact when compared to the Wnt11 absent control. Based on the results presented in Fig S12a the authors indicate that Wnt11 reduces the association between Vangl2 and Dvl2, which can be discerned, but loss of Ror2 does not change this in any obvious way - but the authors indicate it does. In S12b, the authors have suggested that Ror and Dvl do not form a direct binding interaction. However, the interpretation of Figure S12b is not entirely convincing due to several issues. Notably, the expression levels of each protein appear inconsistent, the bands are not sufficiently clear, and there is the detection of three different tag proteins on a single blot. To strengthen the validity of these findings, it is advisable to repeat this experiment with improved quality. 

      We repeated all the co-IP and western blot analyses pointed out by the reviewer, and performed quantification and statistical analyses.

      Fig 2g had a mistake in the labeling and is replaced with new Figure 2g;

      Fig. S7a is replaced by new data in Supplementary Figure 8a and b;

      Fig. S12a and 12b are replaced by new data in Supplementary Figure 15a, a’ and b, respectively. In 15a and a’, we noticed a consistent decrease of Dvl2-Vangl2 co-IP in Xror2 morphant. The reason for this is not yet clear and will need further study in the future.

      Minor points: (1) In all the whole embryo injection assays examining morphology, no Western analysis is performed to show roughly equivalent and appropriate levels of the various proteins are being expressed. Differences will affect the data. 

      Although we did not do western analyses to examine the protein levels in various functional interaction assays, we did examine how co-expression of Vangl2, mPk2 or Dvl2 may impact each other’s protein levels in Supplementary Fig. 2, which did not reveal any significant change when co-injected in different combination.

      (2) The author's prior publication (Bimodal regulation of Dishevelled function by Vangl2 during morphogenesis, Hum Mol Genet. 2017) presented clear evidence of Vangl2 overexpression inducing Dvl2 membrane localization. However, Figure S4 in the current manuscript did not provide clear evidence of membrane localization. To strengthen the hypothesis that Vangl2-RH mutant also induces Dvl2 membrane localization, further comprehensive imaging analysis is needed. 

      We re-analyzed the imaging data and replaced old Figure S4 with a new Supplementary Fig. 5.

      (3) In Supplementary Figure 9, the authors propose that the overexpression of Vangl2/Pk induces Fz7 endocytosis, as indicated by its co-localization with FM4-64. However, it raises a question: how does the Fz7-GFP protein internalize into the cells without endocytosis, as seen in Figures S9a-c'? To enhance readers' understanding, a discussion addressing this point should be included. 

      We think that this might be a technical issue. As detailed in the Method section, we only incubated the embryos transiently with FM4-64 for 30 minutes, and the embryos were subsequently washed and dissected in 0.1X MMR without the dye. Therefore, only the Fz7-GFP protein endocytosed during the 30 minute-incubation would be labeled by FM-64, whereas that endocytosed before or after the incubation would not. Alternatively, the very few Fz7-GFP puncta occasionally observed in the absence of Vangl2/Pk overexpression could be vesicles trafficking to the plasma membrane.

      (4) Statistical analyses are absent for several results, including those in Figure 2f, Figure S4d, and Figure S7b. 

      We repeated these experiments and included statistical analyses. The new data are in Figure 2f, Supplementary Fig. 5d and Supplementary Fig. 8b.

      (5) This manuscript lacks any results regarding Ck1. Therefore, it is advisable to consider removing the discussion or mention of CK1. 

      We agree, and tune down the discussion on CK1 and removed CK1 from our model in Fig. 9.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) In all the convergence and extension assays, the authors should report n numbers (i.e. number of animals), what statistical test is used, and what the error bars show. Ideally dot-plots would be used instead of bar charts as they give a better insight into the data distribution. It might be useful to give a section on the statistical analyses used in the M&M, including e.g. any power calculations carried out, as now required by many journals. 

      We have follow the advice to use dot-plots for all the quantification analyses in the manuscript. We include in the figure legends the statistical test used and what the error bars show. The number of embryos analyzed were included in each panel in the figures. We also provided more details in the Methods section on how the LWR quantification was carried out.

      (2) I think Figure 2g is wrongly labelled? FLAG bands are in all three lanes in the western blot, but not labelled as such in the schematic. 

      We corrected the schematic labeling in Figure 2g, and thank the reviewer for catching this mistake.

      (3) In Figure S7, the authors show that co-IP of Dvl and Vangl2 is reduced by Wnt11 and the effects of Wnt are blocked by Pk. Does Pk have any effect in the absence of Wnt? 

      We examined the effect of Pk over-expression on Dvl2-Vangl2 co-IP as advised, and did not see a significant impact in the absence of Wnt11 co-injection. The data is included in the new Supplementary Figure 8a. We interpret the data to suggest that “at least under the condition of our co-IP experiment, Pk may not directly impact the steady-state binding between Vangl and Dvl”.

      (4) In Figure 3, the authors show (as published previously) that Wnt11 induces patches of Dvl at the plasma membrane. It would be useful to see Dvl in the absence of Wnt and Vangl2/Dvl in the absence of Wnt. 

      Dvl is widely known as a cytoplasmic protein and its localization has been published by many labs over the past 20-30 years. In our recent publication (10.1038/s41467-025-57658-0 ), we also re-examined Dvl localization when injected at various dosages. So we did not feel it was necessary to show its localization in the absence of Wnt11 again, but included a reference to our prior publication. In regards to Vangl/Dvl distribution in the absence of Wnt11, the readers can see Suppl. Fig. 5b as an example, in addition to our previous publications referenced in the manuscript.

      (5) In the review figures, the difference in Fz7-GFP patch formation in d' and e' (vs e.g. a') is not very clear. Could the images be improved or (better) quantified in some way? 

      We assume that “review figures” refer to Figure 3 or 4? If so, we felt that Fz7-GFP patch formation was clear in Fig. 3d’, e’ or Fig. 4d’, e’. Nevertheless, we repeated these experiments in DMZ explants as advised by Reviewer 1, and additional examples of Fz7-EGFP patch formation can be seen in the new Suppl. Fig. 9d-f’ and Suppl. Fig. 11d-f’.

      (6) In Figure 6d, I'm concerned that the loss of flag-Dvl2 might occur via dephosphorylation in the IP reaction. Also the M&M don't include methodological details about buffers and whether phosphatase inhibitors were used. A compelling control would be anti-FLAG pulldown showing retention of phosphorylation. Also Figure 6f shows a reduced ratio of fast-to-slow migrating bands of Dvl with Vangl2/Pk - unless I have misunderstood, is this ratio the wrong way round? 

      We added co-IP buffer and protease inhibitor information in Methods.

      We agree that the concern about dephosphorylation during IP reaction is valid, and that direct pull down of Dvl to show the phosphorylated form is a compelling control. We therefore note that in Suppl. Fig. 8a and 15b, direct pull down of Flag-Dvl or Myc-Dvl (with anti-Flag or anti-Myc) did show the slower migrating, phosphorylated form. Additional examples in which Vangl only co-IP the faster migrating unphosphorylated Dvl include Suppl. Fig. 15a, and in a related paper we published recently (Fig. 3R and R’ in 10.1038/s41467-025-57658-0 ).

      Finally, we did wrongly label Figure 6f in the last submission, and the ratio should have been “slow/fast”. We have made the correction, and appreaicte the reviewer for the meticulousness in perusing our manuscript.

      (7) In Figure 7, what does Ror2 look like in the absence of Wnt11? 

      We included new Figure 7a-c to show that without Wnt11 co-injection, Ror2 is uniformly distributed on the plasma membrane.

      (8) Also in Figure 7, Ror2 patches are said to be slightly wider than Dvl2 patches "reminiscent of Vangl2" - I wouldn't describe them as being similar. Vangl2 shows a distinct dip in the center of the Dvl patches, Ror2 does not show a dip, and is only (at best) in a slightly wider patch, and I would want to see further examples to be convinced that the localization domain is reproducibly wider. The merge of many samples in 7d may actually be making the distribution harder to see and if the Xror2 and Dvl2 intensities were normalized I'm not sure how different the curves would appear. (i.e. the Xror2 curve looks like a flattened version of the Dvl2 curve). 

      We have added an additional panel in the new Figure 7j to compare the intensity ratio of Ror/ Dvl2 along the patches, and this analysis reveals an over two folds increase of the ratio at the border region. This quantification may make a more convincing argument that at the patch border region, Dvl is diminished whereas Ror2 accumulate with Vangl2. 

      (9) In Figure S12a, the authors suggest Wnt11 induced dissociation of Dvl from Vangl2 (by co-IP), and this is reduced after Ror2 MO. This would be more convincing with replicates and quantitation. 

      We have repeated this experiment with Vangl2 pull down and added quantification. The data is in the new Suppl. Fig. 15a.

      (10) In Figure S12b, the authors suggest Ror2 can co-IP Vangl2 but not Dvl. This is not very convincing, as the Dvl input band is very weak, and the Vangl2 co-IP band is very weak. 

      We repeated the co-IP experiment with Myc-tagged Vangl or Dvl. Using the same anti-Myc antibody and experimental condition (including the expression level of Vangl, Dvl and Ror2), we still found that Ror2 could be pulled down by Vangl but not Dvl (Suppl. Fig. 15b).

      (11) "Prickle" spelled "Prickel" in the abstract (and abbreviated to "PK" not "Pk" at one place in the abstract and several places in text) 

      We have corrected these typos.

      (12) Quite a lot of interesting observations are in supplemental figures. Normally it might be expected that extra data supporting a conclusion would be in supplemental, but here some of the supplemental data feels like it is more than simply additional evidence. For instance supplemental Figures 2 and 3 feel more than just supplemental (and Supplemental Figure 3 if merged with Figure 2 would make it easier for the reader). Moreover, for example, the description of the results in Figure 2 is punctuated by references to supplemental Figures 4 and 5 that contain key data to support the conclusions, which means the reader has to flick backwards and forwards from place to place in the manuscript to follow the argument. It is of course up to the authors, but in some cases putting supplemental data back into the main figures (for which there is no size or number limit) would increase clarity. 

      These are excellent points; in the resubmitted manuscript we have a total of 24 data figures, and we used 8 as main figures since we felt that they provide the most relevant and conclusive evidence to our model. We will consult the copy editors at eLife on how to arrange the rest as main vs. supporting figures when requesting publication as version of record.

    1. Cette analyse se basait

      il ne s'agita pas d'une analyse de l'époque, mais d'une description de ce que disaient des comptes de l'époque.

      Je dirais : c'est ce qui ressortait de la...

    2. Une erreur profonde de diagnostic début 2024

      le terme de diagnostic me paraît inapproprié : c'est une erreur de mesure et le terme profond est aussi trop fort à mon goût

      Quid de "Les estimations de la croissance française en sortie de Covid nettement révisées à la hausse par rapport à fin 2023" ?

    3. Pourquoi un tel écart en 2023 ?

      il faudrait changer le titre : dans la mesure où tu restes au niveau agrégé, tu n'expliques pas l'écart de croissance du PIB de 2023 : par exemple, une partie de la révision des exports, celle portant sur les biens (où est d'ailleurs l'agriculture dans ton tableau 2 ?) n'a pas d'effet sur la révision du PIB, puisque la production y est déterminée par l'offre

      Soit tu es très à plat et tu titres "une analyse des écarts sur la croissance du PIB et de ses composantes", soit tu changes la suite en décomposant d'abord par secteurs et en concluant que les écarts proviennent des secteurs où la production est déterminée par la demande dans les comptes trims, puis en décomposant la VA des seuls services en fonction de la demande

    4. structurellement

      en moyenne ou dasn une majorité de cas (structurellement laisse entendre que c'est systématique et qu'on en a repéré la cause alors que potentiellement, cela peut être une succession d'aléas mal distribuées -peu probable, cf. ta note 4 plus bas et pour être franc je n'y crois pas, mais il semblerait quand même que les sources de révision soient assez différentes à chaque fois) et des événements peu probables arrivent parfois....(la baisse du PIB due au Covid était très improbable au vu de la distribution passée du PIB, mais s'est quand même produite !)

    5. Ces derniers jouent par ailleurs un rôle central dans l’établissement du compte annuel provisoire.

      ils ne jouent pas "par ailleurs", puisque le compte provisoire est pour l'essentiel construit comme la somme des comptes trimestriels de l'année ==> je remplacerais par: 'et donc, du compte annuel provisoire".

    6. La première estimation suggérait une économie en panne de productivité et de demande finale, le compte semi-définitif, une économie relativement dynamique et en plein ajustement,

      tu laisse entendre que la panne de productivité n'est plus une caractéristique de la mesure actuelle (sous-entendu grâce au dynamisme de l'économie), alors que la perte de productivité persiste (ce que j'appelle l' "effet milord", je peux t'expliquer !).

      Je changerait en "La première estimation suggérait une économie très en dessous de sa tendance d'avant Covid ,

    7. l’effondrement de la compétitivité

      cf. supra : il me semble qu'on a quand même une perte de productivité, même si elle a été révisée en baisse

    8. Cela peut paraitre difficilement compatible avec les fortes révisions des exportations de biens et de la consommation en biens.

      je n'écrirai pas cela : cela donne l'apparence d'un problème alors qu'il n'y en a pas comme tu le montres ensuite

      Je propose de remplacer cette phrase et la suivante par : "Du côte de le demande, la révision en forte hausse des exportations de biens et de la consommation en biens ont été compensées par une forte révision à la baisse des emplois intermédiaires en produits industriels.

    9. Les exportations ont a la fois été sous estimées en valeur de 3 points de pourcentage et en volume de 4 points de pourcentage, le déflateur des exportations ayant été initialement surestimé de 1,6 pt.

      les chiffres en collent pas :1.03*1.016=1.0465 et pas 1.04

    10. bénéficient précocement de données administratives

      les donnés de la balance des paiements ne sont pas des données administratives quais exhaustives, mais des données d'enquête très volatiles et souvent révisées, et les données douanières le sont aussi un peu je crois

    11. Le compte semi-définitif affiche une consommation beaucoup plus dynamique (+2,4%), autant que l’investissement lequel a été fortement révisé à la baisse

      j'ai du lire 2 fois pour comprendre, notamment à cause de l'emploi de l'adverbe "autant" (on ne dit pas autnt dynamique")

      Je propose : " Le compte semi définitif affiche une croissance de la consommation beaucoup plus forte (+2,4 %),égale à celle de l’investissement qui quant à lui été fortement révisé à la baisse."

    12. utilisant les indices des prix de production

      Cela peut laisser entendre qu'il s'agit de prix de production tous marchés : si ce sont bien des données de prix de production qui sont utilisées (dans des temps anciens c'étaient des ivu qui étaient utilisés massivement), il faudrait plutôt dire : "des prix de la production exportée".

    13. l’INSEE

      Insee (en français les acronymes qui se prononcent ne prennent de majuscule qu'à la première lettre : l'Insee, la Dares, etc. mais le PIB, la TICPE, le Covid etc.)

    14. déplorant la très grande prudence des ménages, parfois sur la base de graphiques n’intégrant pas les dernières révisions.

      le taux d'épargne reste quand même nettement supérieur à son niveau de fin 2019, donc le diagnostic de prudence des ménages reste fondé, non ?

    15. le compte semi-définitif intègre les données comptables exhaustives fournies par les entreprises dans leurs déclarations fiscales

      Pas tout à fait : seul un échantillon est utilisé (sinon, le semi-def serait le définitif...) ; au passage c'était l'inverse de ce qui était dit dans la nbp 2

    16. A

      À (une de mes marottes, acquises lors de mon passage à la rédaction en chef de la note de conj de l'Insee : il faut accentuer les majuscules)

    1. Note de synthèse : Réunion des parents d'élèves des filières technologiques (Première et Terminale)

      À : L'ensemble du personnel enseignant et administratif du Lycée Louis Vincent De : Olivier Palaise, Proviseur Date : 29 septembre 2025 Objet : Alignement stratégique suite à la réunion des parents des filières technologiques

      1. Introduction : Alignement sur notre Vision et nos Exigences Communes

      L'objectif de cette note est de garantir que l'ensemble du personnel, enseignant comme administratif, partage une compréhension unifiée et cohérente des messages clés que nous avons communiqués aux parents d'élèves des classes de Première et Terminale technologiques (STI2D et STL).

      Cet alignement est fondamental : notre crédibilité et l'efficacité de notre accompagnement reposent sur notre capacité à porter une parole collective forte et univoque.

      La réussite de nos élèves dépend directement de cette cohérence entre nos exigences, nos discours et nos actions quotidiennes.

      2. Les Filières Technologiques : Fer de Lance de l'Établissement et Cadre d'Exigence

      J'ai tenu à réaffirmer auprès des parents ma vision stratégique : nos filières technologiques sont le "fer de lance de l'établissement".

      Cette valorisation n'est pas un vain mot ; elle justifie le niveau d'exigence particulièrement élevé que nous appliquons.

      Nous offrons des parcours d'exception qui se méritent par un engagement sans faille. Les règles fondamentales de la vie au lycée, rappelées avec fermeté, constituent le socle de cette ambition.

      Voici les points sur lesquels nous devons maintenir une vigilance collective et absolue :

      • Assiduité et ponctualité : Le respect des horaires est non négociable, y compris lors des interclasses. Nous avons expliqué aux parents que la justification rigoureuse des absences et la ponctualité sont les conditions premières de la réussite.

      L'exemple de l'élève habitant Montini, à qui il a été clairement conseillé de "prendre le bus d'avant", illustre notre refus de la complaisance face aux retards évitables.

      C'est une préparation directe aux exigences du monde supérieur et professionnel.

      • Comportement et tenue : L'anecdote de l'élève reçu dans mon bureau en "claquet de chaussette" a servi à illustrer un point crucial : l'image de soi.

      Dans des filières qui préparent à des carrières d'ingénieur, d'architecte ou de technicien supérieur, une tenue et une posture professionnelles sont indispensables. Le premier regard compte, et nous devons les y former.

      • Usage du téléphone portable : La règle est simple et doit être appliquée par tous : interdiction totale dans les bâtiments, sauf autorisation explicite d'un membre du personnel pour un usage pédagogique.

      Pour garantir le respect de cette règle, la sanction dissuasive de "4 heures de col le samedi" a été rappelée.

      C'est un outil à notre disposition pour maintenir un environnement de travail serein et concentré.

      Cette rigueur n'est pas une fin en soi. Elle est le cadre qui permet à nos élèves de saisir les opportunités exceptionnelles offertes par nos filières et de construire les parcours d'avenir ambitieux que nous leur promettons.

      3. Le Parcours vers la Réussite : Calendrier, Enjeux et Stratégie

      Nous avons insisté sur le fait que les années de Première et de Terminale constituent une période charnière, un véritable sprint où deux objectifs doivent être menés de front : l'obtention du baccalauréat avec la meilleure mention possible et la préparation stratégique du dossier d'orientation post-bac sur Parcoursup.

      3.1. Les Enjeux dès la Classe de Première

      Il a été expliqué aux parents que les élèves de Première doivent "courir deux lièvres à la fois" :

      1. Préparation au Baccalauréat : Au-delà des épreuves anticipées de français, nous avons souligné la nouveauté de l'épreuve de mathématiques qui s'ajoute au calendrier.

      2. Anticipation de l'Orientation : La réflexion sur le projet post-bac n'est plus une option.

      Elle doit commencer dès maintenant, car les trois bulletins de Première pèseront d'un poids considérable dans l'examen de leur dossier Parcoursup l'année suivante.

      3.2. La Double Échéance de la Classe de Terminale

      Pour les élèves de Terminale, l'enjeu est immédiat, car ils sont "de plein fouet dans les deux parties".

      Le calendrier Parcoursup est extrêmement serré, et les vœux doivent être formulés et validés dès mi-janvier.

      L'importance stratégique du Grand Oral a été particulièrement mise en lumière.

      L'exemple de l'élève dont la note est passée de 5/20 à 16/20 après une préparation encadrée de quelques heures est la preuve tangible que le travail et la méthode priment sur le "talent" seul.

      Le coefficient (14 pour les Terminales de cette année, qui passera à 12 pour la promotion suivante) en fait une épreuve décisive qu'il est impératif de préparer avec le plus grand sérieux.

      3.3. Le Dossier Scolaire : Le Facteur Humain dans la Sélection Parcoursup

      Nous avons démystifié Parcoursup : ce n'est pas un algorithme froid.

      Derrière l'interface, des commissions composées d'enseignants examinent les dossiers. Certains éléments, que nous devons tous avoir à l'esprit, entraînent un rejet quasi-systématique :

      1. Absences régulières : La simple mention "élève régulièrement absent" sur un bulletin place immédiatement le dossier sur une "pile d'à côté".

      2. Comportement problématique : De même, une appréciation telle que "comportement inadmissible" disqualifie un candidat avant même l'examen de ses notes.

      3. Appréciations des professeurs : L'arbitrage est clair.

      Entre un élève à 12 de moyenne "au talent" et un autre à 12 dont l'appréciation souligne les efforts ("fait vraiment des efforts"), le second sera toujours préféré.

      Notre rôle, en tant qu'enseignants et membres de l'équipe pédagogique, est donc crucial.

      Les appréciations que nous rédigeons ne sont pas de simples commentaires ; ce sont des facteurs décisifs qui peuvent ouvrir ou fermer les portes de l'avenir de nos élèves. La précision et la justesse de nos mots sont une responsabilité majeure.

      4. L'Excellence des Filières Technologiques : Pédagogie et Débouchés

      Les filières STI2D et STL ont été présentées comme des voies d'excellence, caractérisées par une pédagogie concrète, une forte proportion de travaux pratiques et des perspectives de poursuites d'études ambitieuses, y compris vers les plus grandes écoles.

      4.1. Baccalauréat STI2D : Le concret au service de la polyvalence

      La philosophie de la filière STI2D est de donner du sens aux sciences par le concret, de permettre aux élèves de "comprendre pourquoi ils font des sciences". Ses points forts résident dans :

      • Un volume conséquent de 12 heures d'enseignement scientifique dès la Première.

      • Une approche pédagogique basée sur l'expérimentation et la simulation.

      • Un profil qui reste "généraliste", assurant un "large éventail sur le choix des formations postbac".

      • La nouveauté d'une épreuve pratique au baccalauréat, qui valorise enfin leur cœur de formation.

      4.2. Baccalauréat STL : La pratique en laboratoire comme tremplin

      La spécificité du bac STL repose sur une forte coloration physique-chimie, avec une partie expérimentale "extrêmement importante".

      Les élèves passent plus d'un tiers de leur temps en travaux pratiques, en groupes à effectif réduit. Les débouchés sont réels et attractifs :

      • Les BTS internes de haut niveau (SIRA, Métiers de la chimie).
      • Surtout, la possibilité d'intégrer notre classe préparatoire TSI pour viser des écoles d'ingénieur, une voie royale qui concrétise notre promesse d'excellence.

      Le succès de ces filières, validé par des taux de réussite remarquables (plus de 96 % en STI2D et 93 % en STL), est le fruit direct de cette approche pédagogique exigeante.

      5. Calendrier des Temps Forts de l'Orientation

      Pour accompagner nos élèves dans la construction de leur projet, plusieurs rendez-vous majeurs jalonneront l'année. Il est essentiel que nous les encouragions tous à y participer activement.

      Événement Date(s) Clé(s) Public Cible

      Un Jour à l'Université (Ujalu) Inscriptions dès le 29 sept. Élèves de Terminale

      Forum "Aux réaction" 20, 21 et 22 novembre Première et Terminale (transport non organisé par le lycée cette année)

      Forum des Formations (au lycée) 6 février 2026 Première et Terminale Journée Portes Ouvertes (au lycée) 12 février Première et Terminale

      Ces événements sont des opportunités précieuses que les élèves doivent saisir pour affiner leurs choix.

      6. Conclusion : Notre Responsabilité Collective

      Je compte sur chacun de vous pour porter et incarner ce message de rigueur, d'ambition et d'accompagnement.

      La réussite de nos élèves des filières technologiques est une fierté pour notre établissement, mais elle est avant tout le résultat d'un effort collectif.

      Notre vigilance constante, notre communication cohérente et notre exigence bienveillante sont les clés qui leur permettront de réaliser leur plein potentiel et de transformer leurs ambitions en succès.

    1. Dataondersteund onderwijs en de Loopbaanmonitor MBO-studenten

      Deze webpagina bespreekt het belang van datagestuurd onderwijs, met name door het gebruik van de Loopbaanmonitor MBO-studenten, om ervoor te zorgen dat studenten voorbereid zijn op de arbeidsmarkt, vervolgonderwijs en actieve deelname aan de samenleving.

      De uitdaging voor MBO-instellingen

      MBO-instellingen staan voor een brede maatschappelijke missie: studenten voorbereiden op de arbeidsmarkt, op vervolgonderwijs en op volledige deelname aan de samenleving. Dit is een 'drievoudige kwalificatieplicht', die erop gericht is jongeren naar een duurzame plek in de samenleving te begeleiden en niet alleen een diploma te verstrekken. Onderwijsinstellingen worden echter vaak vooral beoordeeld op diplomaopbrengsten, waardoor hun focus beperkt is en geen rekening wordt gehouden met de complexe realiteit van veel mbo-studenten, vooral die met een kwetsbare achtergrond .

      Gegevens voor impact: de rol van de loopbaanmonitor

      De Loopbaanmonitor is ontwikkeld om dit probleem aan te pakken, waarbij de nadruk wordt gelegd op het feit dat het succes van mbo-instellingen niet alleen moet worden afgemeten aan diplomaresultaten, maar ook aan de vraag of jongeren een geschikte en duurzame plek vinden in de samenleving . Door gestructureerd inzicht te geven in wat er werkelijk gebeurt na het afstuderen — werk, vervolgonderwijs of sociale participatie — kunnen instellingen:

      • Identificeer knelpunten in de studentenreis .
      • Begeleiding beter afstemmen op de behoeften van diverse doelgroepen .
      • Beleid doelbewust verbeteren, rekening houdend met regionale en sociale contexten .

      Deze aanpak creëert ruimte voor persoonlijke groei en professionele ontwikkeling voor studenten, onderwijsteams en de regio .

      Maatschappelijke noodzaak en toegevoegde waarde

      Veel mbo-instellingen werken met diverse en complexe studentenpopulaties, waarbij studenten met een achtergestelde sociaaleconomische achtergrond of met complexe persoonlijke omstandigheden vaak extra ondersteuning nodig hebben voor een succesvolle overgang . Het huidige inspectiekader is voornamelijk gericht op behaalde diploma's en efficiëntiecijfers, wat een „perverse stimulans” kan zijn waarbij investeren in begeleiding zonder diploma kan leiden tot lagere evaluaties, ondanks de maatschappelijke voordelen ervan .

      De Loopbaanmonitor betwist deze eenzijdige visie en toont aan dat scholen inderdaad succesvol zijn als ze jongeren begeleiden naar werk, verder studeren en duurzame participatie. Dit zorgt voor een eerlijkere beoordeling van de maatschappelijke missie van het MBO .

      Voor onderwijsorganisaties biedt de Loopbaanmonitor verschillende voordelen:

      • Ontwikkeling van effectiever beleid voor kwetsbare groepen .
      • Investeren in begeleidingsprogramma's die echt leiden tot duurzame werkgelegenheid of vervolgonderwijs .
      • Inzicht verkrijgen in regionale mismatches tussen onderwijsaanbod en arbeidsmarktbehoeften .
      • Samenwerken met gemeenten en werkgevers om een samenhangende ketenaanpak te ontwikkelen .

      Het uiteindelijke doel is niet alleen het behalen van een diploma, maar het bieden van een duurzame toekomst. De Loopbaanmonitor benadrukt dat succesvolle deelname aan werk en maatschappij minstens zo belangrijk is als formele kwalificaties .

      CINOP nodigt instellingen uit contact met hen op te nemen om te leren hoe de Loopbaanmonitor MBO-studenten kunnen worden gebruikt voor eerlijker, effectiever en toekomstbestendig onderwijs, waardoor hun instelling en regio vooruit kunnen komen .

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      This study investigates plasticity effects in brain function and structure from training in navigation and verbal memory.

      The authors used a longitudinal design with a total of 75 participants across two sites. Participants were randomised to one of three conditions: verbal memory training, navigation training, or a video control condition. The results show behavioural effects in relevant tasks following the training interventions. The central claim of the paper is that network-based measures of task-based activation are affected by the training interventions, but structural brain metrics (T2w-derived volume and diffusion-weighted imaging microstructure) are not impacted by any of the training protocols tested.

      Strengths:

      (1) This is a well-designed study which uses two training conditions, an active control, and randomisation, as appropriate. It is also notable that the authors combined data acquisition across two sites to reach the needed sample size and accounted for it in their statistical analyses quite thoroughly. In addition, I commend the authors on using pre-registration of the analysis to enhance the reproducibility of their work.

      (2) Some analyses in the paper are exhaustive and compelling in showcasing the presence of longitudinal behavioural effects, functional activation changes, and lack of hippocampal volume changes. The breadth of analysis on hippocampal volume (including hippocampal subfields) is convincing in supporting the claim regarding a lack of volumetric effect in the hippocampus.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The rationale for the study and its relationship with previous literature is not fully clear from the paper. In particular, there is a very large literature that has already explored the longitudinal effects of different types of training on functional and structural neuroimaging. However, this literature is barely acknowledged in the Introduction, which focuses on cross-sectional studies. Studies like the one by Draganski et al. 2004 are cited but not discussed, and are clumped together with cross-sectional studies, which is confusing. As a reader, it is difficult to understand whether the study was meant to be confirmatory based on previous literature, or whether it fills a specific gap in the literature on longitudinal neuroimaging effects of training interventions.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments and feedback. 

      We want to clarify that through our pre-registered analysis plan, our approach was confirmatory, rather than exploratory (or rather than post-hoc justified.) This confirmatory approach allowed us to critically evaluate the theoretically novel and important hypotheses which tested what no other study like our longitudinal/intervention study proposed or performed previously. We have now clarified this in the introduction. 

      This allowed us to address the following novel theoretical questions: 1) what neural changes, if any, result from an intensive within-participant intervention that improves memory or navigation skills in healthy young adults 2) if such changes occur, what is the degree of neural overlap between the acquisition of these cognitive skills.”

      “We pre-registered three novel and specific hypotheses, which are described in more detail here (https://osf.io/etxvj) ”

      We have also attempted to better separate cross-section and longitudinal studies. Due to space limitations, we have focused on interventional studies that involved gray matter changes that could relevance to either navigation, episodic memory, or the hypothesized time frame we chose for the training. We also note that some of these relevant studies are discussed in more depth in the discussion.

      “Successful cognitive interventions suggest that targeted within-participant cognitive training, even for as little as 1-2 weeks, can result in improvements to specific cognitive functions, including changes in focal gray matter [4,23-27]; but see[28].”

      We have also added some additional citations to relevant cognitive intervention work, although we agree that this is an extensive literature, only a subset of which we are able to capture here:

      “In some instances, interventions may even generalize to areas not explicitly trained but closely related to the training (termed “near transfer”)[29-33].”

      (2.1) The main claim regarding the lack of changes in brain structure seems only partially supported by the analyses provided. The limited whole-brain evidence from structural neuroimaging makes it difficult to confirm whether there is indeed no effect of training. Beyond hippocampal analyses, many whole-brain analyses of both volumetric and diffusion-weighted imaging metrics are only based on coarse ROIs (for example, 34 cortical parcellations for grey matter analyses).

      Although vertex-wise analyses in FreeSurfer are reported, it is unclear what metrics were examined (cortical thickness? area? volume?). 

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful feedback. We apologize for the lack of clarity in the original manuscript regarding the type of metric used in the vertex-wise analysis. We confirm that these analyses were based on cortical volume, not thickness or area. To clarify this, we have explicitly stated in the revised Methods that the vertex-wise analyses were conducted on cortical volume using FreeSurfer’s mri_glmfit.

      In addition, in response to the concern regarding the coarse nature of the ROI-based analyses, we have re-analyzed the volumetric data using the more fine-grained Destrieux atlas, which contains 148 cortical ROIs (74 per hemisphere), instead of the original, coarser 34-region atlas. These more detailed analyses still revealed no significant volume changes from pre- to post-training in any of the three groups. We believe this provides stronger support for the lack of training-induced volumetric changes outside the medial temporal lobe.

      Relevant revisions have been made to the Results and Methods sections. Below is the updated content added to the manuscript:

      In Results:

      “We also analyzed gray matter volume changes outside of the medial temporal lobe using FreeSurfer (see Methods) to determine if any cortical or other relevant brain areas might have been affected by the training. We applied a vertex-wise analysis of cortical volume, again finding no significant differences across the entire cortex (see Methods). This finding was further validated using the Destrieux atlas, which includes 74 cortical parcellations per hemisphere (148 ROIs in total). Paired-sample t-tests revealed that none of the ROIs exhibited significant volume changes from pre- to post-test in any of the three groups (all ps > 0.542, FDR-corrected). These findings suggest that training did not result in any measurable cortical volumetric changes.”

      In Methods:

      “Whole-brain structural analyses were conducted using FreeSurfer (version 7.4.1; https://surfer.nmr.mgh.harvard.edu). T1-weighted anatomical images were processed using the longitudinal processing pipeline. Vertex-wise analyses of cortical volume were performed using FreeSurfer’s general linear modeling tool, mri_glmfit. Group-level comparisons were corrected for multiple comparisons using mri_glmfit-sim, which implements cluster-wise correction based on Monte Carlo simulations. A vertex-wise threshold of Z > 3.0 (corresponding to p < 0.001, two-sided) was applied to detect both positive and negative effects. Clusters were retained if they survived a cluster-wise corrected p < 0.05.

      In addition to vertex-wise analysis, cortical parcellation was performed using the Destrieux atlas (aparc.a2009s), which includes 74 cortical regions per hemisphere, yielding 148 ROIs in total. To account for variability in brain size, each ROI volume was normalized by estimated intracranial volume (ICV) and scaled by a factor of 100. Longitudinal comparisons were conducted using paired-sample t-tests. To correct for multiple comparisons, we applied FDR correction (q < 0.05).”

      (2.2) Diffusion-weighted imaging seems to focus on whole-tract atlas ROIs, which can be less accurate/sensitive than tractography-defined ROIs or voxel-wise approaches.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s important point regarding diffusion-weighted imaging (DWI) analysis. We focused primarily on atlas-defined tract-level ROIs derived from a standard white matter tract atlas as we did not feel that we had the resolution for more fine-grained analyses with our sequences. While this approach has the advantage of robust anatomical correspondence and improved interpretability, we agree that it may be less sensitive than tractography-defined or voxel-wise methods for detecting more subtle, localized training-related changes. Because of limitations in our DWI sequence, which was optimized to be shorter and identical between different scanners, we are not able to provide more fine-grained analysis of the DWI data.

      (3) Quality control of images is only mentioned for FA images in subject space. Given that most analyses are based on atlas ROIs, visual checks following registration are fundamental and should be described in further detail.

      Thank you for your thoughtful comment. We agree that visual quality control is critical when using atlas-based ROI analyses. In our study, we implemented comprehensive quality control procedures across all structural and functional imaging analyses.

      For hippocampal segmentation using ASHS, we performed manual visual inspections of each participant's subfield segmentation to verify the accuracy of the automated outputs. This is now clearly described in the revised Methods section:

      “Each participant's subfield segmentations were manually inspected to ensure the accuracy and reliability of the segmentation protocol.”

      For FreeSurfer-based hippocampal and cortical segmentation, we also conducted detailed visual inspections and manual edits following the standard FreeSurfer longitudinal pipeline. We have added the following description to the Methods section to clarify this process:

      “Visual quality control was conducted by three trained raters who systematically inspected skull stripping, surface reconstruction, and segmentation accuracy at both the within-subject template and individual timepoints. Manual edits were primarily applied to the within-subject template to correct segmentation errors—particularly in challenging regions such as the hippocampus—since corrections to the template automatically propagate to all timepoints. Raters followed standardized FreeSurfer longitudinal editing guidelines to ensure consistent and reproducible corrections across subjects. Discrepancies were resolved via consensus discussion. This quality control approach enhanced the accuracy and consistency of segmentation across longitudinal scans, thereby improving the reliability of morphometric analyses and atlas-based ROI extractions.”

      For functional MRI preprocessing, all registration steps—including transformations from individual functional runs to MNI space—were visually checked for each participant to ensure accurate alignment with the Schaefer atlas. We have clarified this point in the revised Methods section with the following statement:

      “Prior to ROI extraction, all registration steps—from individual functional space to MNI space—were visually inspected for each participant to confirm accurate alignment between the functional images and the atlas parcellation.”

      These additions now more clearly reflect the robust quality control procedures that were employed throughout our pipeline to ensure the validity of atlas-based analyses.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      (1) As a reader, I would have appreciated a short section in the methods regarding the preregistration and power analysis. Currently, it is not too straightforward to understand which analyses were included in the preregistration, and at what point in the project the pre-registration was written. Finding all the relevant information from OSF is feasible, but it would be more accessible if a summary of the information were available inside the text.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. We agree that providing a concise summary within the manuscript's methods section will significantly improve accessibility for readers. 

      The full preregistration is now explicitly referenced in the Methods:

      Preregistration and Power Analysis

      This study was preregistered on the Open Science Framework (OSF; https://osf.io/etxvj). The preregistration was completed on October 30, 2023, after approximately 80% of data collection had been completed, but prior to any analysis of the primary outcome variables. The preregistration outlines the study hypotheses, design, target sample size, and planned behavioral and neuroimaging analyses, including longitudinal ROI comparisons and statistical correction procedures.

      A priori power analysis was conducted using G*Power 3.1 to estimate the required sample size for detecting a Group × Time interaction in a mixed-design ANOVA. Assuming a small-to-medium effect size (f = 0.35), we determined that 24 participants per group would provide 80% power to detect a significant effect at α = 0.05. To allow for potential attrition and data exclusion (e.g., due to excessive motion or incomplete datasets), we targeted recruitment of 30 participants per group across two study sites.

      All primary hypotheses, analytic plans, and inference criteria are documented in the preregistration. Exploratory analyses are clearly delineated in both the preregistration and the present manuscript.”

      (2) The relevance of the study for "disease" is mentioned in the Abstract but is absent in the Introduction. This may be worth removing?

      Thank you for pointing this out. We agree that the reference to "disease" in the Abstract was not well-supported in the Introduction. To maintain consistency and avoid overstatement, we have removed the mention of "disease" from the Abstract in the revised manuscript.

      In Abstract:

      “Training cognitive skills, such as remembering a list of words or navigating a new city, has important implications for everyday life.”

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We thank the reviewers for their thoughtful comments and overall very supportive feedback.

      Reviewer #1 writes: "The study is very thorough and the experiments contain the appropriate controls. (...) The findings of the study can have relevance for human conditions involving disrupted mitochondrial dynamics, caused for example by mutations in mitofusins." Reviewer #2 writes: "The dataset is rich and the time-resolved approach strong." Reviewer #3 writes: "I admire the philosophy of the research, acknowledging an attempt to control for the many possible confounding influences. (...) This is a powerful and thoughtful study that provides a collection of new mechanistic insights into the link between physical and genetic properties of mitochondria in yeast."

      We address all points below. We have not yet updated our text and figures since we expect substantial additions from new experiments. But we have included Figure R1 with some additional analyses of existing data at the bottom of the manuscript.

      Reviewer1

      1.1 Statistical comparisons are missing throughout the manuscript (with the exception of Fig. 2c). Appropriate statistical tests, along with p-values, should be used and reported where different gorups are compared, for example (but not limited to) Fig. 3d and most panels of Fig. 4.

      We initially decided not to add too many extra labels to the already very busy plots, given that the magnitude of change mostly speaks for itself. However, we will try to find meaningful statistical tests together with a sensible graphical representation for all of the figures. For one example see Figure R1A.

      1.2. I do not agree with the use of Atp6 protein as a direct read-out of mtDNA content. While Atp6 protein levels will decrease with decreasing mtDNA content, the inverse is not necessarily true: decreased Atp6 protein levels do not necessarily indicate decreased mtDNA levels, because they could alternatively or additionally be caused by decreased transcription and/or translation. Therefore, please do not equate Atp6 protein levels to mtDNA levels, and instead rephrase the text referencing the Atp6 experiments in the Results and Discussion sections to measure "mtDNA expression" or "mt-encoded protein" or similar. For example, on p. 14 line 431 should read "mtDNA expression" rather than "decreased synthesis of mtDNA", and line 440 on the same page "mean mtDNA levels" should be "mtDNA expression" or similar.

      All three reviewers agree that using Atp6-NG as a direct proxy for mtDNA requires more validation, or at least rephrasing of the text. We agree that this is the most important point to address. We had previously tried using the mtDNA LacO array (Osman et al. 2015) to directly assess the amount of nucleoids per cell. However, the altered mitochondrial morphology of the Fzo1 depleted cells combined with the LacI-GFP which is still in mitochondria even when mtDNA is gone, increases the noise level to a point that we cannot interpret the signal. However, as this manuscript was in the submission process, the Schmoller lab (co-authors #2 and #7) adapted the HI-NESS system to label mtDNA in live yeast cells(Deng et al. 2025). This system promises much better signal to noise and we expect we can address all concerns regarding the actual count of nucleoids per cell. Should this unexpectedly fail for technical reasons, we will try to calibrate the Atp6-levels with DAPI staining at defined time points and will rephrase the text as the reviewer suggests.

      1.3. In Fig. 3, the authors use the fluorescence intensity of a mitochondrially-targeted mCardinal as a read-out of mitochondrial mass. Please provide evidence that this is not affected by MMP, either with relevant references or by control experiments (e.g. comparing it to N-acridine orange or other MMP-independent dyes or methods).

      Whether or not the import of any mitochondrial protein is dependent on the MMP depends largely on the signal sequence. The preSu9-signaling sequence was previously characterized as largely independent of the MMP compared to other presequences (Martin, Mahlke, and Pfanner 1991), which is why Vowinckel (Vowinckel et al. 2015) and others (Di Bartolomeo et al. 2020; Perić et al. 2016; Ebert et al. 2025) have previously used this as a neutral reference to the strongly MMP-dependent pre-Cox4 signal to estimate MMP. As one control in our own data, we consider that the population-averaged mitochondrial fluorescent signal Figure S3C stays constant in the first few hours, in agreement with the total averaged mitochondrial proteome (Fig R1E). As additional controls, we plan to compare the signal to an MMP independent dye as the reviewer suggests.

      1.4. In Fig. 2e-f, the authors use a promoter reporter with Neongreen to answer whether the reduced levels of the nuclear-encoded mitochondrial proteins Mrps5 and Qcr7 are due to decreased expression or to protein degradation, and find no evidence of degradation of the Neongreen reporter protein. However, subcellular localization might affect the availability of the protein to proteases. Although not absolutely required, it would be relevant to know if the Neongreen fusion protein is found in the same subcellular compartment as Mrps5 and Qcr7 at 0h and 9h after Fzo1 depletion.

      Here, it seems we need to explain the set-up and interpretation of the data better. The key point we are trying to make with the promoter-Neongreen construct is that the regulation is not mainly at the level of transcription. We are showing that the reduction in the levels of the actual protein (orange bars) is not (mainly) explained by a reduction in expression, since the promoter is similarly active at 0 and at 9 hours (grey bars). If expression from the promoter were strongly reduced, the Neongreen would be diluted with growth and would also decrease, but this is not the case. The fluorophore itself is just floating around in the cytosol and is not subject to the same post-translational regulation as Mrps5 and Qcr7, so there is no reason to expect degradation.

      1.5. Fzo1 depletion leads to a very rapid drop in MMP during the first hour of depletion. In the Discussion, can the authors speculate on the possible mechanism of this rapid MMP drop that occurs well before mtDNA or mt-encoded proteins are decreased in level?

      This is indeed an interesting point. We think there are likely three reasons causing this initial drop: Firstly, due to the fragmentation the mixing of mitochondrial content is disturbed and smaller fragments may have suboptimal stoichiometry of components (see also (Khan et al. 2024) who look at this in detail including the Fzo1 deletion); secondly, already fairly early, some mitochondrial fragments may not contain any mtDNA and therefore will be unable to synthesize ETC proteins; thirdly, altered morphological features like changes in the surface-to-volume ratios may play a role. Sadly, mechanistically following up on this is not possible with the tools in our hands and therefore outside of the scope of this manuscript. But we are happy to include these speculations in our discussion.

      1.6. In Fig. 2a, the mtDNA copy number of Fzo1-depleted cells is ca 1.3-fold of the control cells at the 0h timepoint. Why might this be? Is it an impact of one of the inducers? If so, we might be looking at the combination of two different processes when measuring copy number: one that is an induction caused by the inducer(s), and the other a consequence of Fzo1 depletion itself.

      We believe that this 30% increase is within the noise of the experiment rather than an effect of the induction. Since we normalize to t=0 uninduced, the first black data point does not have error bars, emphasizing this difference. None of the protein data suggests that there is an increase in mtDNA encoded proteins (see e.g. 2B, or Atp6 fluorescence data). In the planned HI-NESS experiment, we will see in our single cell data whether there is an actual increase in mtDNA upon TIR induction. Additionally, we will run a qPCR to carefully determine mtDNA levels of untreated wild-type cells, tetracycline treated wild-type cells and tetracycline induced TIR expressing cells to exclude effects of tetracycline as well as the expression of TIR on mtDNA.

      Minor comments:

      1.7. p. 3, line 71: "ten thousands of dividing cells.." should be "tens of thousands of dividing cells".

      Thank you, will correct.

      1.8.-p.4, line 116: please be even more clear with what the "depleted" cells and controls are treated with: are depleted cells treated with both inducers, and controls with neither?

      We will make this more clear. Depleted cells are treated with both inducers, the control cells are not. However, in Figure 1A and in S1 we do controls to show that inducing TIR per se or adding aTC per se does not change growth rate or mitochondrial morphology. We will make this more clear.

      1.9. -p.5, lines 147-148: the authors write "the rate with which the abundance of Cox2 and Var1 proteins decreases was similar to the rate of mtDNA loss" though the actual rate is not shown. Please calculate and show rates for these processes side by side to make comparison possible, or alternatively rephrase the statement.

      Indeed this was not phrased well. We will call it dynamics rather than rates.

      1.10. -Fig. 2d: changing the y-axis numbering to match those in panels a and b would facilitate comparisons.

      Makes sense, we will change this.

      1.11. Fig. 2e: it is recommended to label the western blot panels to indicate what protein is being imaged in each (Neongree,, Mrps5, Qcr7).

      We will adapt the labelling to make it more clear.

      1.12. -p.9, line 262: I suggest referencing Fig. 4e at the end of the first sentence for clarity.

      We will modify the sentence as suggested.

      1.13. -In the sections related to Fig. 3a and Fig. 5a as well as the connected supplemental data, the authors discuss both the median and the mean of mitochondrial mass and Atp6 protein, respectively. For purposes of clarity, I suggest decreasing the focus on the mean (that is provided only in the supplemental data) and focusing the text mainly on the median. The two show differing trends and it is very good that both are shown, but the clarity of the text can be improved by focusing more on the median where possible.

      We will check the phrasing and simplify.

      1.14. -p. 14, line 435: the statement that mt mass is maintained over the first 9h of depletion is only true for the mean mt mass, not for the median. Please make this clear or rephrase.

      We will check phrasing, make it more clear and also point out the extended proteomics data (see Fig R1), which corresponds to the mean of the populations

      1.15.-p.14, line 452: "mitofusions" should be "mitofusins".

      Thanks for catching this.

      Reviewer 2:

      2.1. While inducible TIR is used to reduce background, the manuscript should rigorously exclude auxin/TIR off-targets (growth, mitochondrial phenotypes, gene expression). Please include full matched controls: (plus minus)auxin, (plus minus)TIR, epitope tag alone, and a degron control on an unrelated mitochondrial membrane protein.

      We agree that rigorous controls are crucial for the interpretation of the results. However, we think we have already included most of the controls the reviewer is asking for, but we might have not pointed this out clearly enough. For example, in Fig 1A, we could make it more clear by adding more labels in which samples we added aTC, which is only described in the figure legend.

      Here is a list of all the controls:

      • Each depletion experiment is always matched with an experiment of the same strain without induction. So the genetic background as well as effects such as light exposure, time spent in the microfluidics systems, etc are controlled for.
      • Figure S1D shows that the growth rate is wildtype like in a strain containing either the AID tag or the TIR protein AND upon addition of both chemicals. It also shows that the final genetic background (AID-tag and TIR) also grows like wildtype if the inducers are not added. This conclusively shows that neither the tags/constructs nor the chemicals per se affect growth rate
      • In Figure S1C we show the mitochondrial morphology of the same controls. We will make sure to label them more consistently to match panel D, and include an actual wildtype and a FLAG-AID-Fzo1 strain without TIR treated with both aTC and 5-Ph-IAA as direct comparison
      • In figure 1A we compare the Fzo1 protein levels of a strain with and without TIR. We show that in absence of TIR, adding either aTC or Auxin does not change Fzo1 levels and that the levels are comparable in the strain that is able to deplete Fzo1 directly before addition of 5-Ph-IAA (after 2 h of induction of TIR through addition of tetracycline)
      • Additionally, in Figure S2C we show that two hours after adding aTC, the entire proteome does not change significantly apart from a strong induction of TIR. We can also make this more clear in the figure legend.
      • Additionally, we will run a qPCR to carefully determine mtDNA levels of untreated wild-type cells, tetracycline treated wild-type cells and tetracycline induced TIR expressing cells to exclude effects of tetracycline as well as the expression of TIR on mtDNA. (also in response to 1.6.) In summary, we think we have controlled sufficiently for all confounding parameters and most importantly showed that addition of either aTC or Auxin as well as the FLAG-AID tag per se does not disturb mitochondria or cell growth. We do not see what a degron control on an unrelated protein will tell us. Depending on the nature of the protein, it may or may not have a phenotype that may or may not be related to morphology changes etc.

      2.2. The Mitoloc preSu9 vs Cox4 import ratio is only a proxy of mitochondrial membrane potential (ΔΨm) and itself depends on mitochondrial mass, protein expression, matrix ATP, and import saturation. The authors need to calibrate ΔΨm with orthogonal dyes (TMRE/TMRM) and pharmacologic titrations (FCCP/antimycin/oligomycin) to generate a response curve; show that Mitoloc tracks dye-based ΔΨm across the relevant range and corrects for mass/photobleaching. Report single-cell ΔΨm vs mass residuals.

      We completely agree that the MitoLoc system is only a rough proxy for the actual membrane potential. That is why we make no quantitative claims on the absolute value or absolute difference between groups of cells. We also make very clear in Fig 3B what we are actually measuring and can emphasize again in the text that this is only a proxy. We agree that it is a good idea to compare MitoLoc values to TMRE staining as the reviewer suggests, we will do these experiments in depleted and control cells at different timepoints. Please note though that also dye staining has its caveats, especially in dynamic live cell experiments. TMRM for example is not compatible with the acidic pH 5 medium that is typically used for yeast and subjecting cells to washing steps and higher pH may change both morphology of mitochondria and the MMP, especially in cells that are already “stressed”. We prefer not to complete elaborate pharmacological titration experiments because firstly, this was extensively done in the original MitoLoc paper by the Ralser lab ((Vowinckel et al. 2015), cited 120 times); secondly, the value of the MMP is not the most critical claim of the manuscript. See also 3.12. Please note that in Figure S4D we had already plotted MMP vs mitochondrial concentration.

      2.3. To use Atp6-mNeon as a proxy for mtDNA is an assumption. Interpreting Atp6 intensity as "functional mtDNA" could be confounded by translation, turnover, or assembly. Please (i) report mtDNA copy number time courses (you have qPCR), nucleoid counts (DAPI/PicoGreen or TFAM/Abf2 tagging), and (ii) assess translation (e.g., 35S-labeling or puromycin proxies) and turnover (proteasome/AAA protease inhibition, mitophagy mutants -some data are alluded to- plus mRNA levels for mtDNA-encoded genes). This will support the "reduced synthesis" versus "increased degradation" conclusion.

      We agree with all three reviewers that Atp6 is only a proxy for mtDNA (Jakubke et al. 2021; Roussou et al. 2024) and the correlation should be checked more carefully. We will use the very recently established Hi-NESS system to follow nucleoids/ mtDNA during depletion experiments. See detailed reply to 1.2.

      (ii) in Figure 2C we inhibit mitochondrial translation and show that in this case control and depleted cells have the same level of Cox2, at least suggesting that degradation is not the key mechanism controlling the levels of mtDNA encoded proteins. We cannot do proteasome inhibitor assays since the nature of the AID-TIR systems requires an active proteasome. In figure S5C we show that the Atp6 depletion is similar in an atg32 deletion. This does not completely exclude a contribution of mitophagy to the observed phenotype, but does confirm that mitophagy is not the primary reason for cells becoming petite.

      2.4. The promoter-NeonGreen reporters argue against transcriptional down-regulation of nuclear OXPHOS. Please add mRNA (RT-qPCR/RNA-seq) for representative genes and a pulse-chase or degradation-pathway dependency (e.g., proteasome/mitophagy/autophagy mutants) to firmly assign active degradation. The authors need to normalize proteomics to mitochondrial mass (e.g., citrate synthase/porin) to separate organelle abundance from protein turnover.

      While we are happy to perform qPCR experiments for selected genes, a full RNA-seq experiment seems outside the scope of this study. As explained above, a proteasome inhibitor experiment is not possible in this set-up. Bulk mitophagy/autophagy seems unlikely to be the cause of the decrease of the nuclear-encoded OXPHOS proteins, since most other mitochondrial proteins do not decrease on average on population level in the first hours. This data is now plotted as additional figure (see below) and will be included in the supplementary of the revised manuscript (Fig R1E).

      2.5. Using preSu9-mCardinal intensity as "mitochondrial concentration" is sensitive to expression, import competence, and morphology/segmentation. The authors should provide validation that this metric tracks 3D volume across fragmentation states (e.g., correlation with mito-GFP volumetrics; detergent-free CS activity; TOMM20/Por1 immunoblot per cell).

      We agree that this is an important point and the co-authors discussed this point quite intensively. In figure S3A and B we show (using confocal data) that there is a very strong correlation between the total fluorescence signal and the 3D volume reconstruction. However, the slope of the correlation is different between tubular and fragmented mitochondria (compare panels A and B) and see figure legend. Since we are dealing with diffraction-limited objects it is likely that the 3D reconstruction is sensitive to morphology, especially if mitochondria are “clumping”. We therefore think that the total fluorescence signal is actually a better estimate of mitochondrial mass per cell than the 3D volume reconstruction (especially for our data obtained with a conventional epifluorescence microscope). The mean of the total mitochondrial fluorescence also better matches the population average mitochondrial proteome (Fig R1E). To consolidate this assumption, we will additionally compare our data to a strain with Tom70-Neongreen and to MMP independent dyes.

      Notably, since the morphology is similarly altered in mothers and buds this is of minor impact for our main point – the unequal distribution between mother and buds.

      2.6. The unequal mother-daughter distribution is compelling, but causality remains inferred. Test whether modulating inheritance machinery (actin cables/Myo2, Num1, Mmr1) or altering fission (Dnm1 inhibition) modifies segregation defects and rescues mtDNA/Atp6 decline. Complementation with Fzo1 re-expression at defined times would help order the phenotype cascade.

      We agree that rescue experiments would be very useful. We have some preliminary data for tether experiments, for example with Num1. The general problem is that the fragmented mitochondria clump together. We have not found a method to restore an equal distribution between mother and daughter cells. We will try to optimize the assay, but are not overly confident it will work. Mmr1 deletion aggravates the Fzo1 phenotype, likely also because the distribution becomes even more heterogeneous, but we have not rigorously analyzed this.

      We like the idea of the Fzo1 re-expression and will run such experiments. This will be especially powerful in combination with the new HI-NESS mtDNA reporter. We may be able to track exactly when cells reach the point-of-no return and become petite. This will also help connecting our mathematical model more directly to the data.

      2.7. The model is useful but should include parameter sensitivity (segregation variance, synthesis slopes, initial nucleoid number) and prospective validation (e.g., predict rescue upon partial restoration of synthesis or inheritance, then test experimentally).

      We will refine our model to include the to-be-measured nucleoids/mtDNA values. We will include a parameter sensitivity analysis with the updated model.

      Reviewer 3:

      3.1. About the use of Atp6 as a good proxy for mtDNA content. This is assumed from l285 onwards, based on a previous publication. As the link is fairly central to part of the paper's arguments, and the system in this study is being perturbed in several different ways, a stronger argument or demonstration that this link remains intact (and unchanged, as it is used in comparisons) would seem important.

      We agree, see 1.2.

      3.2. About confounding variables and processes. The study does an admirable job of being transparent and attempting to control for the many different influences involved in the physical-genetic link. But some remain less clearly unpacked, including some I think could be quite important. For example, there is a lot of focus on mito concentration -- but given the phenotypes are changing the sizes of cells, do concentration changes come from volume changes, mito changes, or both? In "ruling out" mitophagy -- a potentially important (and intuitive) influence, the argument is not presented as directly as it could be and it's not completely clear that it can in fact be ruled out in this way. There are a couple of other instances which I've put in the smaller points below.

      Thank you for acknowledging our efforts to show transparent and well-controlled experiments! We address each of the specific points below.

      3.3. full genus name when it first appears

      We will add the full name.

      3.4. I may be wrong here, but I thought the petite phenotype more classically arises from mtDNA deletion mutations, not loss? The way this is phrased implies that mtDNA loss is [always] the cause. Whether I'm wrong on that point or not, the petite phenotype should be described and referenced.

      We can expand the text and cite additional relevant papers. The term “petite” refers to any strain that is respiratory incompetent and leads to small colonies (not necessarily small cells!) (Seel et al. 2023). This can be mutations or gene loss (fragments) on the mtDNA (these are called cytoplasmic petite), or chemically induced loss of mtDNA (e.g. EtBr), or mutations of nuclear genes required for respiration (these are termed nuclear petite; some nuclear petites show loss of mtDNA in addition to the mutation in the nuclear genome) (Contamine and Picard 2000).

      3.5. para starting l59 -- should mention for context that mitochondria in (healthy, wildtype) yeast are generally much more fused than in other organisms

      ok.

      3.6. Fig 1C -- very odd choice of y-axis range! either start at zero or ensure that the data fill as much vertical space of the plot as possible

      True, this was probably some formatting relic. We will adapt the axis to fill the full space. Most of our axes start at 0, but that doesn’t make so much sense here, since we consider the solidity in the control as “baseline”.

      3.7. "wild-type like more tubular mitochondria" reads rather awkwardly. "more tubular mitochondria (as in the wild-type)"?

      Thank you, sounds better.

      3.8. l106 -- imaging artefacts? are mitos fragmenting because of photo stress? -- this is mentioned in l577-8 in the Methods, but the data from the growth rate and MMP comparison isn't given -- an SI figure would be helpful here. It would be reassuring to know that mito morphology wasn't changing in response to phototoxicity too.

      In the methods we just briefly point out that we have done all our “due diligence” controls to check that we do not generate phototoxicity, something that we highlight in the cited review. We do not explicitly have a figure for this, but figure S1A shows that the solidity of the mitochondrial network in control cells stays the same over 9 hours, even though these cells are exposed to the same cultivation and imaging regime as the depleted cells. We will also add a picture of control cells after 9 h. In S1B we show that control cells containing TIR but no AID tag treated with both chemicals imaged over 9 hours also show the same solidity (~mitochondrial morphology) as untreated control. Also, the doubling times of cells grown in our imaging system (Fig R1B) are very similar to the shake flask (Fig R1A). All in all, we are very confident that our imaging settings did not impact our reported phenotypes.

      3.9. para l146 -- so this suggests mtDNA-encoded proteins have a very rapid turnover, O(hours) -- is this known/reasonable?

      Reference (Christiano et al. 2014) suggests that respiratory chain proteins are shorter lived than the average yeast protein. However, based on Figure 2C we think the dynamics mostly speak for a dilution by growth.

      3.10. section l189 -- it's hard to reason fully about these statistics of mitochondrial concentration given that the petite phenotype is fundamentally affecting overall cell volume. can we have details on the cell size distribution in parallel with these results? to put it another way -- how does mitochondrial *amount* per cell change?

      This is a good point. We report mostly on mitochondrial “concentrations” because we think this is what the cell actually cares about (mitochondrial activity in relationship to cytosolic activity). But we will include additional graphs on mitochondrial amount as well as size distributions (Fig R1C, related to Fig 4F). We can already point out that the size distribution of the population does not change much in the first hours. The “petite” phenotype refers to small colonies on growth medium with limited supply of a fermentable carbon source, not to smaller size of single cells.

      3.11. l199 the mean in Fig S3C certainly does change -- it increases, clearly relative both to control and to its initial value. rather than sweeping this under the carpet we should look in more detail to understand it (a consequence of the increased skew of the distribution)?

      This relates somewhat to the previous point. The increase in average concentration is not due to an increased amount in the population, but due to the fact that it is the small buds that get a very high amount of the mitochondria which “exaggerates” the asymmetric/heterogenous distribution. This will be clarified by the figures we mention in the point above.

      3.12. para line 206 -- this doesn't make it clear whether your MMP signal is integrated over all mitochondria in the cell, or normalised by mitochondrial content? this matters quite a lot for the interpretation if the distributions of mitochondrial content are changing. reading on, this is even more important for para line 222. Reading further on, there is an equation on l612 that gives a definition, but it doesn't really clarify (apologies if I'm misunderstanding).

      For each cell, we basically calculate the relative mitochondrial enrichment of the MMP sensitive vs the MMP insensitive pre-sequence.

      So, MMP= (total intensity of mitochondrial pre-Cox4 Neongreen/ total intensity of mitochondrial pre-Su9 Cardinal) / (total cytosolic pre-Cox4 Neongreen/ total cytosolic pre-Su9 Cardinal).

      We calculate this value for each cell, but we do not have the optical resolution to calculate it for individual mitochondrial fragments.

      Both constructs are driven by the same strong promoter, so transcription of the fluorophore should never limit the uptake. Also, in Figure 3D we compare control and depleted cells with similar total mitochondrial concentration, so the difference must be due to a different import of the two fluorophores, see also Fig S4D. The calculated “MMP” value is of course only a crude proxy for the actual membrane potential in millivolts and we do not want to make any claims on absolute values or quantitative differences. But essentially what we are interested in is “mitochondrial health/activity” and we think the system is good at reporting this. See also 2.2.

      3.13. l230 -- a point of personal interest -- low mito concentrations are connected to low "function" (MMP) and give extended division times -- this is interestingly exactly the model needed to reproduce observations in HeLa cells (https://journals.plos.org/ploscompbiol/article?id=10.1371/journal.pcbi.1002416). That model went on to predict several aspects of downstream cellular behaviour -- it would be very interesting to see how compatible that picture (parameterised using HeLa observations) is with yeast!

      Thank you for pointing out your interesting paper, which we will include in our discussion. Another recent preprint about fission yeast (Chacko et al. 2025) also fits into this picture. Since you were kind enough to disclose your identity, we would be happy to discuss this further with you in person if we can maybe follow-up on this.

      3.14. l239 "less mitochondria" -- a bit tricky but I'd say "fewer mitochondria" or "less mitochondrial content"

      Thanks, we will think about how to best rephrase this, probably less mitochondrial content.

      3.15. Section l234 So here (and in Fig 4) the focus is on overall distributions of mitochondrial concentration in different cells (mother-to-be, mother, bud; gen 1, gen >1). But we've just seen that one effect of fzo1 is to broader the distribution of mitochondrial concentration across cells. Can't we look in more depth at the implications of this heterogeneity? For example in Fig 4F (which is cool) we look at the distribution of all fzo1 mothers-to-be, mothers, and buds. But this loses information about the provenance. For example, do mothers-to-be with extremely low mito concentrations just push everything to the bud, while mothers-to-be with high mito concentrations distribute things more evenly? It would seem very easy and very interesting to somehow subset the distribution of mothers-to-be by concentration and see how different subsets behave

      This is a good point. When analyzing the data, we pretty much plotted everything against everything and then chose the graphs that we think will best guide the reader through the story-line. We can make additional supplementary plots where we show the starting concentrations/amounts of the mother in relationship to the resulting split ratio at the end of the cycle (Fig R1D).

      3.16. l285 -- experimental design -- do we know that Atp6 will continue to be a good proxy for functional mtDNA in the face of the perturbations provided by Fzo1 depletion? Especially if there is impact on the expression of mitoribosomes, the relationship between mtDNA and Atp6 may look rather different in the mutant?

      This is actually our top-priority experiment now. We will use the HI-NESS system and possibly DAPI staining to make a more direct link to mtDNA/ nucleoid numbers, see 1.2.

      3.17. l290 -- ruled out mitophagy. This message could be much clearer. Comparing Fig S5C and Fig 3A side-by-side is a needlessly difficult task -- put Fig 3A into Fig S5. Then we see that when mitophagy is compromised, the distribution of mitochondrial concentration has a lower median and much lower upper quartile than in the mitophagy-equipped Fzo1 mutant? What is going on here? For a paper motivated by disentangling coupled mechanisms, this should be made clearer!

      Thanks for pointing this out. We can of course easily include the control in the corresponding figure. Compromising mitophagy is likely to generally affect mitochondrial health and turnover a little bit, independent of what is going on with Fzo1. The second evidence that speaks against large-scale mitophagy is the proteomics data: On population level the dynamics of the respiratory chain proteins are very different from those of other (nuclear encoded) mitochondrial proteins. We will add additional supplementary figures to make this more clear, see Fig R1E. Most mitochondrial proteins in the proteomics experiment stay constant in the first few hours, consistent with the imaging data showing that the mean mitochondrial content of the population does not change initially. This again highlights that it is the unequal distribution which is the problem and not massive degradation of mitochondria.

      3.18. With the Atp6 signal, how do we know that fluorescence from different cells is comparable? Buds will be smaller than mother cells for example, potentially leading to less occlusion of the fluorescent signal by other content in the cytoplasm

      This is of course a general problem that anyone faces doing quantitative fluorescence microscopy. From the technical side, we have done the best we could by taking a reasonable amount of z-slices and by choosing fluorophores that are in a range with little cellular background fluorescence (e.g. Neongreen is much better than GFP). From a practical standpoint, we are always comparing to the control, which is subject to the same technical limitations as the depleted cells and the cell sizes are very similar. So, even if we are systematically overestimating the Atp6 concentration in the bud by a few %, the difference to the control would still be qualitatively true. We therefore do not think that any of our conclusions are affected by this.

      3.19. l343 -- maintenance of mtDNA -- here the point about l285 (is the Atp6-mtDNA relationship the same in the Fzo1 mutant) is particularly important, as we're directly tying findings about the protein product to implications about the mtDNA

      We will carefully address this, see above.

      3.20. l367 -- on a first read this description of the model feels like lots of choices have been made without being fully justified. Why a log-normal distribution (when the fit to the data looks rather flawed); why the choice of 5 groups for nucleoid number (why not 3? or 8?); the process used for parameter fitting is very unclear (after reading the methods I think some of these values are read directly from the data, but the shapes of the distributions remain unexplained). l705 -- presumably the ratio was drawn from a log-normal distribution and then the corresponding nucleoid numbers were rounded to integers? the ratio itself wasn't rounded? (also l367) How were the log-normal distributions fitted to experiments (Figs. S7A,B)? Just by eye?

      We will update our model based on measured nucleoid counts and then explain more stringently the choices we make/ parameters we select.

      3.21. l711 by random selection -- just at random? ("selection" could be confusing) Overall, it feels like the model may be too complicated for what it needs to show. Either (a) the model should show qualitatively that unequal inheritance and reduced production leads to rapid loss -- which a much simpler model, probably just involving a couple of lines of algebra, could show. Or (b) the model should quantitatively reproduce the particular numerical observations from the experiments -- it's not totally clear that it does this (do the cell-cycle-based decay timescales in Fig 7 correspond to the hour-based decay timescales in other plots, for example). At the moment the model is at a (b) level of detail but it's only clear that it's reporting the (a) level of results.

      If the HI-NESS and Fzo1 re-addition experiments work as explained above, all parameters will have direct experimental data, and we should get much closer to (a).

      3.22. A lot of the discussion repeats the results; depending on editorial preferences some of this text could probably be pared back to focus on the literature connections and context.

      We will think about streamlining the discussion once some of the additional material alluded to above has been added.

      3.23. Data availability -- it looks like much of the data required to reproduce the results is not going to be made available. Images and proteomic data are promised, but the data associated with mitochondrial concentration and other features are not mentioned. For FAIR purposes all the data (including statistics from analysis of the images) should be published.

      We maybe didn’t phrase this clearly. All data will be made available. Where technically feasible, this will be directly accessible in a repository, otherwise by request to the corresponding author.

      On our OMERO server, we have deposited many TB of raw images as well as all the intermediate steps such as segmentation masks, and the csv files with all the extracted data for each cell (including background corrections etc). Additionally, we can include csvs with the data grouped in a way that we used to generate all the box blots etc. As of now, the OMERO data is unfortunately only available by requesting a personal guest login from our bioinformatics facility, but we were promised that with the next technical update there will be a public link available. The proteomics data and the model are already fully accessible. The raw western blot images with corresponding ponceau staining will be included with the final publication either as additional supplementary material or in whatever format matches the journal requirements.

      3.24 l660 -- can an overview of the EM protocol be given, to avoid having to buy the Mayer 2024 article?

      The cited paper is open access. But we can also include more details in our method section.

      References:

      Chacko, L. A., H. Nakaoka, R. Morris, W. Marshall, and V. Ananthanarayanan. 2025. 'Mitochondrial function regulates cell growth kinetics to actively maintain mitochondrial homeostasis', bioRxiv.

      Christiano, R., N. Nagaraj, F. Frohlich, and T. C. Walther. 2014. 'Global proteome turnover analyses of the Yeasts S. cerevisiae and S. pombe', Cell Rep, 9: 1959-65.

      Contamine, V., and M. Picard. 2000. 'Maintenance and integrity of the mitochondrial genome: a plethora of nuclear genes in the budding yeast', Microbiol Mol Biol Rev, 64: 281-315.

      Deng, Jingti, Lucy Swift, Mashiat Zaman, Fatemeh Shahhosseini, Abhishek Sharma, Daniela Bureik, Francesco Padovani, Alissa Benedikt, Amit Jaiswal, Craig Brideau, Savraj Grewal, Kurt M. Schmoller, Pina Colarusso, and Timothy E. Shutt. 2025. 'A novel genetic fluorescent reporter to visualize mitochondrial nucleoids', bioRxiv: 2023.10.23.563667.

      Di Bartolomeo, F., C. Malina, K. Campbell, M. Mormino, J. Fuchs, E. Vorontsov, C. M. Gustafsson, and J. Nielsen. 2020. 'Absolute yeast mitochondrial proteome quantification reveals trade-off between biosynthesis and energy generation during diauxic shift', Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 117: 7524-35.

      Ebert, A. C., N. L. Hepowit, T. A. Martinez, H. Vollmer, H. L. Singkhek, K. D. Frazier, S. A. Kantejeva, M. R. Patel, and J. A. MacGurn. 2025. 'Sphingolipid metabolism drives mitochondria remodeling during aging and oxidative stress', bioRxiv.

      Jakubke, C., R. Roussou, A. Maiser, C. Schug, F. Thoma, R. Bunk, D. Horl, H. Leonhardt, P. Walter, T. Klecker, and C. Osman. 2021. 'Cristae-dependent quality control of the mitochondrial genome', Sci Adv, 7: eabi8886.

      Khan, Abdul Haseeb, Xuefang Gu, Rutvik J. Patel, Prabha Chuphal, Matheus P. Viana, Aidan I. Brown, Brian M. Zid, and Tatsuhisa Tsuboi. 2024. 'Mitochondrial protein heterogeneity stems from the stochastic nature of co-translational protein targeting in cell senescence', Nature Communications, 15: 8274.

      Martin, J., K. Mahlke, and N. Pfanner. 1991. 'Role of an energized inner membrane in mitochondrial protein import. Delta psi drives the movement of presequences', J Biol Chem, 266: 18051-7.

      Osman, C., T. R. Noriega, V. Okreglak, J. C. Fung, and P. Walter. 2015. 'Integrity of the yeast mitochondrial genome, but not its distribution and inheritance, relies on mitochondrial fission and fusion', Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 112: E947-56.

      Perić, Matea, Peter Bou Dib, Sven Dennerlein, Marina Musa, Marina Rudan, Anita Lovrić, Andrea Nikolić, Ana Šarić, Sandra Sobočanec, Željka Mačak, Nuno Raimundo, and Anita Kriško. 2016. 'Crosstalk between cellular compartments protects against proteotoxicity and extends lifespan', Scientific Reports, 6: 28751.

      Roussou, Rodaria, Dirk Metzler, Francesco Padovani, Felix Thoma, Rebecca Schwarz, Boris Shraiman, Kurt M. Schmoller, and Christof Osman. 2024. 'Real-time assessment of mitochondrial DNA heteroplasmy dynamics at the single-cell level', The EMBO Journal, 43: 5340-59-59.

      Seel, A., F. Padovani, M. Mayer, A. Finster, D. Bureik, F. Thoma, C. Osman, T. Klecker, and K. M. Schmoller. 2023. 'Regulation with cell size ensures mitochondrial DNA homeostasis during cell growth', Nat Struct Mol Biol, 30: 1549-60.

      Vowinckel, J., J. Hartl, R. Butler, and M. Ralser. 2015. 'MitoLoc: A method for the simultaneous quantification of mitochondrial network morphology and membrane potential in single cells', Mitochondrion, 24: 77-86.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This article addresses the connection between perturbed mitochondrial structure and genetics in yeast. When mitochondrial fusion is compromised, what is the chain of causality -- the mechanism -- that leads to mtDNA populations becoming depleted? This is a fascinating question, linking physical cell biology to population genetics. I admire the philosophy of the research, acknowledging and attempt to control for the many possible confounding influences. The manuscript describes the context and the research tightly and digestibly; the figures illustrate the results in a clear and natural way.

      For transparency, I am Iain Johnston and I am happy for this review to be treated as public domain. To my eyes my most important shortcoming as a review is my relative lack of familiarity with the yeast fzo1 mutant; while I am familiar with analysis of yeast mito morphology and mtDNA segregation, a reviewer familiar with the nuances of this strain and its culture would be a useful complement.

      I have a few more general points and a collection of smaller points below that I believe might help make the story more robust.

      General points

      1. About the use of Atp6 as a good proxy for mtDNA content. This is assumed from l285 onwards, based on a previous publication. As the link is fairly central to part of the paper's arguments, and the system in this study is being perturbed in several different ways, a stronger argument or demonstration that this link remains intact (and unchanged, as it is used in comparisons) would seem important.
      2. About confounding variables and processes. The study does an admirable job of being transparent and attempting to control for the many different influences involved in the physical-genetic link. But some remain less clearly unpacked, including some I think could be quite important. For example, there is a lot of focus on mito concentration -- but given the phenotypes are changing the sizes of cells, do concentration changes come from volume changes, mito changes, or both? In "ruling out" mitophagy -- a potentially important (and intuitive) influence, the argument is not presented as directly as it could be and it's not completely clear that it can in fact be ruled out in this way. There are a couple of other instances which I've put in the smaller points below.

      Smaller points

      l47 full genus name when it first appears

      l58 I may be wrong here, but I thought the petite phenotype more classically arises from mtDNA deletion mutations, not loss? The way this is phrased implies that mtDNA loss is [always] the cause. Whether I'm wrong on that point or not, the petite phenotype should be described and referenced.

      para starting l59 -- should mention for context that mitochondria in (healthy, wildtype) yeast are generally much more fused than in other organisms

      Fig 1C -- very odd choice of y-axis range! either start at zero or ensure that the data fill as much vertical space of the plot as possible

      l105 "wild-type like more tubular mitochondria" reads rather awkwardly. "more tubular mitochondria (as in the wild-type)"?

      l106 -- imaging artefacts? are mitos fragmenting because of photo stress? -- this is mentioned in l577-8 in the Methods, but the data from the growth rate and MMP comparison isn't given -- an SI figure would be helpful here. It would be reassuring to know that mito morphology wasn't changing in response to phototoxicity too.

      para l146 -- so this suggests mtDNA-encoded proteins have a very rapid turnover, O(hours) -- is this known/reasonable?

      section l189 -- it's hard to reason fully about these statistics of mitochondrial concentration given that the petite phenotype is fundamentally affecting overall cell volume. can we have details on the cell size distribution in parallel with these results? to put it another way -- how does mitochondrial amount per cell change?

      l199 the mean in Fig S3C certainly does change -- it increases, clearly relative both to control and to its initial value. rather than sweeping this under the carpet we should look in more detail to understand it (a consequence of the increased skew of the distribution)?

      para line 206 -- this doesn't make it clear whether your MMP signal is integrated over all mitochondria in the cell, or normalised by mitochondrial content? this matters quite a lot for the intepretation if the distributions of mitochondrial content are changing. reading on, this is even more important for para line 222. Reading further on, there is an equation on l612 that gives a definition, but it doesn't really clarify (apologies if I'm misunderstanding).

      l230 -- a point of personal interest -- low mito concentrations are connected to low "function" (MMP) and give extended division times -- this is interestingly exactly the model needed to reproduce observations in HeLa cells (https://journals.plos.org/ploscompbiol/article?id=10.1371/journal.pcbi.1002416). That model went on to predict several aspects of downstream cellular behaviour -- it would be very interesting to see how compatible that picture (parameterised using HeLa observations) is with yeast!

      l239 "less mitochondria" -- a bit tricky but I'd say "fewer mitochondria" or "less mitochondrial content"

      Section l234 So here (and in Fig 4) the focus is on overall distributions of mitochondrial concentration in different cells (mother-to-be, mother, bud; gen 1, gen >1). But we've just seen that one effect of fzo1 is to broader the distribution of mitochondrial concentration across cells. Can't we look in more depth at the implications of this heterogeneity? For example in Fig 4F (which is cool) we look at the distribution of all fzo1 mothers-to-be, mothers, and buds. But this loses information about the provenance. For example, do mothers-to-be with extremely low mito concentrations just push everything to the bud, while mothers-to-be with high mito concentrations distribute things more evenly? It would seem very easy and very interesting to somehow subset the distribution of mothers-to-be by concentration and see how different subsets behave

      l285 -- experimental design -- do we know that Atp6 will continue to be a good proxy for functional mtDNA in the face of the perturbations provided by Fzo1 depletion? Especially if there is impact on the expression of mitoribosomes, the relationship between mtDNA and Atp6 may look rather different in the mutant?

      l290 -- ruled out mitophagy. This message could be much clearer. Comparing Fig S5C and Fig 3A side-by-side is a needlessly difficult task -- put Fig 3A into Fig S5. Then we see that when mitophagy is compromised, the distribution of mitochondrial concentration has a lower median and much lower upper quartile than in the mitophagy-equipped Fzo1 mutant? What is going on here? For a paper motivated by disentagling coupled mechanisms, this should be made clearer!

      With the Atp6 signal, how do we know that fluorescence from different cells is comparable? Buds will be smaller than mother cells for example, potentially leading to less occlusion of the fluorescent signal by other content in the cytoplasm

      l336 -- similar to the Jajoo et al. mechanism in fission yeast -- but are you talking about feedback control of the mtDNA or the protein (or mRNA) product?

      l343 -- maintenance of mtDNA -- here the point about l285 (is the Atp6-mtDNA relationship the same in the Fzo1 mutant) is particularly important, as we're directly tying findings about the protein product to implications about the mtDNA

      l367 -- on a first read this description of the model feels like lots of choices have been made without being fully justified. Why a log-normal distribution (when the fit to the data looks rather flawed); why the choice of 5 groups for nucleoid number (why not 3? or 8?); the process used for parameter fitting is very unclear (after reading the methods I think some of these values are read directly from the data, but the shapes of the distributions remain unexplained). l705 -- presumably the ratio was drawn from a log-normal distribution and then the corresponding nucleoid numbers were rounded to integers? the ratio itself wasn't rounded? (also l367) How were the log-normal distributions fitted to experiments (Figs. S7A,B)? Just by eye? l711 by random selection -- just at random? ("selection" could be confusing) Overall, it feels like the model may be too complicated for what it needs to show. Either (a) the model should show qualitatively that unequal inheritance and reduced production leads to rapid loss -- which a much simpler model, probably just involving a couple of lines of algebra, could show. Or (b) the model should quantitatively reproduce the particular numerical observations from the experiments -- it's not totally clear that it does this (do the cell-cycle-based decay timescales in Fig 7 correspond to the hour-based decay timescales in other plots, for example). At the moment the model is at a (b) level of detail but it's only clear that it's reporting the (a) level of results.

      A lot of the discussion repeats the results; depending on editorial preferences some of this text could probably be pared back to focus on the literature connections and context.

      Data availability -- it looks like much of the data required to reproduce the results is not going to be made available. Images and proteomic data are promised, but the data associated with mitochondrial concentration and other features are not mentioned. For FAIR purposes all the data (including statistics from analysis of the images) should be published.

      l660 -- can an overview of the EM protocol be given, to avoid having to buy the Mayer 2024 article?

      Significance

      This is a powerful and thoughtful study that provides a collection of new mechanistic insights into the link between physical and genetic properties of mitochondria in yeast. Cell biologists, geneticists, and the mitochondrial field will find this of potentially deep interest. Because of the mode and dynamics of inheritance in budding yeast, findings here may not be directly transferrable to other eukaryotes, but these insights are still of interest for researchers outside of yeast for their insight into how this well-studied system manages its mitochondrial populations.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This manuscript by Dengler et al examines the mechanisms underlying the mtDNA depletion observed in cells where mitochondrial fusion is disrupted by depletion of the fusion factor Fzo1. In Saccharomyces cerevisiae, the authors deplete Fzo1 and use live-cell imaging of thousands of cells to follow the effects and their dynamic following Fzo1 depletion. They find that Fzo1-depleted cells show very rapid mitochondrial fragmentation (within 1h of Fzo1 depletion), and also an immediate drop in mitochondrial membrane potential (MMP). MtDNA is lost by 15h, and along with it the expression of mitochondrially-encoded proteins. Nuclear-encoded mitochondrial proteins are also decreased though somewhat later, and the authors find that this is largely due to their degradation (probably a consequence of lack of mitochondrial import into low-MMP cells). Most importantly, the study identifies two separate mechanisms that together contribute to the loss of mt-encoded proteins in Fzo1-depleted cells: unequal distribution of mitochondria during cell division and the reduction of a fusion-dependent compensatory synthesis of mt-encoded proteins. Unexpectedly, Fzo1-depleted cells end up passing an increased (rather than decreased) amount of mitochondria and mitochondria-encoded proteins to their daughters. Over several generations, and combined with the loss of the compensatory synthesis of more mt-encoded proteins, this leads to the progressive loss of mtDNA and mtDNA-encoded proteins in the population.

      The study is very thorough and the experiments contain the appropriate controls. The conclusions are convincing and largely supported by the experimental data that has been appropriately replicated. The data presentation is generally clear although the text could benefit from some streamlining.

      However, addressing the following major comments is required:

      1. Statistical comparisons are missing throughout the manuscript (with the exception of Fig. 2c). Appropriate statistical tests, along with p-values, should be used and reported where different gorups are compared, for example (but not limited to) Fig. 3d and most panels of Fig. 4.
      2. I do not agree with the use of Atp6 protein as a direct read-out of mtDNA content. While Atp6 protein levels will decrease with decreasing mtDNA content, the inverse is not necessarily true: decreased Atp6 protein levels do not necessarily indicate decreased mtDNA levels, because they could alternatively or additionally be caused by decreased transcription and/or translation. Therefore, please do not equate Atp6 protein levels to mtDNA levels, and instead rephrase the text referencing the Atp6 experiments in the Results and Discussion sections to measure "mtDNA expression" or "mt-encoded protein" or similar. For example, on p. 14 line 431 should read "mtDNA expression" rather than "decreased synthesis of mtDNA", and line 440 on the same page "mean mtDNA levels" should be "mtDNA expression" or similar.
      3. In Fig. 3, the authors use the fluorescence intensity of a mitochondrially-targeted mCardinal as a read-out of mitochondrial mass. Please provide evidence that this is not affected by MMP, either with relevant references or by control experiments (e.g. comparing it to N-acridine orange or other MMP-independent dyes or methods).
      4. In Fig. 2e-f, the authors use a promoter reporter with Neongreen to answer whether the reduced levels of the nuclear-encoded mitochondrial proteins Mrps5 and Qcr7 are due to decreased expression or to protein degradation, and find no evidence of degradation of the Neongreen reporter protein. However, subcellular localization might affect the availability of the protein to proteases. Although not absolutely required, it would be relevant to know if the Neongreen fusion protein is found in the same subcellular compartment as Mrps5 and Qcr7 at 0h and 9h after Fzo1 depletion.
      5. Fzo1 depletion leads to a very rapid drop in MMP during the first hour of depletion. In the Discussion, can the authors speculate on the possible mechanism of this rapid MMP drop that occurs well before mtDNA or mt-encoded proteins are decreased in level?
      6. In Fig. 2a, the mtDNA copy number of Fzo1-depleted cells is ca 1.3-fold of the control cells at the 0h timepoint. Why might this be? Is it an impact of one of the inducers? If so, we might be looking at the combination of two different processes when measuring copy number: one that is an induction caused by the inducer(s), and the other a consequence of Fzo1 depletion itself.

      Minor comments:

      • p. 3, line 71: "ten thousands of dividing cells.." should be "tens of thousands of dividing cells".
      • p.4, line 116: please be even more clear with what the "depleted" cells and controls are treated with: are depleted cells treated with both inducers, and controls with neither?
      • p.5, lines 147-148: the authors write "the rate with which the abundance of Cox2 and Var1 proteins decreases was similar to the rate of mtDNA loss" though the actual rate is not shown. Please calculate and show rates for these processes side by side to make comparison possible, or alternatively rephrase the statement.
      • Fig. 2d: changing the y-axis numbering to match those in panels a and b would facilitate comparisons.
      • Fig. 2e: it is recommended to label the western blot panels to indicate what protein is being imaged in each (Neongree,, Mrps5, Qcr7).
      • p.9, line 262: I suggest referencing Fig. 4e at the end of the first sentence for clarity.
      • In the sections related to Fig. 3a and Fig. 5a as well as the connected supplemental data, the authors discuss both the median and the mean of mitochondrial mass and Atp6 protein, respectively. For purposes of clarity, I suggest decreasing the focus on the mean (that is provided only in the supplemental data) and focusing the text mainly on the median. The two show differing trends and it is very good that both are shown, but the clarity of the text can be improved by focusing more on the median where possible.
      • p. 14, line 435: the statement that mt mass is maintained over the first 9h of depletion is only true for the mean mt mass, not for the median. Please make this clear or rephrase.
      • p.14, line 452: "mitofusions" should be "mitofusins".

      Referees cross-commenting

      I think that the reviews of the other two reviewers are both insightful and constructive. Especially the rescue experiment suggested by Reviewer 2 could provide strong support for the interpretations of the study. Note that all three reviewers ask for validation of the use of Atp6p as a read-out of mtDNA function, and that all agree the data is powerful and the study of value to the field.

      Significance

      The fact that disruption of mt fusion leads to mtDNA loss has been known for some time, but the mechanism behind this phenomenon has remained unknown to date. This thorough and precise study by Dengler et al uses state-of-the-art single-cell analysis to dissect the mechanisms underlying the mtDNA loss following the disruption of mt fusion, and convincingly reveal that it is caused by two different mechanisms: i) the inequal inheritance of mitochondria between mother and bud, and ii) the loss of a compensatory mechanism that normally maintains homeostatic mt protein levels. In the process, the authors shed light on the dynamics of the events following Fzo1 depletion, revealing dramatically fast mt fragmentation and a loss of MMP, which in turn can be expected to act as a stress signal and influence a number of cellular processes.

      The findings of the study can have relevance for human conditions involving disrupted mitochondrial dynamics, caused for example by mutations in mitofusins. The study will be of interest to researchers in mitochondrial biology ranging from dynamics and mtDNA maintenance to mitochondrial medicine.

      The field of expertise of this reviewer: mtDNA maintenance. I am not able to properly evaluate the modelling in Fig. 7.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This is a manuscript describing outbreaks of Pseudomonas aeruginosa ST 621 in a facility in the US using genomic data. The authors identified and analysed 254 P. aeruginosa ST 621 isolates collected from a facility from 2011 to 2020. The authors described the relatedness of the isolates across different locations, specimen types (sources), and sampling years. Two concurrently emerged subclones were identified from the 254 isolates. The authors predicted that the most recent common ancestor for the isolates can be dated back to approximately 1999 after the opening of the main building of the facility in 1996. Then the authors grouped the 254 isolates into two categories: 1) patient-to-patient; or 2) environment-to-patient using SNP thresholds and known epidemiological links. Finally, the authors described the changes in resistance gene profiles, virulence genes, cell wall biogenesis, and signaling pathway genes of the isolates over the sampling years.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of this study is the utilisation of genomic data to comprehensively describe the characteristics of a long-term Pseudomonas aeruginosa ST 621 outbreak in a facility. This fills the data gap of a clone that could be clinically important but easily missed from microbiology data alone.

      Weaknesses:

      The work would further benefit from a more detailed discussion on the limitations due to the lack of data on patient clinical information, ward movement, and swabs collected from healthcare workers to verify the transmission of Pseudomonas aeruginosa ST 621, including potential healthcare worker to patient transmission, patient-to-patient transmission, patient-to-environment transmission, and environment-to-patient transmission. For instance, the definition given in the manuscript for patient-to-patient transmission could not rule out the possibility of the existence of a shared contaminated environment. Equally, as patients were not routinely swabbed, unobserved carriers of Pseudomonas aeruginosa ST 621 could not be identified and the possibility of misclassifying the environment-to-patient transmissions could not be ruled out. Moreover, reporting of changes in rates of resistance to imipenem and cefepime could be improved by showing the exact p-values (perhaps with three decimal places) rather than dichotomising the value at 0.05. By doing so, readers could interpret the strength of the evidence of changes.

      Impact of the work:

      First, the work adds to the growing evidence implicating sinks as long-term reservoirs for important MDR pathogens, with direct infection control implications. Moreover, the work could potentially motivate investments in generating and integrating genomic data into routine surveillance. The comprehensive descriptions of the Pseudomonas aeruginosa ST 621 clones outbreak is a great example to demonstrate how genomic data can provide additional information about long-term outbreaks that otherwise could not be detected using microbiology data alone. Moreover, identifying the changes in resistance genes and virulence genes over time would not be possible without genomic data. Finally, this work provided additional evidence for the existence of long-term persistence of Pseudomonas aeruginosa ST 621 clones, which likely occur in other similar settings.

      We thank the reviewer for their thorough evaluation of our work, and for the suggested improvements. A main goal of this study was to show that integrating routine wgs in the clinic was a game changer for infection control efforts. We appreciate this aspect was highlighted as a strength by this reviewer. While some of the weaknesses identified are inherent to the data (or lack thereof) available for this study, we have revised the manuscript to include a detailed discussion on limitations (sampling, thresholds of genetic relatedness, definition and categories etc.) that could influence the genomic inferences. We also provided exact p-values for the changes in rates of resistance, as requested. Finally, we have positively answered all the specific recommendations suggested by the reviewer and modified the manuscript accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a report of a large Pseudomonas aeruginosa hospital outbreak affecting more than 80 patients with first sampling dates in 2011 that stretched over more than 10 years and was only identified through genomic surveillance in 2020. The outbreak strain was assigned to the sequence type 621, an ST that has been associated with carpabapenem resistance across the globe. Ongoing transmission coincided with both increasing resistance without acquisition of carbapenemase genes as well as the convergence of mutations towards a host-adapted lifestyle.

      Strengths:

      The convincing genomic analyses indicate spread throughout the hospital since the beginning of the century and provide important benchmark findings for future comparison.

      The sampling was based on all organisms sent to the Multidrug-resistant Organism Repository and Surveillance Network across the U.S. Military Health System.

      Using sequencing data from patient and environmental samples for phylogenetic and transmission analyses as well as determining recurring mutations in outbreak isolates allows for insights into the evolution of potentially harmful pathogens with the ultimate aim of reducing their spread in hospitals.

      Weaknesses:

      The epidemiological information was limited and the sampling methodology was inconsistent, thus complicating the inference of exact transmission routes. Epidemiological data relevant to this analysis include information on the reason for sampling, patient admission and discharge data, and underlying frequency of sampling and sampling results in relation to patient turnover.

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful feedback on our manuscript and for highlighting the quality of the genomic analyses. We agree that the lack of patient epi data (e.g. date of admission and discharge) and the inconsistent sampling through the years are limitations of this study. We have revised the manuscript to acknowledge these limitations and discuss how not having this data complicates the inference of exact transmission routes. Finally, we have positively answered all the specific recommendations suggested by the reviewer and modified the manuscript accordingly.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper by Stribling and colleagues sheds light on a decade-long P. aeruginosa outbreak of the high-risk lineage ST-621 in a US Military hospital. The origins of the outbreak date back to the late 90s and it was mainly caused by two distinct subclones SC1 and SC2. The data of this outbreak showed the emergence of antibiotic resistance to cephalosporin, carbapenems, and colistin over time highlighting the emerging risk of extensively resistant infections due to P. aeruginosa and the need for ongoing surveillance.

      Strengths:

      This study overall is well constructed and clearly written. Since detailed information on floor plans of the building and transfers between facilities was available, the authors were able to show that these two subclones emerged in two separate buildings of the hospital. The authors support their conclusions with prospective environmental sampling in 2021 and 2022 and link the role of persistent environmental contamination to sustaining nosocomial transmission. Information on resistance genes in repeat isolates for the same patients allowed the authors to detect the emergence of resistance within patients. The conclusions have broader implications for infection control at other facilities. In particular, the paper highlights the value of real-time surveillance and environmental sampling in slowing nosocomial transmission of P. aeruginosa.

      Weaknesses:

      My major concern is that the authors used fixed thresholds and definitions to classify the origin of an infection. As such, they were not able to give uncertainty measures around transmission routes nor quantify the relative contribution of persistent environmental contamination vs patient-to-patient transmission. The latter would allow the authors to quantify the impact of certain interventions. In addition, these results represent a specific US military facility and the transmission patterns might be specific to that facility. The study also lacked any data on antibiotic use that could have been used to relate to and discuss the temporal trends of antimicrobial resistance.

      We thank the reviewer for their evaluation of our work and for highlighting the broad implications of our findings regarding the application of real-time surveillance to suppress nosocomial transmission. We agree with the reviewer that fixed thresholds and definitions are imperfect to classify the origin of an infection. The design of this study (e.g. inconsistent sampling through time) was not conducive to provide a comprehensive/quantitative measurement of transmission routes. Thus, we decided to apply conservative thresholds of genetic relatedness and strict conditions (e.g. time between isolate collection, shared hospital location etc.) to favor specificity as our goal was simply to establish that cases of environmentto-patient transmission did happen. In the absence of a truth set, we have not performed sensitivity analysis, but we are conducting a follow-up study to compare inferences from MCMC models to our original fixed-thresholds predictions. This limitation is now discussed in the revised manuscript. Finally, we have positively answered all the specific recommendations suggested by the reviewer and modified the manuscript accordingly including the addition of Figure S3.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The definitions used on lines 391-396 are necessarily somewhat arbitrary, but it would be helpful to have a little bit more justification for the choices made, particularly for the definition of environmental involving the "3x the number of years they were separated". It seems a little hard to square this with the more relaxed 10 SNP cutoff for a patient-to-patient designation. Are there reasons for thinking SNP differences associated with environmental transmission should be smaller than for patient-to-patient, or is the aim here just to set the bar higher for assuming an environmental source? Because these definitions are quite arbitrary, there could also be some value in exploring the sensitivity of the results to these assumptions.

      Thank you. We agree with the reviewers that SNP thresholds, albeit necessarily, are arbitrary and that more discussion/justification was needed to put the genomic inferences in context. We have revised the manuscript to indicate that: 1/ the 10 SNP cutoff for a patient-to-patient designation was set to account for the known evolution rate of P. aeruginosa (inferred by BEAST at 2.987E-7 subs/site/year in this study and similar to previous estimates PMID: 24039595) and the observed within host variability (now displayed in revised Fig. 1E). We note that this SNP distance was not sufficient and that an epi link (patients on the same ward at the same time) needed to be established. 2/ the environment-to-patient definition was indeed set to be most conservative (nearly identical isolates in two patients from the same ward with no known temporal overlap for > 365 days). This was indeed done to favor high specificity as this inference relied solely on clinical isolates (i.e. the identical environmental strain in the patientenvironment-patient chain was not sampled). For these clinical isolates to have acquired no/very little mutation in that much time, no/low replication is expected and, although unsampled, we propose this most likely happened on hospital surfaces.

      While the term "core genome" should be familiar to most readers, "shell genome" and "cloud genome" are less widely known, and an explanation of what these terms mean here would be helpful.

      Thank you. We have revised the manuscript to define the core, shell, and cloud genomes as genes sets found in ≥ 99%, ≥ 95% and ≥ 15% of isolates, respectively.

      In the first paragraph of the discussion, it could be added that in many cases for clinically important Gram negatives short read sequencing alone will fail to detect transmission events as outbreaks can be driven by plasmid spread with only very limited clonal spread (see, for example, https://www.nature.com/articles/s41564-021-00879-y )

      Thank you. We agree this is an important/emerging aspect of surveillance. However, the goal of this discussion point was to explain why such a large outbreak was missed prior to implementing WGS (short read) surveillance. We feel that discussing “plasmid outbreaks” (which is not at play here, and relatively rare in P. aeruginosa compared to the Enterobacteriaceae) and the need for long read will distract from the narrative. 

      line 599 What does "Mock" mean here? Would it be more accurate to say it is a simplified floor plan?

      Thank you. “Mock” was changed to “simplified”

      IPAC abbreviation is only used once - spelling it out in full would increase readability.

      Revised manuscript was edited as suggested.

      MHS is only used twice.

      Revised manuscript was edited to spell out Military Health System

      Line 364: full stop missing.

      Revised manuscript was edited as suggested.

      Line 401: Bayesian rather than bayesian.

      Revised manuscript was edited as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Thank you for giving me the opportunity to review this interesting manuscript.

      The conclusions of this paper are mostly well supported by the data presented, but epidemiological information was limited and the sampling methodology was inconsistent, thus complicating inference of exact transmission routes.

      Major issues:

      What was the baseline frequency of clinical and/or screening samples of Pseudomonas aeruginosa at the hospital? Neither Figure 1D nor Table S1 allows for differentiating between clinical and screening samples. Most isolates were cultured from clinical materials, and there is no information about the patients' length of stay and their respective sampling dates. Is there any possibility of finding out whether the samples were collected for clinical or screening purposes? Would it be possible to include the patients' admission data to determine whether the strains were imported into the hospital or related to a previous stay, e.g. among known carriers? Also, the issue of sampling dates vs. patient stay on the ward should be addressed, as there may be an overlap in patients' stay on the ward but no overlap in terms of sampling dates or even missing samples (missing links).

      We have revised the manuscript to address this important point: i) 16 isolates were from surveillance swabs and are labelled “Surveillance” in Table S1. The remaining 237 were clinical isolates; ii) unfortunately, because the sampling was done under a public health surveillance framework, we do not have access to historical patient data (admission/discharge date, wards, rooms, etc.) and we can not calculate length of stay or better identify patient overlap. These limitations are now acknowledged in the discussion of the revised manuscript.

      In order to evaluate the extent of the outbreak, more epidemiological data would be useful What is the size of the hospital, what is the average patient turnover, and what is the average length of stay in ICU and non-ICU? Is there any specialization besides the military label?

      We have revised the manuscript to indicate that facility A is 425-bed medical center and is the only Level 1 trauma center in the Military Health System. Unfortunately, the data to calculate length of stay, throughout the years, in ICU and non-ICU, was not available to us. This limitation is now also acknowledged in the discussion.

      Perhaps the authors could attempwt to discuss the extent to which large outbreaks like these may be considered as part of unavoidable evolutionary processes within the hospital microbiome as opposed to accumulation and transmission of potentially harmful genes/clones, and differentiate between the putative community spread without any epidemiological links on the one hand, and hospital outbreaks that could be targeted by local infection prevention activities on the other hand.,

      We respectfully disagree with the suggestion that this large outbreak “may be considered as part of unavoidable evolutionary processes within the hospital microbiome” and should be opposed to “transmission of potentially harmful genes/clones”. As a matter of fact, our data showed that infection control staff at Facility A responded with multiple interventions, including closing sinks, replacing tubing, and using foaming detergents. This resulted in slowing the spread of the ST621 outbreak with just 3 cases identified in 2022, 0 cases in 2023 and 1 case in 2024. This is now discussed in the revised manuscript.

      Page 5, lines 88-92 lines 101-104. It seems as if the outbreak was identified only by the means of genomic surveillance. This raises questions as to the rationale for sampling and sequencing, especially prior to 2020. Considering 11 cases per year between 2011 and 2016, one could assume such an outbreak would have been noticed without sequencing data.

      The MRSN was created in 2010, in response to the outbreak of MDR Acinetobacter baumannii in US military personnel returning from Iraq and Afghanistan. Between 2011 and 2017, the MRSN collected MDR isolates (mandate for all MDR ESKAPE but compliance varied between years and facilities) from across the Military Health System and, for select isolates (e.g. high-risk isolates carrying ESBLs or carbapenemases) performed molecular typing by PFGE. In 2017 the MRSN started to perform whole genome sequencing of its entire repository. In 2020, a routine prospective sequencing service was started and first detected the ST621 outbreak. A retrospective analysis of historical isolate genomes (2011-2019) identified additional cases. The first paragraph of the discussion lists possible factors to explain why the ST621 escaped detection by traditional approaches. We believe 11 cases per year is not a strong signal when stratified by month, wards, or both, especially for a clone lacking a carbapenemase and without a remarkable antibiotic susceptibility profile. 

      Did the infection control personnel suspect transmission? If yes, was the sampling and submission of samples to the MRSN adapted based on the epidemiologic findings?

      The ST621 outbreak was unsuspected before the initial genomic detection in 2020. Until that point, MDR isolates only (Magiorakos et al PMID: 21793988) were collected but compliance was variable through time. Quickly thereafter (starting in 2021), complete sampling of all clinical P. aeruginosa (MDR or not) from Facility A was started. The manuscript was revised to clarify those details of the sampling strategy.

      Is there any information about how many environmental sites were sampled without evidence of ST621 / screening samples were cultured without evidence of Pseudomonas aeruginosa?

      For patient isolates, only 16 isolates were from surveillance swabs. The remaining 237 were clinical isolates. No denominator data was available to calculate P. aeruginosa and ST-621 positivity rate in surveillance swabs throughout the time period. For environmental isolates, a total of 159 swabs were taken from 55 distinct locations in 8 wards/units including the ER. This data is now included in the revised manuscript. However, a complete analysis of these swabs (positivity rate for ESKAPE pathogens, P. aeruginosa, per ward/floor/room, per swab type (sink drain, bed rail etc.) etc.) is beyond the scope of this study and is being performed as a follow up investigation.

      Page 5 lines 89 and 39 Figure S1B. Please describe how the allelic distance for the cluster threshold was selected.

      As indicated in the legend of Figure S1B, no thresholds were applied. All ST621 isolates ever sequenced by the MRSN were included. All except 3 isolates shared between 023 cgMLST allelic differences. The remaining 3 were distant by 88-89 allelic differences. The text was revised to clarify this point.

      Page 5 lines 99-100. Could the authors please provide some distribution measures (e.g. IQR).

      Done as requested. The revised manuscript now reads “…of just 38 single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), and an IQR of 19 (Fig. 1A, Table S1).”

      Page 5 line 102. Could the authors please provide some distribution measures (e.g. IQR).

      Please see above. A chart was created and is now included as Fig. S2.

      Page 6 line 107 and page 34 figure 1c. In the text it is stated that isolates were collected in 27 wards, the figure 1C depicts 26 wards and n/a.

      Thank you for spotting this inconsistency. This has been fixed in the revised manuscript.

      Page 6 lines 117-118. Samples collected in the emergency room would imply samples collected on admission, already addressed previously. Did the authors investigate a potential import into the hospital from community reservoirs or were all these isolates collected among patients who had been previously admitted to the hospital and/or tested positive for the outbreak strain?

      We agree that samples collected in the ER imply samples collected on admission. Of the 29 ER isolates only 9 (31%) were primary isolates (first detection in a new patient) which suggests a majority were from returning patients at Facility A. Because the sampling was done under a public health surveillance framework, we do not have access to historical patient data (admission/discharge date, wards, rooms, etc.) to investigate/confirm that these 9 patients had previous visits at Facility A. This point is now discussed in the revised manuscript.

      Page 6 line 128. This could also represent increased selective pressure. However, according to Table S1, the 28 isolates collected in 2011 (the number does not match with Figure 1D) were from many different wards, thus indicating earlier spread throughout the hospital.

      Yes, we agree. Please note that table S1 lists all isolates for 2011 whereas Figure 1D focuses on primary (first isolate from each patients) only.  

      Page 7 line 133. Both Figure 2 and the discussion section, page 13 line 296 suggest the year 2005 instead of 2004?

      Thank you for catching this typographical error. This was corrected to 2004 in the revised manuscript.

      Figure 1E. The figure should also depict intra-patient diversity for comparison.

      Thank you for this great suggestion. We have revised Figure 1E accordingly.

      Page 7, lines 146-147 Could the authors attempt explaining the upper part of the bimodal peaks?

      This is an all-vs-all SNP analysis for all inter-patient isolates. For each isolates all distances to other isolates are reported, not only the smallest. The upper peaks represent comparisons to isolates from a different outbreak subclone (SC1 vs SC2).

      Page 7, line 150 This is a very small number considering the extent of the outbreak and suggests a large number of missing links. Or does this rather imply continuous import and evolution over time that does not necessarily represent transmission within the hospital?

      We believe all cases were due to transmission happening within the hospital. Based on conservative thresholds (genetic relatedness and epi link, or lack thereof) the precise origin from another patient (n=10) or a contaminated surface (n=12) can be inferred. For the remaining 60 patients, with the available sampling, the conditions we chose are not met and we simply do not conclude whether a direct patient-to-patient or an environmental origin was more likely.

      Page 8 line 155. What does the temporal overlap refer to - sampling date versus patient's stay on the ward? Please specify.

      The temporal overlap was investigated from sampling dates, as dates of patient admission/discharged were not available.

      Page 8, line 157: What does primary/serial isolate mean - first and follow-up samples of ST621 per patient?

      Yes. Primary isolate is used to designate the first isolate from a patient. Serial isolates designate follow-up samples of ST621.

      Page 8 line 165: Table S3 and Figure 3 only refer to environmental samples from three wards. Ward 20 rooms 2 and 18 as well as ward 1 rooms 1 and 6 were hotspots - is there any information on the specific infection control/disinfection measures? Addressed in discussion page 12, lines 273-275, but no information on what was actually done.

      The manuscript was revised to indicate the precise disinfection measures that were taken. A follow-up study is ongoing to assess long-term efficacy and monitor possible retrograde growth from previously contaminated sinks.

      Page 8 line 175: Evaluation of change in resistance fraction over time - There may have been a selection bias with an inconsistent number of strains sequenced per year.

      Yes, incomplete sampling and possible selection bias are now listed with other limitations of this study in the discussion of the revised manuscript.

      Page 9 line 183: The referral to Table S1 is unclear, I could not find the number and the specific isolates selected for long-read sequencing.

      Thank you. This has been added to the revised Table S1.

      Page 10 lines 217-225 and Figure 4C: Perhaps it is possible to better align what is written in the text and the caption of the figure. The caption does not clarify that only one patient develops colistin resistance (what was the reason to include the other patients?).

      Thank you. We have revised the text and the caption of the figure to clarify that only isolates from one patient developed colistin resistance. The isolates from the other patients on Fig. 4C are shown to provide context and accurately map the emergence of the PhoQE77fs mutation.  

      Page 10, lines 228-229 and Table S5: How is it possible to identify those 64 genes in Table S5?

      We have revised Table S5 to facilitate the identification of the 64 genes with ≥ 2 independently acquired mutations (excluding SYN). Specifically, we have added column E labeled “Counts independent mutations per locus (excluding SYN)”. A total of 205 rows (in this table each row is a variant) have a value ≥ 2 and these represent 64 genes (upon deduplication of locus tags).  

      Page 13, lines 280-281: Where is the information on chronic infection presented? Serial cultures would not necessarily mean chronic infection.

      Authors response: Yes, we agree this was not the appropriate characterization and this was revised to ‘long-term’ infections.

      Page 14 line 306: Emergence of colistin resistance in a single patient, correct?

      Yes. This was further clarified in the text.

      Page 14 lines 315-320: This should go to the results section. In particular disinfection, closing, and replacing of tubing should be mentioned in the results section in reference to the results presented in Table S3.

      Thank you. We have considered this suggestion and have decided to leave this discussion as the closing paragraph of this publication. A follow-up study is ongoing to assess long-term efficacy of these interventions on the ST-621 bur also other outbreak clones at Facility A.

      Methods

      Page 15 lines 330-333: Perhaps it is possible to avoid redundancy.

      Thank you. We have revised the text accordingly.

      Page 15 lines 341: Information on which isolates were subjected to long-read sequencing is missing.

      Thank you. This has been added to the revised Table S1.

      Page 16 line 345: Was there a particular reason why Newbler was chosen?

      No. At the time Newbler was the default assembler built in the MRSN bacterial genome analysis pipeline and QC processes.

      Page 16, line 357-358: What was the rationale for selecting this isolate as reference genome?

      This isolate was chosen because it was collected early in the outbreak and phylogenetic analysis revealed it had low root to tip divergence.

      Page 16 line 361: Why 310 isolates, if only 253 were assigned to the outbreak clone and only a subset of those were collected in facility A?

      This was a typographical error that has corrected (it now reads “…set of 253 isolates.”) in the revised manuscript.  

      Page 17 lines 387-395: What is the reason that intra-patient diversity was not included in the set of criteria for SNP distances?

      The observed within host variability (now displayed in revised Fig. 1E) was taken into consideration when setting SNP thresholds for categorizing patient-to-patient transmission or environment-to-patient event. This is now clarified in the revised manuscript.

      Page 17 line 392: How was the threshold of <=10 SNPs determined?

      The 10 SNP cutoff to infer a patient-to-patient transmission event was set to account for the known evolution rate of P. aeruginosa (inferred by BEAST at 2.987E-7 subs/site/year in this study, and similar to previous estimates PMID: 24039595) and the observed within host variability (now displayed in revised Fig. 1E). We note that this SNP distance was not sufficient and that an epi link (patients on the same ward within the same month) needed to be established.

      Page 17 line 395 and Figure 2: What was the assumed average mutation rate per genome per year?

      Thank you. The mean substitution rate inferred by BEAST was 2.987E-7 similar to estimate from previous studies on P. aeruginosa outbreaks (e.g. PMID: 24039595).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Please find (line-by-line comments) on each section of the manuscript below:

      Introduction

      Line 86: I am wondering why the authors state ">28 facilities" instead of the exact number of facilities from which these lineages were recovered.

      Thank you. Manuscript was revised to provide the exact number of facilities. It now reads “…recovered from 37 and 28 facilities, respectively.”

      Methods

      It's not clear to me which criteria were used for collecting these isolates (both prospective and retrospective). I understand that some of the data are described in more detail in Lebreton et al but I did not find the specific criteria for the collection of the isolates and I imagine that these might differ if different facilities. Would it be possible to comment on that and add a short paragraph in the Methods section?

      Thank you. This lack of clarity was also raised by other reviewers, and we have revised the manuscript to indicate that: 1/MDR isolates only (Magiorakos et al PMID: 21793988) were collected from 2011-2020 with the same criteria for all facilities although compliance was variable through time and between facilities; and 2/ starting in 2021 all P. aeruginosa isolates, irrespective of their susceptibility profile, were collected from Facility A

      The data comes from a US Military hospital. Is this related to the US Veterans Affairs Healthcare system? Is there more detailed information about the demographics of the patient population?

      Facility A is part of the Military Health System (MHS) which provides care for active service members and their families. This is distinct from the US Veterans Affairs Healthcare system. Only limited patient data was accessible to us as this study was done as part of our public health surveillance activities. Patient age (avg. 57.2 +/- 21.0) and gender (ratio male/female 1.7) are provided in the revised manuscript. 

      Line 384ff: The origin of infection was inferred based on the SNP threshold and epidemiological links. However, recombination events can complicate the interpretation of SNP data. Have the authors attempted to account for this?

      Thank you. We agree that recombination events can complicate the interpretation of SNP data. We used Gubbins v2.3.1 to filter out recombination from the core SNP alignment, as indicated in the revised manuscript.

      The authors' definition of environment-to-patient transmission seems conservative (nearly identical strain and no known temporal overlap for > 365 days). Have the authors changed the threshold, performed sensitivity analyses, and tested how this would affect their results?

      Indeed, acknowledging that fixed thresholds have limitations in their ability to accurately predict the origin of infections, we took a conservative approach to favor specificity as our goal was simply to establish that cases of environment-to-patient transmission did happen. In the absence of a truth set, we have not performed sensitivity analysis, but we are conducting a follow-up study to compare inferences from MCMC models to our original predictions. This limitation is now discussed in the revised manuscript.

      The authors don't seem to incorporate the role of healthcare workers in the transmission process. Could they comment on this? I am assuming that environment-to-patient transmission could either be directly from the environment to the patient or via a healthcare worker. I think it's fine to make simplifying assumptions here but it would be great if this was explicitly described.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have not sampled the hands of healthcare workers in this study. As a result, the reviewer is correct to say that we made the simplifying assumption that healthcare workers would be possible intermediates in either environment-topatient or patient-to-patient transmissions, as previously described by others (PMID: 8452949). This limitation is now discussed in the revised manuscript.

      Page 5, line 100: What does "all vs all" mean? Based on the supplement, I assume it's the pairwise distance and then averaged across all of those. It would improve the readability of the manuscript if the authors could briefly define this term and then maybe refer to Table S1.

      Thank you. We have created Fig.S2 and revised the manuscript to state that ST-621 isolates from facility A belonged to the same outbreak clone with a distance (averaged all vs all pairwise comparison) of just 38 single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs), and an IQR of 19 (Fig. S2, Table S1).

      Figure 1D: It would be interesting to see additional figures in the supplement on the percentage of sequenced isolates per year and whether it varies across the different sources/sites. Is there any information on which isolates were chosen for sequencing?

      Lack of clarity in the sampling/sequencing scheme was raised by multiple reviewers and we have provided a thorough response to earlier comments. We also have revised the material and methods section accordingly. Finally, we have created Fig. S3 to show the percentage of sequenced isolates per year across different sources/sites, as suggested by the reviewer. No noticeable patterns were observed. 

      It seems like only a subset of all clinical isolates were sequenced. Would it be possible that SC2 was present already earlier but not picked up until a certain date?

      Although all isolates received by the MRSN were sequenced, compliance varied through time so it is true that not all clinical isolates were sequenced between 2011-2019. As such, we fully agree with this hypothesis and discuss this possibility as BEAST analysis placed the origin of SC2 in 2004 while the first detection of an SC2 isolate was in December 2012. This limitation is now discussed in the revised manuscript.

      Could the authors elaborate on whether the isolates resulted from single-colony picks? Is it possible that the different absence of a subclone is due to the fact that they picked only a colony?

      Yes, the isolates resulted from single-colony picks except when the presence of different colony morphologies was noted. In the latter, representative isolates for each colony morphologies were processed. We have revised the methods to make that clear.

      Figure 2: It is difficult to see which nodes belong to which patient due to the small font size. I wonder if it was possible to color the nodes for each patient, to make it more readable.

      We tried coloring the nodes but with > 60 distinct patients/colors we decided it did not improve clarity. We have revised figure 2 to increase the font size.  

      Page 7-8, lines 154-155: Did the authors check whether there were isolates of the same strain (that were found in the environment) present in other patients elsewhere in the ward?

      Yes. In rare cases, we observed virtually genetically identical isolates from two patients collected in different wards. Because we only have access to clinical isolate data (collected from patient X in ward Y) and do not have access to patient data (admission/discharge date, wards, rooms, etc.), we do not know but cannot exclude that patients overlap in a room prior to the sampling of their P. aeruginosa isolates. We designed our fixed thresholds to be conservative. As a result, in this analysis, these cases are labelled as “undetermined”.  

      Page 8: Do the authors have any information on antibiotic use during this timeframe? From the discussion, it seems like there is no patient-level prescription data. Is there any data on overall trends? How were trends in antibiotic use correlated with trends in antibiotic resistance?

      Unfortunately, patient-level prescription data (or any other data not linked to the bacterial specimens) was not accessible to us as this study was done as part of our public health surveillance activities.

      To infer the origin of infection, the authors used a static method with fixed thresholds and definitions. This study does not provide any uncertainty with their estimates. Maybe the authors could add a sentence in the discussion section that MCMC methods to infer transmission trees incorporating WGS could provide these estimates. These methods have not been applied to PA a lot but two examples where MCMC methods have been used without WGS (though the definition of environmental contamination may differ between these studies and this study).

      https://doi.org/10.1186/s13756-022-01095-x

      https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1006697

      Thank you for this great suggestion. We have revised the manuscript to include a discussion on the limitations of fixed thresholds to infer transmission chains/origins, and to discuss existing alternatives including MCMC methods. 

      Line 322-323: This sentence is a bit vague since not all of these HAI are due to P. aeruginosa. I would suggest citing a number that is specific to PA.

      Thank you. While our paper shows a particular example of protracted P. aeruginosa outbreak, the roll-out of routine WGS surveillance in the clinic will help prevent hospital-associated drug-resistant infections for more than this species. We believe that broadening the scope in the last sentence of the manuscript is important and we decline to revise as suggested.

  2. www.planalto.gov.br www.planalto.gov.br
    1. emergência

      Observe que não apenas a calamidade pública justifica da dispensa de licitação, mas situações emergenciais também podem justificar a dispensa de licitação.

    2. hipóteses

      Art. 75. É dispensável a licitação:

      [...]

      IV - para contratação que tenha por objeto:

      [...]

      • f) bens ou serviços produzidos ou prestados no País que envolvam, cumulativamente, alta complexidade tecnológica e defesa nacional;

      g) materiais de uso das Forças Armadas, com exceção de materiais de uso pessoal e administrativo, quando houver necessidade de manter a padronização requerida pela estrutura de apoio logístico dos meios navais, aéreos e terrestres, mediante autorização por ato do comandante da força militar;

      V - para contratação com vistas ao cumprimento do disposto nos arts. 3º, 3º-A, 4º, 5º e 20 da Lei nº 10.973, de 2 de dezembro de 2004, observados os princípios gerais de contratação constantes da referida Lei;

      VI - para contratação que possa acarretar comprometimento da segurança nacional, nos casos estabelecidos pelo Ministro de Estado da Defesa, mediante demanda dos comandos das Forças Armadas ou dos demais ministérios;

      XII - para contratação em que houver transferência de tecnologia de produtos estratégicos para o Sistema Único de Saúde (SUS), conforme elencados em ato da direção nacional do SUS, inclusive por ocasião da aquisição desses produtos durante as etapas de absorção tecnológica, e em valores compatíveis com aqueles definidos no instrumento firmado para a transferência de tecnologia;

      XVI - para aquisição, por pessoa jurídica de direito público interno, de insumos estratégicos para a saúde produzidos por fundação que, regimental ou estatutariamente, tenha por finalidade apoiar órgão da Administração Pública direta, sua autarquia ou fundação em projetos de ensino, pesquisa, extensão, desenvolvimento institucional, científico e tecnológico e de estímulo à inovação, inclusive na gestão administrativa e financeira necessária à execução desses projetos, ou em parcerias que envolvam transferência de tecnologia de produtos estratégicos para o SUS, nos termos do inciso XII deste caput, e que tenha sido criada para esse fim específico em data anterior à entrada em vigor desta Lei, desde que o preço contratado seja compatível com o praticado no mercado;

    3. inclusive as domiciliadas no exterior

      Os contratos celebrados pela Administração Pública sempre deverão prever o foro da sede da Administração para dirimir qualquer questão contratual. O foro da sede será o competente inclusive quando o contratado residir no exterior. No entanto, há exceções.

    1. Sur les points de théorisations, l'un des commentateurs nous conseille de lire Geneviève Vidal : elle écrit beaucoup sur le lien entre musées et numériques d'une part et participation du public/horizontalité du dispositif d'autre part. C'est intéressant car ses recherches se situent après les sites du Mucem et les sites du Mucem ont justement ce "repli" qui les rend très éloignés de cette vision de la médiation. Est-ce qu'on pourrait ajouter ça en première partie pour incorporer des approches théoriques et montrer en quoi le repli des sites est intéressant ?

    2. Ce projet de remédiation a bénéficié du soutien du BnF Datalab et a été porté par trois partenaires : le Mucem, l’Université d’Aix-Marseille et la BnF3. Il porte une dimension collégiale et expérimentale. Il a rassemblé durant une année plus de quinze personnes, archivistes, documentalistes, bibliothécaires, informaticiens et historiens, mais aussi les conservateurs, ethnologues et équipes techniques impliquées dans la production de certains des sites4. Le 19 décembre 2024, une journée de restitution au Centre de conservation et de ressources du Mucem a permis de présenter les enjeux et les résultats de cette entreprise de remédiation. Le présent article en est une synthèse. Nous souhaitons donc remercier tous les participants et participantes qui ont contribué à cette riche discussion5, dont nous espérons qu’elle puisse fournir outils et méthodologies à d’autres institutions patrimoniales et culturelles confrontées aux mêmes enjeux.

      Si je comprends bien les retours de Sens Public, c'est cette partie-là qu'il faudrait davantage problématiser/rendre pertinente pour des non-spécialistes ? Est-ce qu'on pourrait parler des enjeux de traiter la/les trace(s) numérique(s) comment objets-témoins ?

    1. pequeno valor
      • Informativo 1179
      • RE 1326178 / SC - Tema 1.156
      • Órgão julgador: Tribunal Pleno
      • Relator(a): Min. CRISTIANO ZANIN
      • Julgamento: 23/05/2025 (Virtual)
      • Ramo do Direito: Constitucional
      • Matéria: Precatórios; Débitos da Fazenda Pública; Fracionamento; Créditos Superpreferenciais; Requisição de Pequeno Valor

      Créditos de natureza superpreferencial: pagamento da parcela por meio de RPV

      Tese fixada - O pagamento de crédito superpreferencial (art. 100, § 2º, da CF/1988) deve ser realizado por meio de precatório, exceto se o valor a ser adimplido encontrar-se dentro do limite estabelecido por lei como pequeno valor.

      Resumo - É inconstitucional — por violar o art. 100, §§ 2º e 8º, da Constituição Federal de 1988 — o pagamento parcial de valores de natureza alimentícia pertencente a credores superpreferenciais por meio de requisição de pequeno valor (RPV), se o montante devido ultrapassar o limite legalmente fixado para essa modalidade.

      • O texto constitucional estabelece que os créditos chamados de superpreferenciais — de natureza alimentícia e de titularidade de idosos, pessoas com deficiência ou portadores de doenças graves — devem ser pagos por meio de precatório, salvo se o montante exigível estiver dentro do limite definido como de pequeno valor. Isso, porque a expedição de RPV é medida excepcional, condicionada à existência de previsão legal que defina as obrigações passíveis de quitação por essa via (1).

      • Conforme jurisprudência desta Corte (2), o fracionamento de precatórios superpreferenciais para possibilitar o pagamento por meio de RPV, além de representar risco de impacto orçamentário significativo, não encontra amparo na Constituição Federal, uma vez que o pagamento dos créditos contra a Fazenda Pública deve ser realizado de forma integral pelo <u>mesmo rito</u> (RPV ou precatório), <u>sem que se mesclem as modalidades</u>.

      • Na espécie, o acórdão do Tribunal Regional Federal da 4ª Região manteve decisão que reconheceu a possibilidade de fracionamento do precatório, permitindo o pagamento da parcela superpreferencial (até 180 salários-mínimos) por meio de RPV, reservando-se o excedente para quitação via precatório judicial.

      • Com base nesses e em outros entendimentos, o Plenário, por unanimidade, ao apreciar o Tema 1.156 da repercussão geral: (i) deu provimento ao recurso extraordinário para reconhecer a violação ao art. 100, §§ 2° e 8° da Constituição Federal de 1988; (ii) determinou que o pagamento dos créditos superpreferenciais seja adimplido por meio de expedição de precatórios; e (iii) fixou a tese anteriormente citada.

      (1) CF/1988: “Art. 100. Os pagamentos devidos pelas Fazendas Públicas Federal, Estaduais, Distrital e Municipais, em virtude de sentença judiciária, far-se-ão exclusivamente na ordem cronológica de apresentação dos precatórios e à conta dos créditos respectivos, proibida a designação de casos ou de pessoas nas dotações orçamentárias e nos créditos adicionais abertos para este fim (...) § 2º Os débitos de natureza alimentícia cujos titulares, originários ou por sucessão hereditária, tenham 60 (sessenta) anos de idade, ou sejam portadores de doença grave, ou pessoas com deficiência, assim definidos na forma da lei, serão pagos com preferência sobre todos os demais débitos, até o valor equivalente ao triplo fixado em lei para os fins do disposto no § 3º deste artigo, admitido o fracionamento para essa finalidade, sendo que o restante será pago na ordem cronológica de apresentação do precatório. (...) § 8º É vedada a expedição de precatórios complementares ou suplementares de valor pago, bem como o fracionamento, repartição ou quebra do valor da execução para fins de enquadramento de parcela do total ao que dispõe o § 3º deste artigo.” (2) Precedentes citados: ADI 6.556 MC-Ref; e RE 1.300.190, RE 1.310.690, RE 1.310.475, no RE 1.312.089, RE 1.293.528, RE 1.306.206, RE 1.297.760 e RE 1.304.973 (decisões monocráticas).

      Legislação: CF/1988: art. 100, § 2º e 8º.

      Precedentes: ADI 6.556 MC-Ref; e RE 1.300.190, RE 1.310.690, RE 1.310.475, no RE 1.312.089, RE 1.293.528, RE 1.306.206, RE 1.297.760 e RE 1.304.973 (decisões monocráticas).

      Obs.: Não se admite o pagamento de crédito superpreferencial, que tem limite de até 3 vezes o fixado para RPV, por requisição de pequeno valor. Não há que se falar em pagamento de partes em RPV e de outra parte em precatório. Os pagamentos dos superpreferenciais somente devem ser veiculados por RPV se estritamente dentro do limite delimitado para esta forma excepcional de pagamento. Via de regra, é por meio de precatórios o pagamento de tais verbas.


      • Informativo 1081
      • ADI 5421 / DF
      • Órgão julgador: Tribunal Pleno
      • Relator(a): Min. GILMAR MENDES
      • Julgamento: 16/12/2022 (Virtual)
      • Ramo do Direito: Constitucional, Processual Civil
      • Matéria: Precatório; Requisição de Pequeno Valor; Valor Limite; Repartição de Competência; Execução contra a Fazenda Pública

      RPV e autonomia dos estados e municípios

      Resumo - Os estados e municípios podem redefinir o valor limite da Requisição de Pequeno Valor (RPV) visando à adequação de suas respectivas capacidades financeiras e especificidades orçamentárias.

      • É inconstitucional — por violar a competência privativa da União para legislar sobre direito processual (CF/1988, art. 21, I), uma vez que as normas que dispõem sobre RPV têm caráter eminentemente processual (2) — legislação estadual que transfere ao credor a responsabilidade pelo encaminhamento da documentação necessária para solicitação do pagamento do RPV diretamente ao órgão público devedor, bem como determina a suspensão do prazo para pagamento.

      • Os estados e municípios podem redefinir o valor limite da Requisição de Pequeno Valor (RPV) visando à adequação de suas respectivas capacidades financeiras e especificidades orçamentárias.

      • Os entes federados, desde que respeitado o princípio da proporcionalidade, gozam de autonomia para estabelecer o montante correspondente às obrigações de pequeno valor e, dessa forma, afastar a aplicação do sistema de precatórios. Eles só não podem estabelecer valor demasiado <u>além</u> ou <u>aquém</u> do razoável, tendo como parâmetro as suas disponibilidades financeiras (1)

      • É inconstitucional — por violar a competência privativa da União para legislar sobre direito processual (CF/1988, art. 21, I), uma vez que as normas que dispõem sobre RPV têm caráter eminentemente processual (2) — legislação estadual que transfere ao credor a responsabilidade pelo encaminhamento da documentação necessária para solicitação do pagamento do RPV diretamente ao órgão público devedor, bem como determina a suspensão do prazo para pagamento.

      • Ademais, a lei estadual impugnada não se aplica aos processos judiciais de competência da justiça federal, ainda que no exercício da competência federal delegada, já que para eles prevalece o conteúdo de norma editada pelo Conselho da Justiça Federal (CJF), atualmente a Resolução 458/2017.

      • Com base nesses entendimentos, o Plenário, por unanimidade, julgou parcialmente procedente a ação para (i) declarar a inconstitucionalidade do caput e do parágrafo único do art. 6º da Lei 14.757/2015 do Estado do Rio Grande do Sul; e (ii) dar interpretação conforme a Constituição aos incisos do mesmo art. 6º, para limitar sua aplicação aos processos judiciais de competência da justiça estadual, de modo que eles não deverão ser aplicados aos processos julgados no exercício da competência federal delegada, os quais devem ser regidos pela Resolução do CJF (3).

      (1) Precedentes citados: ADI 2.868 e ADI 4.332.

      (2) Precedentes citados: RE 632.550 AgR; RE 293.231 e ADI 5.534.

      (3) Lei 14.757/2015 do Estado do Rio Grande do Sul: “Art. 1º Serão consideradas de pequeno valor, para os fins do disposto no § 3.º do art. 100 da Constituição Federal, as obrigações que o Estado do Rio Grande do Sul, suas Autarquias e Fundações devam quitar em decorrência de decisão judicial transitada em julgado cujo valor, devidamente atualizado, não exceda a 10 (dez) salários mínimos. Art. 2º O crédito de pequeno valor não estará sujeito ao regime de precatórios e deverá ser pago, mediante depósito judicial, no prazo de até 60 (sessenta) dias, contados da data em que for protocolada, perante o órgão competente, a requisição expedida pelo juízo da execução. Parágrafo único. Nas requisições de pequeno valor expedidas por meio eletrônico, o prazo será contado da data de expedição. Art. 3º São vedados o fracionamento, a repartição ou a quebra do valor da execução para que o pagamento se faça, em parte, na forma estabelecida no ‘caput’ do art. 2º desta Lei e, em parte, com a expedição de precatório. Art. 4º Se o valor da execução ultrapassar o montante estabelecido no art. 1º desta Lei, o pagamento far-se-á por meio de precatório, sendo facultada à parte exequente a renúncia ao crédito do valor excedente, para que possa optar pelo pagamento do saldo sem o precatório, na forma prevista no art. 2º desta Lei. Parágrafo único. A opção pelo recebimento do crédito na forma prevista nesta Lei implica a renúncia ao restante dos créditos porventura existentes oriundos do mesmo processo judicial. Art. 5º As requisições de pequeno valor cujo trânsito em julgado da decisão tenha ocorrido antes da entrada em vigor desta Lei observarão o limite de 40 (quarenta) salários mínimos. Art. 6º A requisição de pequeno valor expedida em meio físico será encaminhada diretamente pelo credor, ou seu representante, ao ente devedor responsável pelo pagamento da obrigação, e deverá ser instruída com os seguintes documentos e informações: I - indicação do número do processo judicial em que foi expedida a requisição; II - indicação da natureza da obrigação a que se refere o pagamento; III - comprovante de situação cadastral das partes e dos advogados no Cadastro de Pessoa Física - CPF - ou no Cadastro Nacional de Pessoa Jurídica - CNPJ - do Ministério da Fazenda; IV - cópia da memória completa do cálculo definitivo, ainda que objeto de renúncia ao valor estabelecido nesta Lei; V - indicação do período compreendido para efeito de cálculo do imposto de renda e das contribuições aos sistemas de previdência e saúde; e VI - cópia da manifestação da Procuradoria-Geral do Estado de concordância com o valor do débito. Parágrafo único. A requisição de pequeno valor que não preencher os requisitos do ‘caput’ deste artigo não será recebida pela autoridade competente, ficando suspenso o prazo do seu pagamento até a apresentação pelo credor dos documentos ou informações faltantes. Art. 7º Esta Lei entra em vigor na data de sua publicação. Art. 8º Revoga-se a Lei nº 13.756, de 15 de julho de 2011.”

      Legislação: Lei 14.757/2015 do Estado do Rio Grande do Sul

      Precedentes: ADI 2.868, ADI 4.332, RE 632.550 AgR; RE 293.231 e ADI 5.534


      • Informativo 1066
      • RE 1359139 RG / CE
      • Órgão julgador: Tribunal Pleno
      • Relator(a): Min. PRESIDENTE
      • Julgamento: 01/09/2022 (Virtual)
      • Ramo do Direito: Processual Civil, Constitucional
      • Matéria: Execução contra a Fazenda Pública; Requisição de Pequeno Valor/ Organização Político-Administrativa; Poder Judiciário

      RPV: valor previsto no ADCT e fixação de quantia referencial inferior por ente federado

      Tese fixada - (I) As unidades federadas podem fixar os limites das respectivas requisições de pequeno valor em patamares inferiores aos previstos no artigo 87 do ADCT, desde que o façam em consonância com sua capacidade econômica. - (II) A aferição da capacidade econômica, para este fim, deve refletir não somente a receita, mas igualmente os graus de endividamento e de litigiosidade do ente federado.

      • (III) A ausência de demonstração concreta da desproporcionalidade na fixação do teto das requisições de pequeno valor impõe a deferência do Poder Judiciário ao juízo político-administrativo externado pela legislação local.”

      Resumo - Ao editar norma própria, o ente federado, desde que em consonância com sua <u>capacidade econômica</u> e com o princípio da <u>proporcionalidade</u>, pode estabelecer quantia inferior à prevista no art. 87 do ADCT como teto para o pagamento de seus débitos judiciais por meio de Requisição de Pequeno Valor (RPV).

      • O patamar provisório fixado no ADCT (1) para o pagamento de RPV não é irredutível, cabendo a cada unidade federativa estipular o valor máximo para essa especial modalidade de pagamento de acordo com sua capacidade econômica, cuja aferição deve considerar, além do quantum das receitas auferidas, os graus de endividamento e de litigiosidade do ente público.

      • No tocante à atuação do Poder Judiciário, deve ser adotada uma postura de autocontenção quando não houver demonstração concreta da desproporcionalidade na fixação do valor referencial.

      • Com base nesse entendimento, o Plenário, por unanimidade, reconheceu a existência da repercussão geral da questão constitucional suscitada (Tema 1.231 RG) e, no mérito, também por unanimidade, reafirmou a jurisprudência dominante sobre a matéria (2) para dar provimento ao recurso extraordinário, assentando a constitucionalidade da Lei 10.562/2017 do Município de Fortaleza/CE, que fixa como teto para pagamento das RPVs o equivalente ao maior benefício do Regime Geral de Previdência Social. Não se manifestou o ministro André Mendonça.

      (1) ADCT: “Art. 87. Para efeito do que dispõem o § 3º do art. 100 da Constituição Federal e o art. 78 deste Ato das Disposições Constitucionais Transitórias serão considerados de pequeno valor, até que se dê a publicação oficial das respectivas leis definidoras pelos entes da Federação, observado o disposto no § 4º do art. 100 da Constituição Federal, os débitos ou obrigações consignados em precatório judiciário, que tenham valor igual ou inferior a: I – quarenta salários-mínimos, perante a Fazenda dos Estados e do Distrito Federal; II – trinta salários-mínimos, perante a Fazenda dos Municípios. Parágrafo único. Se o valor da execução ultrapassar o estabelecido neste artigo, o pagamento far-se-á, sempre, por meio de precatório, sendo facultada à parte exequente a renúncia ao crédito do valor excedente, para que possa optar pelo pagamento do saldo sem o precatório, da forma prevista no § 3º do art. 100.”

      (2) Precedentes citados: ADI 2868; ADI 4332; e ADI 5100.

      Legislação: ADCT, art. 87 Lei 10.562/2017-Fortaleza/CE

      Precedentes: ADI 2868; ADI 4332; e ADI 5100.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This report addresses a compelling topic. However, I have significant concerns, which necessitate a reassessment of the report's overall value.

      Anatomical Specificity and Stimulation Site:

      While the authors clarify that the ventral MGB (MGv) was the intended stimulation target, the electrode track (Fig. 1A) and viral spread (Fig. 2E) suggest possible involvement of the dorsal MGB (MGd) and broader area. Given that MGv-AI and MGd-AC pathways have distinct-and sometimes opposing-effects on plasticity, the reported LTP values (with unusually small standard deviations) raise concerns about the specificity of the findings. Additional anatomical verification would help resolve this issue.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the importance of anatomical specificity in MGv targeting. In the revised manuscript, we have taken several steps to address these issues:

      (1) Higher-magnification histology has been added to Figure 1A, clearly identifying the electrode tip localized within the MGv.

      (2) Figure 2E has been replaced with a new image showing viral expression largely confined to MGB, with minimal spread to surrounding structures.

      (3) In the Discussion, we explicitly acknowledge that although targeting was guided by stereotaxic coordinates and histological confirmation, some viral spread throughout the MGB occurred. We also discuss the possibility that both MGv-A1 and MGd-AC pathways may contribute to the recorded responses, which could influence the observed plasticity, as previously suggested by the reviewer.

      These additions and acknowledgments are now incorporated to ensure the reader can interpret the data with full consideration of anatomical targeting limitations.

      Results section:

      “Higher-magnification histology confirmed accurate MGv targeting (Figure 1A, lower-middle panel)’”

      Discussion section:

      “Although our experiment targeting the MGv was guided by stereotaxic coordinates and verified post hoc, we acknowledge potential contributions from non-lemniscal medial geniculate nucleus dorsal (MGd) projections. Anatomical and physiological evidence indicates that MGv-AC projections provide rapid, frequency‑specific, tonotopically organized excitation, whereas MGd pathways target higher‑order auditory cortex with broader tuning, less precise tonotopy, longer response latencies, and greater context‑dependence, features that can differentially shape cortical sensory integration and plasticity (Lee and Sherman, 2010; Smith et al., 2012; Ohga et al., 2018; Lee, 2015; Hu, 2003). While the co-recruitment of lemniscal and non-lemniscal inputs may enhance the generality of our CCK-dependent mechanism, the differing response characteristics of these pathways suggest subtle differences in their relative engagement in the observed plasticity. Future pathway-specific manipulations will help clarify their respective contributions”

      Lee, C.C., and Sherman, S.M. (2010). Topography and physiology of ascending streams in the auditory tectothalamic pathway. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 107, 372-377. doi:10.1073/pnas.0907873107.

      Smith, P.H., Uhlrich, D.J., Manning, K.A., and Banks, M.I. (2012). Thalamocortical projections to rat auditory cortex from the ventral and dorsal divisions of the medial geniculate nucleus. Journal of Comparative Neurology 520, 34-51.

      Ohga, S., Tsukano, H., Horie, M., Terashima, H., Nishio, N., Kubota, Y., Takahashi, K., Hishida, R., Takebayashi, H., and Shibuki, K. (2018). Direct Relay Pathways from Lemniscal Auditory Thalamus to Secondary Auditory Field in Mice. Cerebral Cortex 28, 4424-4439. 10.1093/cercor/bhy234.

      Lee, C.C. (2015). Exploring functions for the non-lemniscal auditory thalamus. Frontiers in Neural Circuits 9, 69.

      Hu, B. (2003). Functional organization of lemniscal and nonlemniscal auditory thalamus. Experimental Brain Research 153, 543-549. 10.1007/s00221-003-1611-5.

      Figure legend section:

      “Post-hoc histology at higher magnification (lower-middle) shows the electrode tip confined within the MGv. White lines delineate the MGv/MGd border based on cytoarchitectonic landmarks.”

      Statistical Rigor and Data Variability:

      The remarkably low standard deviations in LTP measurements are unexpected based on established variability in thalamocortical plasticity. The authors' response confirms these values are accurate, but further justification, such as methodological controls or replication-would bolster confidence in these results. Additionally, the comparison of in vivo vs. in vitro LTP variability requires more substantive support.

      We appreciate the reviewer's concern regarding the unusually small variability. We would like to clarify that the error bars in our figures represent Standard Error of the Mean (SEM) rather than Standard Deviations (SD). As SEM is derived from the SD while incorporating sample size, it is inherently smaller than SD, which may have led to the impression of unrealistically low variability. This has now been explicitly clarified in the figure legends and Methods.

      To illustrate the raw variability, we have added Supplementary Figure S1E showing unaveraged fEPSP slopes compare to SEM, corresponding to Figure S1C. This addition ensures transparency and allows readers to directly assess the quality and consistency of our recordings.

      Regarding the comparison between in vivo and in vitro LTP variability:

      We agree that clarifying the basis of our in vivo vs. in vitro variability comparison is important. For example, in Chen et al., 2019, using identical LTP induction protocols (Fig. J), the SED of in vitro slice measurements (Fig. K) was substantially larger than that of in vivo recordings (Fig. L).

      This difference likely reflects:

      (1) In vitro: neighboring data points within a single experiment are highly correlated; variability across experiments is large due to heterogeneous sensitivity to LTP induction (10–200% increasement).

      (2) In vivo: lower correlation between neighboring data points, but each is averaged from 12 recordings over 2 min, reducing cross-trial variability; sensitivity to LTP induction is less variable across experiments (5–60% changes).

      We hope that these clarifications and additional data address the reviewer’s concerns regarding statistical rigor and data variability.

      Methods section:

      “The slopes of the evoked fEPSPs were calculated and normalized using a customized MATLAB script, and the group data were plotted as mean ± Standard Error of the Mean (SEM).”

      “All data are presented as mean ± SEM. Error bars and shaded areas represent SEM. Here, n represents the number of stimulation-recording sites or and N represents the number of animals in each experiment. At each time point, fEPSPs were averaged across 12 consecutive trials (2 min) to reduce within-experiment fluctuation. Normalized time courses were then used for repeated-measures analyses.”

      Figure legend section:

      “Data are mean ± SEM; error bars indicate SEM.”

      “(E) Unaveraged fEPSP slopes are shown for each time point, with individual data points corresponding to all sites included in Fig. 1C; mean ± SEM overlays are shown in black. Note that all individual data points are displayed in this figure, whereas in Figure S1C, only the averaged values are shown.”

      Viral Targeting and Specificity:

      The manuscript does not clearly address whether cortical neurons were inadvertently infected by AAV9. Given the potential for off-target effects, explicit confirmation (e.g., microphotograph of stimulation site) would strengthen the study's conclusions.

      We appreciate the request for quantitative confirmation of off-target cortical infection. We clarify that our histological verification was conducted by systematic sampling rather than exhaustive quantification. Under the same sampling procedure, we did not detect tdTomato-positive cortical somata after AAV9‑Syn‑ChrimsonR‑tdTomato injections into the MGB, whereas we observed rare EYFP-positive cortical somata after AAV9‑EF1a‑DIO‑ChETA‑EYFP (median < 1 cell per 0.4 × 0.4 mm² section, Supplementary Figure S1E). Although these observations do not constitute a formal statistical estimate, they were consistent across sampled sections and are in line with the low-level trans-synaptic transfer reported for AAV9. We have discussed their potential implications for data interpretation in the Discussion.

      We hope these clarifications and the newly presented histological evidence address the reviewer’s concerns and further strengthen the rigor of our study.

      Discussion section:

      “Another potential limitation of our study is the trans-synaptic transfer property of AAV9 (Figure S1F). To mitigate this risk, we carefully control the injection volume, rate, and viral expression time, while also verifying expression post-hoc. Systematic sampling histological analysis detected no tdTomato-positive cortical somata in the ACx (Figure 2E lower panel), whereas rare EYFP-positive cortical somata were observed after AAV9-EF1a-DIO-ChETA-EYFP injections (median < 1 cell in 0.4 × 0.4 mm2 section, Figure S1F, corresponds to Figure 2A upper-middle panel). These construct‑dependent observations align with occasional low‑level trans‑synaptic transfer reported for AAV9 (Zingg et al., 2017) and indicate that off‑target cortical infection was negligible for ChrimsonR and exceedingly rare for ChETA under our experimental conditions.”

      Zingg, B., Chou, X.L., Zhang, Z.G., Mesik, L., Liang, F., Tao, H.W., and Zhang, L.I. (2017). AAV-Mediated Anterograde Transsynaptic Tagging: Mapping Corticocollicular Input-Defined Neural Pathways for Defense Behaviors. Neuron 93, 33-47. 10.1016/j.neuron.2016.11.045.

      Figure legend:

      “Representative histological images demonstrating low-level transsynaptic spread following AAV9-EF1a-DIO-ChETA-EYFP injection into the MGv. Rare EYFP-positive cortical neurons were observed (median < 1 cell per 0.4 × 0.4 mm² section). Scale bar: 100 µm.”

      Integration of Prior Literature:

      The discussion of existing work is adequate but could be more comprehensive. A deeper engagement with contrasting findings would provide better context for the study's contributions.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion to engage more deeply with contrasting findings. In the revised Introduction and Discussion, we have:

      (1) Refocused the historical context toward adult auditory thalamocortical plasticity and explicitly contrasted it with visual and somatosensory cortices, while adult ACx exhibits weaker and more gated NMDAR dependence.

      (2) Positioned CCK–CCKBR signaling as a permissive/gating mechanism that can complement or partially compensate for postsynaptic NMDAR signaling, potentially reconciling variability across cortical areas and life stages.

      (3) Clarified the potential differential contributions of lemniscal (MGv) and non‑lemniscal (MGd) streams to plasticity expression and variability, acknowledging pathway-specific response properties.

      These additions are now integrated in the Introduction (paragraphs 2–3) and Discussion (sections “CCK Dependence of Thalamocortical Neuroplasticity in the ACx” and “Developmental and Age‑Dependent CCK‑Mediated Plasticity”), providing a more comprehensive and balanced context for our findings.

      Introduction section:

      “However, converging evidence shows that thalamocortical inputs retain a capacity for experience-dependent modification in adulthood. Sensory enrichment or deprivation can gate or reinstate thalamocortical plasticity. In the adult ACx, pairing sounds with neuromodulatory drive can reshape cortical representations. In vivo high-frequency stimulation (HFS) of dorsal lateral geniculate nucleus (LGN) or medial geniculate body (MGB) induces LTP in sensory cortices and has been linked to perceptual learning beyond the critical period. Notably, auditory thalamocortical plasticity appears less dependent on NMDA receptors compared to other cortical regions. The mechanisms underlying thalamocortical plasticity in the mature brain remain poorly understood.

      Cholecystokinin (CCK) and its receptor CCK-B receptor (CCKBR) are well positioned to influence thalamocortical transmission: Cck mRNA is abundant in MGB neurons and CCKBR is enriched in layer IV of ACx, the principal thalamorecipient layer.”

      Discussion section:

      “These findings suggest a potential involvement of CCK in thalamocortical plasticity. Our data extend this framework by identifying CCK–CCKBR signaling as a permissive modulator of adult thalamocortical LTP.”

      “We propose that CCKBR activation may trigger intracellular calcium release and AMPAR recruitment in parallel to, or partially compensating for,independently of postsynaptic NMDAR signaling, while the complementarity of CCKBR and NMDARs may contribute to robust thalamocortical plasticity. This complementary arrangement may reconcile differences across developmental stages and cortical areas, and highlights neuropeptidergic signaling as a lever to re-enable adult thalamocortical plasticity.

      Notably, exogenous CCK alone failed to induce LTP in the absence of accompanying stimulation (Figure S2A and S2B), emphasizing that CCK function as a modulator rather than a direct initiator of LTP. Activation of the thalamocortical pathway is also essential for LTP induction. Although our experiment targeting the MGv was guided by stereotaxic coordinates and verified post hoc, we acknowledge potential contributions from non-lemniscal medial geniculate nucleus dorsal (MGd) projections. Anatomical and physiological evidence indicates that MGv-AC projections provide rapid, frequency‑specific, tonotopically organized excitation, whereas MGd pathways target higher‑order auditory cortex with broader tuning, less precise tonotopy, longer response latencies, and greater context‑dependence, features that can differentially shape cortical sensory integration and plasticity. While the co-recruitment of lemniscal and non-lemniscal inputs may enhance the generality of our CCK-dependent mechanism, the differing response characteristics of these pathways suggest subtle differences in their relative engagement in the observed plasticity. Future pathway-specific manipulations will help clarify their respective contributions. Another potential limitation of our study is the trans-synaptic transfer property of AAV9 (Figure S1F). To mitigate this, we carefully controlled the injection volume, rate, and viral expression time, and conducted post-hoc histological analyses to minimize off-target effects, thereby reducing the likelihood of trans-synaptic transfer confounding the interpretation of our findings.”

      Therapeutic Implications:

      The authors' discussion of therapeutic potential is now appropriately cautious and well-reasoned.

      Conclusion:

      While the study presents intriguing findings, the concerns outlined above must be addressed to fully establish the validity and impact of the results. I appreciate the authors' efforts thus far and hope they can provide additional data or clarification to resolve these issues. With these revisions, the manuscript could make a valuable contribution to the field.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work used multiple approaches to show that CCK is critical for long-term potentiation (LTP) in the auditory thalamocortical pathway. They also showed that the CCK mediation of LTP is age-dependent and supports frequency discrimination. This work is important because is opens up a new avenue of investigation of the roles of neuropeptides in sensory plasticity.

      Strengths:

      The main strength is the multiple approaches used to comprehensively examine the role of CCK in auditory thalamocortical LTP. Thus, the authors do provide a compelling set of data that CCK mediates thalamocortical LTP in an age-dependent manner.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some details that should be addressed, primarily regarding potential baseline differences in comparison groups. The behavioral assessment is relatively limited, but may be fleshed out in future work.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion regarding potential baseline differences. In our study, all groups underwent harmonized procedures, including identical exposure, timing, and acquisition parameters. Group allocation and data collection were performed under standardized conditions. For electrophysiology, baseline fEPSP measures and stimulation intensities were calibrated per site using consistent input-output procedures, with analyses based on normalized slopes relative to each site’s own baseline. For behavior, animals from the same litter served as both experimental and control groups, matched for handling conditions; startle/PPI data were acquired using identical hardware and timing settings. While no additional post hoc re-processing was performed, we have clarified these controls in the Methods to enhance transparency.

      We agree that the behavioral assessment is intentionally focused and does not encompass broader auditory perceptual functions (e.g., temporal processing). We now explicitly state this limitation and propose future studies to examine temporal acuity and cell-type-specific manipulations. These experiments will clarify how CCK-dependent thalamocortical plasticity generalizes to other perceptual domains.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cholecystokinin (CCK) is highly expressed in auditory thalamocortical (MGB) neurons and CCK has been found to shape cortical plasticity dynamics. In order to understand how CCK shapes synaptic plasticity in the auditory thalamocortical pathway, they assessed the role of CCK signaling across multiple mechanisms of LTP induction with the auditory thalamocortical (MGB - layer IV Auditory Cortex) circuit in mice. In these physiology experiments that leverage multiple mechanisms of LTP induction and a rigorous manipulation of CCK and CCK-dependent signaling, they establish an essential role of auditory thalamocortical LTP on the co-release of CCK from auditory thalamic neurons. By carefully assessing the development of this plasticity over time and CCK expression, they go on to identify a window of time that CCK is produced throughout early and middle adulthood in auditory thalamocortical neurons to establish a window for plasticity from 3 weeks to 1.5 years in mice, with limited LTP occurring outside of this window. The authors go on to show that CCK signaling and its effect on LTP in the auditory cortex is also capable of modifying frequency discrimination accuracy in an auditory PPI task. In evaluating the impact of CCK on modulating PPI task performance, it also seems that in mice <1.5 years old CCK-dependent effects on cortical plasticity is almost saturated. While exogenous CCK can modestly improve discrimination of only very similar tones, exogenous focal delivery of CCK in older mice can significantly improve learning in a PPI task to bring their discrimination ability in line with those from young adult mice.

      Strengths:

      (1) The clarity of the results, along with the rigor multi-angled approach, provide significant support for the claim that CCK is essential for auditory thalamocortical synaptic LTP. This approach uses a combination of electrical, acoustic, and optogenetic pathway stimulation alongside conditional expression approaches, germline knockout, viral RNA downregulation and pharmacological blockade. Through the combination of these experimental configures the authors demonstrate that high-frequency stimulation-induced LTP is reliant on co-release of CCK from glutamatergic MGB terminals projecting to the auditory cortex.

      (2) The careful analysis of the CCK, CCKB receptor, and LTP expression is also a strength that puts the finding into the context of mechanistic causes and potential therapies for age-dependent sensory/auditory processing changes. Similarly, not only do these data identify a fundamental biological mechanism, but they also provide support for the idea that exogenous asynchronous stimulation of the CCKBR is capable of restoring an age-dependent loss in plasticity.

      (3) Although experiments to simultaneously relate LTP and behavioral change or identify a causal relationship between LTP and frequency discrimination are not made, there is still convincing evidence that CCK signaling in the auditory cortex (known to determine synaptic LTP) is important for auditory processing/frequency discrimination. These experiments are key for establishing the relevance of this mechanism.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Given the magnitude of the evoked responses, one expects that pyramidal neurons in layer IV are primarily those that undergo CCK-dependent plasticity, but the degree to which PV-interneurons and pyramidal neurons participate in this process differently is unclear.

      We agree with the reviewer that the relative contributions of pyramidal neurons and PV-interneurons to CCK-dependent thalamocortical plasticity remain to be determined. Our recordings primarily reflected excitatory postsynaptic activity from layer IV pyramidal neurons, given the fEPSP metrics used. As PV-interneurons are essential in shaping cortical inhibition and temporal precision, they may also be modulated by CCK release from thalamocortical inputs. We have explicitly acknowledged this limitation in the Discussion section of the manuscript and propose that future studies should employ cell-type-specific recording or manipulation approaches to dissect the respective roles of inhibitory and excitatory neuronal populations in CCK-dependent thalamocortical plasticity. We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion and believe this is a valuable direction for ongoing research.

      (2) While these data support an important role for CCK in synaptic LTP in the auditory thalamocortical pathway, perhaps temporal processing of acoustic stimuli is as or more important than frequency discrimination. Given the enhanced responsivity of the system, it is unclear whether this mechanism would improve or reduce the fidelity of temporal processing in this circuit. Understanding this dynamic may also require consideration of cell type as raised in weakness #1.

      We acknowledge that the current study primarily examined frequency discrimination and did not directly assess temporal processing. Enhanced network responsivity could have variable effects on temporal precision, depending on the balance between excitation and inhibition. PV-interneurons, in particular, are known to support temporal fidelity in auditory processing (Nocon et al., 2023; Cai et al., 2018). We discussion that future work should investigate how CCK modulation influences temporal coding at both the circuit and single-cell level, and whether such changes align with or diverge from the mechanisms underlying frequency discrimination improvements.

      (3) In Figure 1, an example of increased spontaneous and evoked firing activity of single neurons after HFS is provided. Yet it is surprising that the group data are analyzed only for the fEPSP. It seems that single neuron data would also be useful at this point to provide insight into how CCK and HFS affect temporal processing and spontaneous activity/excitability, especially given the example in 1F.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. While we recorded single-unit activity during HFS protocols, long-term stability over >1.5 hours was less consistent compared to fEPSP measurements, leading to higher variability in spike-based metrics. We therefore used fEPSPs as our primary quantitative measure for robustness. We agree, however, that single-neuron data could yield valuable complementary insights. In future experiments combining stable single-unit recording with synaptic measurements will be conducted to better link cellular excitability and network plasticity.

      (4) The circuitry that determines PPI requires multiple brain areas, including the auditory cortex. Given the complicated dynamics of this process, it may be helpful to consider what, if anything, is known specifically about how layer IV synaptic plasticity in the auditory cortex may shape this behavior.

      We agree that PPI involves multiple cortical and subcortical nodes. In our paradigm, layer IV neurons receive segregated MGv inputs, high-frequency activation of thalamocortical projections induces robust synaptic plasticity in layer IV. The potentiation at these synapses could amplify the cortical representation of weak prepulses, facilitating their detection and enhancing PPI performance. This interpretation is consistent with prior work showing that local CCK infusion combined with auditory stimuli can augment cortical responses (Li et al., 2014). We have expanded the Discussion to highlight that in aged animals, where baseline PPI performance is often reduced due to degraded auditory inputs (Ouagazzal et al., 2006; Young et al., 2010), restoring thalamocortical plasticity via CCK may partially compensate for sensory gating deficits. We further note that the exact contribution of layer IV to PPI circuitry warrants future investigation using pathway-specific perturbations.

      Comments on revisions:

      The manuscript is much improved and many of the issues or questions have been addressed. Ideally, evidence for the degree of transsynaptic spread for AAV9-Syn-ChrimsonR-tdTomato would also be provided in some form since in the authors' response in sounds like some was observed, as expected.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point and for the opportunity to clarify. As requested, we have carefully examined the possibility of transsynaptic spread in our experiments:

      We clarify that our histological verification was conducted by systematic sampling rather than exhaustive quantification. Under the same sampling procedure, we did not detect tdTomato-positive cortical somata after AAV9‑Syn‑ChrimsonR‑tdTomato injections into the MGB, whereas we observed rare EYFP-positive cortical somata after AAV9‑EF1a‑DIO‑ChETA‑EYFP (median < 1 cell per 0.4 × 0.4 mm² section, see Figure 2A and Figure S1F), consistent with occasional low-level transsynaptic spread reported in the literature.

      We have updated the Discussion sections to clearly report these findings, and to emphasize the potential for vector- and construct-dependent variability in transsynaptic spread. We also explicitly acknowledge this technical limitation and discuss its implications for data interpretation.

      We hope these clarifications and additions address the reviewer’s concern regarding viral specificity and transsynaptic spread.

      Discussion section:

      “Another potential limitation of our study is the trans-synaptic transfer property of AAV9 (Figure S1F). To mitigate this risk, we carefully control the injection volume, rate, and viral expression time, while also verifying expression post-hoc. Systematic sampling histological analysis detected no tdTomato-positive cortical somata in the ACx (Figure 2E lower panel), whereas rare EYFP-positive cortical somata were observed after AAV9-EF1a-DIO-ChETA-EYFP injections (median < 1 cell in 0.4 × 0.4 mm2 section, Figure S1F, corresponds to Figure 2A upper-middle panel). These construct‑dependent observations align with occasional low‑level trans‑synaptic transfer reported for AAV9 (Zingg et al., 2017) and indicate that off‑target cortical infection was negligible for ChrimsonR and exceedingly rare for ChETA under our experimental conditions.”

      Zingg, B., Chou, X.L., Zhang, Z.G., Mesik, L., Liang, F., Tao, H.W., and Zhang, L.I. (2017). AAV-Mediated Anterograde Transsynaptic Tagging: Mapping Corticocollicular Input-Defined Neural Pathways for Defense Behaviors. Neuron 93, 33-47. 10.1016/j.neuron.2016.11.045.

      Figure legend:

      " Representative histological images demonstrating low-level transsynaptic spread following AAV9-EF1a-DIO-ChETA-EYFP injection into the MGv. Rare EYFP-positive cortical neurons were observed (median < 1 cell per 0.4 × 0.4 mm² section). Scale bar: 100 µm."

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Thank you for your efforts in revising the manuscript. While progress has been made, I have a few remaining concerns that I hope you can address to further strengthen the study.

      Focus of the Introduction:

      Auditory thalamocortical plasticity is known to be NMDA-dependent, albeit with weaker dependence during early development. Given that this work examines thalamocortical LTP in young adult and aged mice, I recommend refining the Introduction to place greater emphasis on auditory thalamocortical plasticity in the adult brain. The current discussion of somatosensory plasticity during early development, while interesting, seems less directly relevant to the present study. A sharper focus on the auditory system would better frame your research questions.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion. We have revised the Introduction to emphasize adult auditory thalamocortical plasticity and to streamline content less directly related to our study. Specifically:

      (1) We now foreground evidence that thalamocortical inputs retain experience-dependent plasticity beyond the critical period in adult ACx, including neuromodulatory pairing, HFS-induced LTP, and experience-dependent reinstatement.

      (2) We explicitly note that adult auditory thalamocortical plasticity is more weakly NMDAR-dependent than in other cortices, thereby motivating our focus on CCK–CCKBR signaling as a permissive mechanism for adult LTP.

      (3) We have condensed the discussion of somatosensory plasticity during early development to a brief background and shifted the focus to adult auditory mechanisms and knowledge gaps that directly frame our research questions.

      These changes appear in the revised Introduction (paragraphs 2–3), which now provide a sharper rationale for investigating CCK‑dependent thalamocortical LTP in young adult and aged mice.

      Introduction section:

      “However, converging evidence shows that thalamocortical inputs retain a capacity for experience-dependent modification in adulthood. Sensory enrichment or deprivation can gate or reinstate thalamocortical plasticity. In the adult ACx, pairing sounds with neuromodulatory drive can reshape cortical representations. In vivo high-frequency stimulation (HFS) of dorsal lateral geniculate nucleus (LGN) or medial geniculate body (MGB) induces LTP in sensory cortices and has been linked to perceptual learning beyond the critical period. Notably, auditory thalamocortical plasticity appears less dependent on NMDA receptors compared to other cortical regions. The mechanisms underlying thalamocortical plasticity in the mature brain remain poorly understood.

      Cholecystokinin (CCK) and its receptor CCK-B receptor (CCKBR) are well positioned to influence thalamocortical transmission: Cck mRNA is abundant in MGB neurons and CCKBR is enriched in layer IV of ACx, the principal thalamorecipient layer.”

      Anatomical Specificity of MGv Targeting:

      The mouse MGv is a small and deep structure, and precise targeting is critical given the functional differences between MGv and MGd pathways. In the current figures:

      Fig. 1A suggests the electrode track may have approached the MGd.

      Fig. 2E indicates some viral spread beyond the MGB.

      Since MGv-AI and MGd-AC pathways exhibit distinct (and sometimes opposing) effects on plasticity, I encourage you to provide additional clarification or verification of the stimulated/infected regions. This would greatly enhance the interpretability of your LTP data.

      Please see above.

      Data Variability and Transparency:

      The reported thalamocortical LTP values exhibit remarkably small standard deviations, which is somewhat unexpected given typical experimental variability in such measurements. To address this concern, it would be helpful to include example raw traces of the recorded LTP (e.g., in a supplementary figure). This would allow readers to better evaluate the data quality and consistency.

      Please see above.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Overall, the authors did an excellent job of responding to our critiques, both in their direct responses and in the modified text. The modified text is also more readable than before. Two issues that the authors should consider addressing;

      (1) Unless I missed it, there is no commentary stated about the impact of using aged C57 mice, which lose their hearing, such that the effects seen in the older mice could be related to hearing loss rather than aging alone. Some discussion of this point should be made.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. C57BL/6 mice are known to develop age-related hearing loss, which could potentially affect PPI performance in older animals. We note that in our internal screening we observed markedly reduced startle amplitudes and frequent negative PPI values in many mice >20 months, indicating severe auditory impairment. To minimize this confound a priori, we excluded mice older than 20 months and restricted the aged cohort to 17–19 months, which consistently exhibited robust startle responses and reliable PPI. While some degree of presbycusis may still be present in this age range in C57BL/6 mice, the improvement of PPI following CCK administration combined with acoustic exposure indicates that the auditory pathways remained sufficiently functional to support sensorimotor gating. In fact, the presence of partial hearing loss in these aged mice may have allowed us to better detect the beneficial effects of CCK, further highlighting its therapeutic potential for age-related deficits. The greater improvement in PPI observed in older mice —as compared to younger mice, whose PPI in control group is already high—likely reflect the combined effects of age-related hearing loss and CCK deficiency, with CCK-induced restoration of thalamocortical plasticity being the primary focus of our study. We have now added a discussion of this point in the revised manuscript.

      Discussion section:

      “In aged mice, PPI deficits are commonly observed due to impaired auditory processing. Notably, C57BL/6 mice exhibit age-related hearing loss (Johnson et al., 1997). Both age-associated changes in auditory function and CCK deficiency contribute to impaired sensory gating. The presence of partial hearing loss in aged mice may have facilitated the detection of CCK’s beneficial effects, further highlighting its therapeutic potential for age-related deficits. Our results suggest that enhanced thalamocortical plasticity mediated by CCK might partially compensate for these deficits by amplifying residual auditory signals in aged mice.”

      Johnson, K.R., Erway, L.C., Cook, S.A., Willott, J.F., and Zheng, Q.Y. (1997). A major gene affecting age-related hearing loss in C57BL/6J mice. Hearing Research 114, 83-92. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0378-5955(97)00155-X.

      (2) Minor point - I do not agree with the use of the term "ventral to bregma" to describe where the craniotomies were placed (e.g., line 599). The direction being described is more typically referred to as "lateral." If the authors prefer to use the term "ventral," perhaps additional clarification can be added.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this issue and apologize for any confusion. We agree that “ventral to bregma” is not the standard terminology and have revised the Methods section to use “below the temporal ridge”. We have also clarified that the craniotomy for accessing the auditory cortex was performed on the lateral aspect of the skull in rodents, just below the temporal ridge. We hope this revision resolves the ambiguity.

      Method section:

      “A craniotomy was performed over the temporal bone, as the auditory cortex is located on the lateral surface of the brain (coordinates: 1.5 to 3.0 mm below the temporal ridge and 2.0 to 4.0 mm posterior to bregma for mice; 2.5 to 6.5 mm below the temporal ridge and 3.0 to 5.0 mm posterior to bregma for rats) to access the auditory cortex.”

      “Six-week after CCK-sensor virus injection, a craniotomy was performed to access the auditory cortex at the temporal bone (1.5 to 3.0 mm below the temporal ridge and 2.0 to 4.0 mm posterior to bregma), and the dura mater was opened.”

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a novel investigation into unidirectionally propagating waves observed on the surface of Pseudomonas nitroreducens bacterial biofilms. The authors explore how these waves, initially spiral in form, transition into combinations of spiral, target, and planar patterns. The study identifies the periodic extension-retraction cycles of type IV pili as the driving mechanism for wave propagation, which preferentially moves from the colony's edge to its center. Furthermore, the manuscript proposes two theoretical models-a phase-oscillator model and a continuum active solid model-to reproduce these phenomena, and demonstrates how external manipulations (e.g., water droplets, temperature, PEG) can control wave patterns and direction, often correlating with oscillation frequency gradients. The work aims to bridge the fields of active-matter physics and bacterial biophysics by providing both experimental observations and theoretical frameworks for understanding these complex biological wave phenomena.

      Strengths:

      The experimental discovery of unidirectionally propagating waves on bacterial biofilms is highly intriguing and represents a significant contribution to both microbiology and active-matter physics. The detailed observations of wave pattern transitions (spiral to target to planar) and their response to various environmental perturbations (water, temperature, PEG) provide valuable empirical data. The identification of type IV pili as the driving force offers a concrete biological mechanism. The observed correlation between frequency gradients and wave direction is a compelling finding with potential for broader implications in understanding biological pattern formation. This work has the potential to stimulate further research in the collective behavior of living systems and the physical principles underlying biological organization.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript attempts to link unidirectional wave propagation to non-reciprocal couplings but ultimately shows that the wave direction is determined by the gradient of the oscillation frequency. The couplings in the two theoretical models are both isotropic and thus cannot dictate the wave direction. A clear distinction should be made between non-reciprocity as a source of wave generation and non-uniformity as a controlling factor of wave direction.

      The relationship between the phase oscillator model and the active solid model is unclear. Given that U and P are both dynamical variables evolving in three-dimensional space, defining the phase Φ precisely in the phase space spanned by U and P could be challenging. A graphical illustration of the definition of Φ would be beneficial. To ensure reproducibility of the numerical results, the parameter values used in the numerical simulations and an explicit definition of the elastic force in the active solid model should be provided.

      The link between the theoretical models and experimental results is weak. For example, the propagation of the kink from the lower to the higher part of the surface (Figure 1e) could be addressed within the framework of the active solid model. The mechanism of transition from spiral to target waves (Figure 3a), b)) requires clarification, identifying which model parameter is crucial for inducing this transition. The wave propagation toward the lower frequency side is numerically demonstrated using the phase oscillator model, but a physical or intuitive explanation for this phenomenon is missing. Also, the wave transitions induced by the addition of water droplets and temperature rise are not linked to specific parameters in the theoretical models.

    1. En la música, la narrativa puede ser tan poderosa como en cualquier otra forma de arte. Un relato sonoro bien construido puede evocar emociones, crear imágenes mentales y llevar al oyente en un viaje emocional. Esto es especialmente importante en géneros como la música clásica, el jazz y el rock progresivo, donde la estructura y la progresión son fundamentales.

      Las narrativas musicales evocan emociones, crean imágenes.

    1. (chosing needs and topics in resonance with the community is key in having this prototypes as living artifacts in such community).

      Este paréntesis me parece central para entender la convivial computing planteada desde el Sur global, ya que resalta lo fundamental que es ligar las necesidades y discusiones de las comunidades locales con el desarrollo de los prototipos. Esto es importante porque es lo que permite que los prototipos sean artefactos vivos que interactúan con las comunidades para las que están pensadas. Esto está relacionado con el uso de herramientas como interstitial programming que permite la participación de los diferentes actores.

    2. "the developers" or "the user", in contrast with The People of the Center in the Colombian Amazonas, the local hackerspace, a food soveraignity and solidarity savings collective in the Colombian coffe region.

      Esta reflexión sobre lo abstracto o ambiguo que puede ser el lenguaje que usamos para denominar las cosas, y el impacto que puede tener nombrarlas en mayor detalle y siendo más descriptivos me resulta interesante porque en términos de la accesibilidad al conocimiento, la terminología es una de las barreras que puede limitarnos la comprensión e interacción con el mismo.

    3. And because our (digital) prototypes try to be used/validaded mainly by communities instead of by academic peers, we need to care about the practicalities of such prototypes and their insertion in the communities. In my experience, this practical insertion could happen via two complementary strategies: the encompassing one and embedding one. The encompassing strategy could be exemplified by the Smalltalk variants, like Pharo or GToolkit, with their OS and IDE rolled into one approach. Here, a single computing experience includes "everything" a community artifact could need: object networks acting as "app(s)"3, persistance, data formats, IDEs, graphical stack, debbugers and so on. The practicalities are related with the collapse of incidental complexity when the community has a single metatool to bridge their other tools and workflows. We use what I call "interstitial programming" to bridge socio-technical systems by changing what happens in the gaps/bridges between them, instead of changing them from inside. This was the approach I followed with Grafoscopio, since late 2014 and early 2015 until present day, with pretty good results and fluency, allowing us to make several prototypes and empowering practices convering diverse needs: from self (PDF/web) publishing, to civic tech and political oversight, community learning and memory, amont other themes (chosing needs and topics in resonance with the community is key in having this prototypes as living artifacts in such community). The embedding strategy could be exemplified by Lua and its variants, like YueScript. Here, an already existing tool/experience is extended from inside or by complementing and then replacing an existing tool/practice, and while this contrast the "interstitial" approach mentioned above, still shares the concern of dealing with needs felt in the community in its current workflows and tools. This is the strategy I plan to explore this year, particularly regarding the publishing workflows/formats of several local grassroots communities, and to compare with how I'll be implementing part of such ideas in Grafoscopio (keeping on with the encompassing strategy). While previously I thought in Fengari as my way to implement embeddability to increse agency in the (web) tools, the recent developments on hypermedia systems make me think that I can keep avoiding JavaScript4 and implement the strategy server side by reimagining TiddlyWiki in Lua+YueScript. Cardumem is the working name for such idea, and as explained in that link the intend is to provide a similar gentle learning curve between being a content creator and a functionality creator, that TiddlyWiki give us, while being able to generalize the concepts learnt while using and extending the wiki in its own functional DSL to other computing languages (for more details and links to the TW's community discussion visit the previos link). So, regarding the "Not Invented Here syndrome", the differences with TiddlyWiki are enough to justify why we need to invest all that work in Cardumem, as community and (inter)personal knowledge management is a core concern5 in the Grafoscopio community, to the point that we need to reinvent the wheel, for the contexts where the already existing ones don't work as we expect for our needs. While learning Lua and YueScript, I frequently miss a lot of the code liveness and the interactive documentation of the "Argumentative Driven Development" (ADD? 🤔) that I already enjoy within Grafoscopio over Pharo/GToolkit. So I thought that my first job would be to implement some kind of minimal notebook publishing on Lua, inpired by Clojure's Clerk6 and Julia's Pluto, but quite more static, at least as the begining (see Boostrapping a Lua notebook for more details). But finally a minimal Lua long comment + "markup tag" was good enough to have my documentation in the Lua files to postpone the idea, while exploring the HTML interactive interfaces provided by HTMX. Instead the design has been guided by the needs I have with my students/apprentices in my classes this semester at the university and future workshops in the hackerspace. And it has been a pretty fruitful design space/practice, where UI and functionality emerge organically, with the lessons I need to learn to ptovide the experience I need/want. There is still a long path to walk, but the initial advances are promising. Let's see how I walk the exploration map sketched here in this pendular movement from emcompassing to embedding strategies and from abstraction about the to concrete implementations. I will document my advances in the entries to come.

      La tecnología pensada para comunidades debe práctica y no solo teórica, y para lograrlo se pueden usar dos estrategias: la envolvente, que ofrece una herramienta integral como Grafoscopio, o la incrustada, que mejora las herramientas que la gente ya utiliza, como se muestra con Cardumem. La idea es encontrar que entre estas dos formas se alinee para que la tecnología llegue a las necesidades reales de una comunidad y no solo el entorno académico u operativo de la programación.

    4. When I zoomed out from our practices on critical code/data literacy using metatools and pocket infrastructures to reformulate them in the broader convivial computing, one of the emphasis was how to increase (inter)personal and community agency with artifacts and practices that where deeply rooted and concerned with specific communities in particular contexts, despite the generalizing possibilitities of the concepts and recontextualizing possibilities of the practices and artifacts. This is something that I found kind of abstracted in the Global North counterparts of this genealogy, in things like "the developers" or "the user", in contrast with The People of the Center in the Colombian Amazonas, the local hackerspace, a food soveraignity and solidarity savings collective in the Colombian coffe region.

      En algunos lugares la gente habla de los desarrolladores y los que programan, pero aquí, en Colombia, la tecnología se hace pensando en algo más aterrizado que es parte de la cultura colombiana como los pueblos indígenas o campesinos, es así que los sistemas se vuelven como un medio o herramienta que no está tan suelta sino que puede ser parte de las personas.

    5. differences with TiddlyWiki

      debate sobre el “Not Invented Here syndrome” invita a reflexionar sobre cuándo reinventar herramientas en lugar de usar las ya existentes surge al decidir entre desarrollar repositorios propios o usar software de código abierto ya probado

    6. outside the classical academic circuit

      Es interesante ver como las comunidades afines al open practices presentan sus hallazgos y proyectos en formas distintas del tradicional paper académico, mostrando que la investigación tiene el potencial de salir de estos estándares.

    7. This brought up, again, some thoughts about how most of the research in the Global South mainly produces practical interventions in dialogue and within grassroots communities and it tries to create localized impact there, with the community, while giving not so much relevance to the academic circuit and the classical metrics of knowledge impact2. Or said in other way, the impact of the knowledge is meassure mostly/mainly in the grassroots communities, particularly in the Global South, instead of the academic ones, particularly in the Global North, which makes such impact pretty localized and invisible elsewhere. One recent example of this is our microwiki for linguistic revitalizing in the Colombian Amazonas, which is more concerned with the application of the concept of malleability in that community to attend their more pressing needs and will produce an academic paper later as a secondary output. When knowledge circulate between Global South and Global North more fluently it's mostly in web forums and mailing list. But, the main knowledge artifacts are not in English and not in academic paper form, and instead they are embodied in the language and artifacts that benefits more the grassroots communities where such knowledge was co-created. This also means that, when we arrive to similar concepts or names, like convivial computing or metatools/malleability, usually we have traversed different paths and our attention is focused in different places/concerns, or that we have diffractive genealogies, following the term used Janeke Adama in her Living Books. This happened when I saw that the convivial computing in English from the North has been more focused in the computing part that in the conviviality part, in this diffractive genealogy.

      En algunos pueblos o comunidades), la gente crea ideas para resolver problemas del día a día: cómo cuidar su idioma y otros para vivir mejor juntos etc., En otros lugares (como universidades grandes), prefieren hacer ideas muy generales que no siempre sirven de inmediato. Normalmente dicen que un trabajo es importante si está en un libro o en internet y lo leen muchos científicos, pero es más funcional revisar que es más efectivo en el impacto de ayuda a las personas en este caso proteger su cultura como su lengua y tradiciones, esto permite que el lenguaje tenga la interpretación correcta y que no la misma palabra se entienda distinto.

    8. Community agency and metatools insertion strategies Status: Published First draft: 2025-01-11 Publishing date: 2025-09-02 In August of 2024 I was invited by the National Library of Colombia to present a critical approach to IA and libraries and by the Javeriana University, where I work, to co-create a draft curriculum on education innovation for peers in other univerisities. For both invitations, I (re)formulated1 the concept of convivial computing, trying to give a broader intellectual framework to the open practices we do in the Grafoscopio and HackBo communities. As usual, those developments are presented in Spanish and outside the classical academic circuit as a Mindmap and/or a talk, instead of in English in an academic paper or in a conference talk.

      Empiezo buscando definiciones como computación convivial, que es un enfoque del diseño y uso de tecnologías digitales que busca que las comunidades y las personas puedan comprender, modificar, apropiar y crear sus propias herramientas digitales, en lugar de ser únicamente consumidoras de sistemas cerrados diseñados desde afuera. El término convivialidad proviene del pensador Iván Illich (1973), quien la entendía como la capacidad de una sociedad para crear y usar herramientas que potencien la autonomía, la cooperación y la creatividad humana, en lugar de restringirlas Se habla de co-crear un currículo que se entendería como el dialogo con pedagogías críticas (Freire, hooks) y con prácticas de educación abierta.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The temporal regulation of neuronal specification and its molecular mechanisms are important problems in developmental neurobiology. This study focuses on Kenyon cells (KCs), which form the mushroom body in Drosophila melanogaster, in order to address this issue. Building on previous findings, the authors examine the role of the transcription factor Eip93F in the development of late-born KCs. The authors revealed that Eip93F controls the activity of flies at night through the expression of the calcium channel Ca-α1T. Thus, the study clarifies the molecular machinery that controls temporal neuronal specification and animal behavior.

      Strengths:

      The convincing results are based on state-of-the-art molecular genetics, imaging, and behavioral analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      Temporal mechanisms of neuronal specification are found in many nervous systems. However, the relationship between the temporal mechanisms identified in this study and those in other systems remains unclear.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Understanding the mechanisms of neural specification is a central question in neurobiology. In Drosophila, the mushroom body (MB), which is the associative learning region in the brain, consists of three major cell types: γ, α'/β', and α/β kenyon cells. These classes can be further subdivided into seven subtypes, together comprising ~2000 KCs per hemi-brain. Remarkably, all of these neurons are derived from just four neuroblasts in each hemisphere. Therefore, a lot of endeavors are put into understanding how the neuron is specified in the fly MB.

      Over the past decade, studies have revealed that MB neuroblasts employ a temporal patterning mechanism, producing distinct neuronal types at different developmental stages. Temporal identity is conveyed through transcription factor expression in KCs. High levels of Chinmo, a BTB-zinc finger transcription factor, promote γ-cell fate (Zhu et al., Cell, 2006). Reduced Chinmo levels trigger expression of mamo, a zinc finger transcription factor that specifies α'/β' identity (Liu et al., eLife, 2019). However, the specification of α/β neurons remains poorly understood. Some evidence suggests that microRNAs regulate the transition from α'/β' to α/β fate (Wu et al., Dev Cell, 2012; Kucherenko et al., EMBO J, 2012). One hypothesis even proposes that α/β represents a "default" state of MB neurons, which could explain the difficulty in identifying dedicated regulators.

      The study by Chung et al. challenges this hypothesis. By leveraging previously published RNA-seq datasets (Shih et al., G3, 2019), they systematically screened BAC transgenic lines to selectively label MB subtypes. Using these tools, they analyzed the consequences of manipulating E93 expression and found that E93 is required for α/β specification. Furthermore, loss of E93 impairs MB-dependent behaviors, highlighting its functional importance.

      Strengths:

      The authors conducted a thorough analysis of E93 manipulation phenotypes using LexA tools generated from the Janelia Farm and Bloomington collections. They demonstrated that E93 knockdown reduces expression of Ca-α1T, a calcium channel gene identified as an α/β marker. Supporting this conclusion, one LexA line driven by a DNA fragment near EcR (R44E04) showed consistent results. Conversely, overexpression of E93 in γ and α'/β' Kenyon cells led to downregulation of their respective subtype markers.

      Another notable strength is the authors' effort to dissect the genetic epistasis between E93 and previously known regulators. Through MARCM and reporter analyses, they showed that Chinmo and Mamo suppress E93, while E93 itself suppresses Mamo. This work establishes a compelling molecular model for the regulatory network underlying MB cell-type specification.

      Weaknesses:

      The interpretation of E93's role in neuronal specification requires caution. Typically, two criteria are used to establish whether a gene directs neuronal identity:<br /> (1) gene manipulation shifts the neuronal transcriptome from one subtype to another, and<br /> (2) gene manipulation alters axonal projection patterns.

      The results presented here only partially satisfy the first criterion. Although markers are affected, it remains possible that the reporter lines and subtype markers used are direct transcriptional targets of E93 in α/β neurons, rather than reflecting broader fate changes. Future studies using single-cell transcriptomics would provide a more comprehensive assessment of neuronal identity following E93 perturbation.

      With respect to the second criterion, the evidence is also incomplete. While reporter patterns were altered, the overall morphology of the α/β lobes appeared largely intact after E93 knockdown. Overexpression of E93 in γ neurons produced a small subset of cells with α/β-like projections, but this effect warrants deeper characterization before firm conclusions can be drawn. While the results might be an intrinsic nature of KC types in flies, the interpretation of the reader of the data should be more careful, and the authors should also mention this in their main text.

    3. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The temporal regulation of neuronal specification and its molecular mechanisms are important problems in developmental neurobiology. This study focuses on Kenyon cells (KCs), which form the mushroom body in Drosophila melanogaster, in order to address this issue. Building on previous findings, the authors examine the role of the transcription factor Eip93F in the development of late-born KCs. The authors revealed that Eip93F controls the activity of flies at night through the expression of the calcium channel Ca-α1T. Thus, the study clarifies the molecular machinery that controls temporal neuronal specification and animal behavior.

      Strengths:

      The convincing results are based on state-of-the-art molecular genetics, imaging, and behavioral analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      Temporal mechanisms of neuronal specification are found in many nervous systems. However, the relationship between the temporal mechanisms identified in this study and those in other systems remains unclear.

      We will expand the Discussion section to highlight the temporal mechanisms between different nervous systems.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Understanding the mechanisms of neural specification is a central question in neurobiology. In Drosophila, the mushroom body (MB), which is the associative learning region in the brain, consists of three major cell types: γ, α'/β', and α/β kenyon cells. These classes can be further subdivided into seven subtypes, together comprising

      ~2000 KCs per hemi-brain. Remarkably, all of these neurons are derived from just four neuroblasts in each hemisphere. Therefore, a lot of endeavors are put into understanding how the neuron is specified in the fly MB.

      Over the past decade, studies have revealed that MB neuroblasts employ a temporal patterning mechanism, producing distinct neuronal types at different developmental stages. Temporal identity is conveyed through transcription factor expression in KCs. High levels of Chinmo, a BTB-zinc finger transcription factor, promote γ-cell fate (Zhu et al., Cell, 2006). Reduced Chinmo levels trigger expression of mamo, a zinc finger transcription factor that specifies α'/β' identity (Liu et al., eLife, 2019). However, the specification of α/β neurons remains poorly understood. Some evidence suggests that microRNAs regulate the transition from α'/β' to α/β fate (Wu et al., Dev Cell, 2012; Kucherenko et al., EMBO J, 2012). One hypothesis even proposes that α/β represents a "default" state of MB neurons, which could explain the difficulty in identifying dedicated regulators.

      The study by Chung et al. challenges this hypothesis. By leveraging previously published RNA-seq datasets (Shih et al., G3, 2019), they systematically screened BAC transgenic lines to selectively label MB subtypes. Using these tools, they analyzed the consequences of manipulating E93 expression and found that E93 is required for α/β specification. Furthermore, loss of E93 impairs MB-dependent behaviors, highlighting its functional importance.

      Strengths:

      The authors conducted a thorough analysis of E93 manipulation phenotypes using LexA tools generated from the Janelia Farm and Bloomington collections. They demonstrated that E93 knockdown reduces expression of Ca-α1T, a calcium channel gene identified as an α/β marker. Supporting this conclusion, one LexA line driven by a DNA fragment near EcR (R44E04) showed consistent results. Conversely, overexpression of E93 in γ and α'/β' Kenyon cells led to downregulation of their respective subtype markers.

      Another notable strength is the authors' effort to dissect the genetic epistasis between E93 and previously known regulators. Through MARCM and reporter analyses, they showed that Chinmo and Mamo suppress E93, while E93 itself suppresses Mamo. This work establishes a compelling molecular model for the regulatory network underlying MB cell-type specification.

      Weaknesses:

      The interpretation of E93's role in neuronal specification requires caution. Typically, two criteria are used to establish whether a gene directs neuronal identity:

      (1) gene manipulation shifts the neuronal transcriptome from one subtype to another, and

      (2) gene manipulation alters axonal projection patterns.

      The results presented here only partially satisfy the first criterion. Although markers are affected, it remains possible that the reporter lines and subtype markers used are direct transcriptional targets of E93 in α/β neurons, rather than reflecting broader fate changes. Future studies using single-cell transcriptomics would provide a more comprehensive assessment of neuronal identity following E93 perturbation.

      We do plan to conduct multi-omics experiments to provide a more comprehensive assessment of neuronal identity upon loss-of-function of E93. However, omics results will be summarized in a new manuscript, but not for the revised manuscript.

      With respect to the second criterion, the evidence is also incomplete. While reporter patterns were altered, the overall morphology of the α/β lobes appeared largely intact after E93 knockdown. Overexpression of E93 in γ neurons produced a small subset of cells with α/β-like projections, but this effect warrants deeper characterization before firm conclusions can be drawn. While the results might be an intrinsic nature of KC types in flies, the interpretation of the reader of the data should be more careful, and the authors should also mention this in their main text.

      We will describe and interpret this part of results in the main text in a more careful manner.

    1. Author response:

      Reviewer 1:

      We appreciate the reviewer’s positive assessment and in revision will expand the Discussion to clarify some of the mechanistic insights of this work, as well as to include expanded treatment of related studies in other model systems.

      Reviewer 2:

      We are grateful for the reviewer’s thorough and supportive comments. We will carefully revise assertions and conclusions for objectivity. Additional analysis of the Zelda experiments will be performed and experimental data tables will be updated to report these results. For the point about providing “insight into models explaining why H3K27me3 is absent prior to NC14,” we have recently submitted a related preprint that addresses this issue directly (Degen, Gonzaga-Saavedra, and Blythe, bioRxiv 2025). In summary, we find evidence that a maternal PcG imprint is indeed maintained through cleavage divisions, albeit through lower-order methylation states (maximally H3K27me2). We chose not to include these additional results in this manuscript to maintain the focus of this study on ZGA. Our revision of this manuscript will include a section in the Discussion that synthesizes the conclusions of the two studies.

      Reviewer 3:

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the strength of our data and conclusions, and we agree that our results help settle conflicting claims in the field. We will emphasize Zelda’s context-dependent effects more clearly in the revised manuscript.

      References:

      Degen EA, Gonzaga-Saavedra N, Blythe SA. Lower-order methylation states underlie the maintenance and re-establishment of Polycomb modifications in Drosophila embryogenesis. bioRxiv [Preprint]. 2025 Jul 29:2025.07.25.666882. doi: 10.1101/2025.07.25.666882. PMID: 40766521; PMCID: PMC12324246.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In their study, Avraham-Davidi et al. combined scRNA-seq and spatial mapping studies to profile two preclinical mouse models of colorectal cancer: Apcfl/fl VilincreERT2 (AV) and Apcfl/fl LSL-KrasG12D Trp53fl/fl Rosa26LSL-tdTomato/+ VillinCreERT2 (AKPV). In the first part of the manuscript, the authors describe the analysis of the normal colon and dysplastic lesions induced in these models following tamoxifen injection. They highlight broad variations in immune and stromal cell composition within dysplastic lesions, emphasizing the infiltration of monocytes and granulocytes, the accumulation of IL-17+gdT cells and the presence of a distinct group of endothelial cells. A major focus the study is the remodeling of the epithelial compartment, where most significant changes are observed. Using no-negative matrix factorization, the authors identify molecular programs of epithelial cell functions, emphasizing stemness, Wnt signaling, angiogenesis and inflammation as majors features associated with dysplastic cells. They conclude that findings from scRNA-seq analyses in mouse models are transposable to human CRC. In the second part of the manuscript, the authors aim to provide the spatial contexture for their scRNA-seq findings using Slide-seq and TACCO. They demonstrate that dysplastic lesions are disorganized and contain tumor-specific regions, which contextualize the spatial proximity between specific cell states and gene programs. Finally, they claim that these spatial organizations are conserved in human tumors and associate region-based gene signatures with patient outcome in public datasets. Overall, the data were collected and analyzed using solid and validated methodology to offer a useful resource to the community.

      Main comments:

      (1) Clarity. The manuscript would benefit from a substantial reorganization to improve clarity and accessibility for a broad readership. The text could be shortened and the number of figure panels reduced to emphasize the novel contributions of this work while minimizing extensive discussions on general and expected findings, such as tissue disorganization in dysplastic lesions. Additionally, figure panels are not consistently introduced in the correct order, and some are not discussed at all (e.g., Fig. S1D; Fig. 3C is introduced before Fig. 3A; several panels in Fig. 4 are not discussed). The annotation of scRNA-seq cell states is insufficiently explained, with no corresponding information about associated genes provided in the figures or tables. Multiple annotations are used to describe cell groups (e.g., TKN01 = γδ T and CD8 T, TKN05 = γδT_IL17+), but these are not jointly accessible in the figures, making the manuscript challenging to follow. It is also not clear what is the respective value of the two mouse models and timepoints of tissue collection in the analysis.

      (2) Novelty. While the study is of interest, it does not present major findings that significantly advance the field or motivate new directions and hypotheses. Many conclusions related to tissue composition and patient outcomes, such as the epithelial programs of Wnt signaling, angiogenesis, and stem cells, are well-established and not particularly novel. Greater exploration of the scRNA-seq data beyond cell type composition could enhance the novelty of the findings. For instance, several tumor microenvironment clusters uniquely detected in dysplastic lesions (e.g., Mono2, Mono3, Gran01, Gran02) are identified, but no further investigation is conducted to understand their biological programs, such as applying nNMF as was done for epithelial cells. Additional efforts to explore precise tissue localization and cellular interactions within tissue niches would provide deeper insights and go beyond the limited analyses currently displayed in the manuscript.

      (3) Validation. Several statements made by the authors are insufficiently supported by the data presented in the manuscript and should be nuanced in the absence of proper validation. For example: 1.) RNA velocity analyses: The conclusions drawn from these analyses are speculative and need further support. 2.) Annotations of epithelial clusters as dysplastic: These annotations could have been validated through morphological analyses and staining on FFPE slides. 3.) Conservation of mouse epithelial programs in human tumors: The data in Figure S5B does not convincingly demonstrate enrichment of stem cell program 16 in human samples. This should be more explicitly stated in the text, given the emphasis placed on this program by the authors. 4.) Figure S6E: Cluster Epi06 is significantly overrepresented in spatial data compared to scRNA-seq, yet the authors claim that cell type composition is largely recapitulated without further discussion, which reduces confidence in other conclusions drawn.<br /> Furthermore, stronger validation of key dysplastic regions (regions 6, 8, and 11) in mouse and human tissues using antibody-based imaging with markers identified in the analyses would have considerably strengthened the study. Such validation would better contextualize the distribution, composition, and relative abundance of these regions within human tumors, increasing the significance of the findings and aiding the generation of new pathophysiological hypotheses.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have improved the clarity of the manuscript and responded adequately to all my initial comments.<br /> I don't have any other comments. Congratulations to the authors on this work.

    1. frustrante ocupación

      No sé refiere a una labor especial o un trabajo, sino se refiere a lo que las cosas que la humanidad realiza por toda su vida, cómo la necesidad de acumular, alimento, ropa, vivienda, y nosotros sabemos que estás cosas son necesarias, y confiamos en Jehová pero muchos hacen de estás cosas y , el acumular dinero lo más importante en su vida.

    2. El ojo no se satisface con lo que veni se llena el oído con lo que oye

      Atalaya del 77. La repetición de los ciclos puede afectar de tal manera al hombre que su sentido de la vista y su sentido del oído no se satisfagan, sino que deseen algo nuevo o novedoso. Y sin embargo realmente no hay nada nuevo en los ciclos naturales ni en los acontecimientos del vivir cotidiano común.

    3. Girando sin parar, da vueltas y vueltas... El viento sigue dando sus vueltas.

      Viento, forma parte de un ciclo y de las leyes naturales, que fortalece nuestra fe cuando meditamos en ello. La ciencia No sabe mucho sobre el viento, pero muchas personas conocen en su poder, para navegar, generar energía o incluso protegerse. Nosotros tampoco sabemos cómo funciona, pero lo que si sabemos es que Jehová, es el creador y todo lo que ha hecho, declara sobre su sabiduría, poder amor y justicia.

    1. Samenvatting van Peter Wennink's visie op innovatie en economische concurrentie

      De webpagina bevat een interview met Peter Wennink, de voormalige CEO van ASML, over zijn visie op economische concurrentie, innovatiebeleid en de uitdagingen waarmee Nederland en Europa worden geconfronteerd. Wennink benadrukt het belang van strategische relevantie en een verantwoordelijke samenleving voor het behoud van het economisch concurrentievermogen.

      Peter Wennink's achtergrond en carrière

      • Peter Wennink was van 1999 tot 2013 CFO van ASML en vervolgens als CEO van 2013 tot 2024 .
      • Onder zijn leiding steeg de beurswaarde van ASML aanzienlijk van 28 miljard naar bijna 400 miljard, waarmee het Europa's meest waardevolle technologiebedrijf is .
      • Hij is momenteel betrokken bij verschillende adviesfuncties, waaronder vicevoorzitter van de adviescommissie voor het Nationaal Groeifonds, vicevoorzitter bij Heineken (wordt president-commissaris in 2025), commissaris bij VDL Group, voorzitter van de raad van commissarissen van de TU Eindhoven en adviseur van de chipdivisie van Samsung .

      Visie voor een verantwoordelijke samenleving en economisch concurrentievermogen

      • Wennink gelooft dat een 'verantwoordelijke samenleving' gebaseerd is op vier pijlers: toegang tot redelijk goed werk, toegang tot goed onderwijs voor elk kind, toegang tot gezondheidszorg voor iedereen en veiligheid (digitale, fysieke en klimaatzekerheid) .
      • Hij stelt dat als deze pijlers instabiel worden, dit een opening creëert voor populistische figuren die eenvoudige antwoorden bieden op complexe problemen zonder echte oplossingen .
      • Hij bekritiseert politici omdat ze geen visie hebben voor grote transities zoals digitalisering (AI), klimaat en energie, en demografische veranderingen, wat leidt tot een 'dikke, domme en gelukkig' zelfgenoegzaamheid in Nederland .

      Innovatiebeleid en strategische relevantie

      • Wennink verkiest de term 'innovatiebeleid' boven 'industriebeleid' en pleit voor een duidelijke visie en investeringen op sleutelgebieden .
      • De Nederlandse interim-minister van Economische Zaken, Vincent Karremans, heeft hem gevraagd het rapport van Mario Draghi over het Europese concurrentievermogen te vertalen naar de Nederlandse context .
      • Zijn verslag zal apolitiek en op feiten gebaseerd zijn, waarbij de nadruk wordt gelegd op de dalende indicatoren voor het concurrentievermogen en het gebrek aan urgentie in het land .
      • Belangrijke aandachtsgebieden zijn onder meer digitale infrastructuur (bijv. megadatacenters), energie-infrastructuur (bijv. windparken, uitbreiding van het elektriciteitsnet), kennisinfrastructuur, gezondheidszorgtechnologie en defensie-investeringen .
      • Hij benadrukt ook de noodzaak om de regelgeving te vereenvoudigen, daarbij verwijzend naar problemen met het Nationaal Groeifonds, waarbij projecten vanwege de Europese mededingingswetgeving moeite hebben om financiering te krijgen .
      • Wennink steunt de oprichting van een nationale investeringsbank en stelt voor dat een overheidsinvestering van 10 miljard euro tien keer zoveel zou kunnen aantrekken van de Europese kapitaalmarkten voor strategische sectoren .
      • Hij stelt ook voor dat Nederlandse pensioenfondsen meer kapitaal binnen Europa zouden moeten investeren in plaats van voornamelijk in de Verenigde Staten .

      Opvattingen over monopolies en Europees potentieel

      • Wennink gelooft niet in absolute monopolies in technologie, waarbij hij voorbeelden noemt zoals ChatGPT van OpenAI die al snel wordt uitgedaagd door Chinese alternatieven zoals DeepSeek .
      • Hij is voorstander van regelgeving wanneer technologische ontwikkelingen negatieve gevolgen hebben, maar erkent de grote afhankelijkheid van Europa van Amerikaanse technologie, vooral na gebeurtenissen zoals het presidentschap van Trump en de pandemie .
      • Hij stelt dat 'strategische autonomie' een illusie is en dat de nadruk moet liggen op 'strategische relevantie' — iets hebben dat cruciaal is waar anderen naar verlangen .
      • Wennink is van mening dat Europa over alle noodzakelijke ingrediënten voor concurrentievermogen beschikt, waaronder technologie, kennisinstellingen, universiteiten, creativiteit en kapitaal, en dat Europa zijn bescheidenheid moet overwinnen .
      • Ondanks zijn zorgen over wereldwijde politieke ontwikkelingen en zelfgenoegzaamheid uit het verleden, blijft Wennink een optimist, zij het iemand die zich veel zorgen maakt, waarbij hij de nadruk legt op de noodzaak voor Europa om 'wakker' te worden en zijn afhankelijkheden aan te pakken .

      Het artikel benadrukt het sterke geloof van Peter Wennink in proactief innovatiebeleid, strategische investeringen en het bevorderen van een verantwoordelijke samenleving als cruciaal voor Nederland en Europa om hun economische status en democratische waarden te behouden in een snel veranderend mondiaal landschap.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      In this manuscript entitled "Molecular dynamics of the matrisome across sea anemone life history", Bergheim and colleagues report the prediction, using an established sequence analysis pipeline, of the "matrisome" - that is, the compendium of genes encoding constituents of the extracellular matrix - of the starlet sea anemone Nematostella vectensis. Re-analysis of an existing scRNA-Seq dataset allowed the authors to identify the cell types expressing matrisome components and different developmental stages. Last, the authors apply time-resolved proteomics to provide experimental evidence of the presence of the extracellular matrix proteins at three different stages of the life cycle of the sea anemone (larva, primary polyp, adult) and show that different subsets of matrisome components are present in the ECM at different life stages with, for example, basement membrane components accompanying the transition from larva to primary polyp and elastic fiber components and matricellular proteins accompanying the transition from primary polyp to the adult stage. 

      Strengths: 

      The ECM is a structure that has evolved to support the emergence of multicellularity and different transitions that have accompanied the complexification of multicellular organisms. Understanding the molecular makeup of structures that are conserved throughout evolution is thus of paramount importance. 

      The in-silico predicted matrisome of the sea anemone has the potential to become an essential resource for the scientific community to support big data annotation efforts and understand better the evolution of the matrisome and of ECM proteins, an important endeavor to better understand structure/function relationships. This study is also an excellent example of how integrating datasets generated using different -omic modalities can shed light on various aspects of ECM metabolism, from identifying the cell types of origins of matrisome components using scRNA-Seq to studying ECM dynamics using proteomics. 

      We greatly appreciate the positive feedback regarding the design of our study and the evolutionary significance of our findings.

      Weaknesses: 

      My concerns pertain to the three following areas of the manuscript: 

      (1) In-silico definition of the anemone matrisome using sequence analysis: 

      a) While a similar computational pipeline has been applied to predict the matrisome of several model organisms, the authors fail to provide a comprehensive definition of the anemone matrisome: In the text, the authors state the anemone matrisome is composed of "551 proteins, constituting approximately 3% of its proteome (see page 6, line 14), but Figure 1 lists 829 entries as part of the "curated" matrisome, Supplementary Table S1 lists the same 829 entries and the authors state that "Here, we identified 829 ECM proteins that comprise the matrisome of the sea anemone Nematostella vectensis" (see page 17, line 10). Is the sea anemone matrisome composed of 551 or 829 genes? If we refer to the text, the additional 278 entries should not be considered as part of the matrisome, but what is confusing is that some are listed as glycoproteins and the "new_manual_annotation" proposed by the authors and that refer to the protein domains found in these additional proteins suggest that in fact, some could or should be classified as matrisome proteins. For example, shouldn't the two lectins encoded by NV2.3951 and NV2.3157 be classified as matrisome-affiliated proteins? Based on what has been done for other model organisms, receptors have typically been excluded from the "matrisome" but included as part of the "adhesome" for consistency with previously published matrisome; the reviewer is left wondering whether the components classified as "Other" / "Receptor" should not be excluded from the matrisome and moved to a separate "adhesome" list. 

      In addition to receptors, the authors identify nearly 70 glycoproteins classified as "Other". Here, does other mean "non-matrisome" or "another matrisome division" that is not core or associated? If the latter, could the authors try to propose a unifying term for these proteins? Unfortunately, since the authors do not provide the reasons for excluding these entries from the bona fide matrisome (list of excluding domains present, localization data), the reader is left wondering how to treat these entries. 

      Overall, the study would gain in strength if the authors could be more definitive and, if needed, even propose novel additional matrisome annotations to include the components for now listed as "Other" (as was done, for example, for the Drosophila or C. elegans matrisomes). 

      The reviewer is correct to point out the confusing terminology used throughout our manuscript, where both the total of 829 proteins constituting the curated list of ECM domain proteins and the actual matrisome (excluding "others") were referred to as "matrisomes". In general, we followed the example set by Naba & Hynes in their 2012 paper (Mol Cell Proteomics. 2012 Apr;11(4):M111.014647. doi: 10.1074/mcp.M111.014647), where they define the "matrisome" as encompassing all components of the extracellular matrix ("core matrisome") and those associated with it ("matrisome-associated" proteins). This corresponds to our group of 551 proteins, comprising both core matrisome and matrisomeassociated proteins. The Naba & Hynes paper also contains the inclusive and exclusive domain lists for the matrisome that we applied for our dataset. In the revised manuscript, we have now labelled the group of 829 proteins as "curated ECM domain proteins/genes", which includes all proteins positively selected for containing a bona fide ECM domain. After excluding non-matrisomal proteins such as receptors, we arrive at the 551 proteins that constitute the "Nematostella matrisome". We have maintained this terminology throughout the revised manuscript and have revised Figures 1B and 4B accordingly.

      Regarding the category of "other" proteins, which by definition are not part of the matrisome although containing ECM domains, we have taken the reviewer's advice and classified these in more detail. We categorized all receptors as "adhesome" (202 proteins).  The remaining group of “other” secreted ECM domain proteins were then further subcategorized. Those exhibiting significant matches in the ToxProt database were subclassified as "putative venoms" (15 proteins). This group also includes the two lectins (NV2.3951 and NV2.3157), which had been originally shifted to the “other” category due to their classification as venoms. We categorized as “adhesive proteins” (28 proteins) factors such as coadhesins that due to their domain architecture resemble bioadhesive proteins described in proteomic studies of other invertebrate species, such as corals or sponges (see also https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jprot.2022.104506). Further sub-categories are stress/injury response proteins (9 proteins) and ion channels (6 proteins). The remaining 17 proteins were categorized as “uncharacterized ECM domain proteins”. These include highly diverse proteins possessing either single ECM domains or novel domain combinations. We decided to retain those in our dataset as candidates for future functional characterization.

      b) It is surprising that the authors are not providing the full currently accepted protein names to the entries listed in Supplementary Table S1 and have used instead "new_manual_annotation" that resembles formal protein names. This liberty is misleading. In fact, the "new_manual_annotation" seems biased toward describing the reason the proteins were positively screened for through sequence analysis, but many are misleading because there is, in fact, more known about them, including evidence that they are not ECM proteins. The authors should at least provide the current protein names in addition to their "new_manual_annotations". 

      c) To truly serve as a resource, the Table should provide links to each gene entry in the Stowers Institute for Medical Research genome database used and some sort of versioning (this could be added to columns A, B, or D). Such enhancements would facilitate the assessment of the rigor of the list beyond the manual QC of just a few entries. 

      d) Since UniProt is the reference protein knowledge database, providing the UniProt IDs associated with the predicted matrisome entries would also be helpful, giving easy access to information on protein domains, protein structures, orthology information, etc. 

      e) In conclusion, at present, the study only provides a preliminary draft that should be more rigorously curated and enriched with more comprehensive and authoritative annotations if the authors aspire the list to become the reference anemone matrisome and serve the community. 

      Table S1 has been updated to include links to the respective Stowers Institute IDs (first two columns), as well as SwissProt IDs and current descriptions from both the Stowers Institute (SI) and Swissprot.

      In our manual annotations, we prioritized these over automated ones due to the considerable effort invested in examining each sequence individually. The cnidaria-specific minicollagens and NOWA proteins might serve as an example. According to the SI descriptions, the minicollagens are annotated as “keratin-associated protein, predicted or hypothetical protein, collagen-like protein and pericardin”. We classified these as minicollagens on the basis of overall domain architecture and of signature domains and sequence motifs, such as minicollagen cysteine-rich domains (CRDs) and polyproline stretches (doi: 10.1016/j.tig.2008.07.001). NOWA is a CTLD/CRD-containing protein that is part of nematocyst tubules (doi:10.1016/j.isci.2023.106291). The first two NOWA isoforms, according to Si descriptions, were annotated as aggrecan and brevican core proteins, which is very misleading. We therefore feel that our manual annotations better serve the cnidarian research community in classifying these proteins.

      Automated annotations of ECM proteins often rely on similarities between individual domains, neglecting overall domain composition. For example, Swissprot descriptions annotate 31 TSP1 domain-containing proteins in our list as "Hemicentin-1", but closer inspection reveals that only one sequence (NV2.24790) qualifies as Hemicentin-1 due to its characteristic vWFA, Ig-like, TSP1, G2 nidogen, and EGF-like domain architecture. Regarding novel protein annotations, NV2.650 might serve as an example. While SI descriptions annotate this protein as "epidermal growth factor" based on the presence of several EGF-like domains, our analysis reveals two integrin alpha N-terminal domains that classify this sequence as integrin-related. We have therefore assigned a description (Secreted integrin-N-related protein) that references this defining domain and avoids misclassification within the EGF family.

      In cases where the automated annotation (including those in Genbank) matched our own findings, we adopted the existing description, as seen with netrin-1 (NV2.7734). We acknowledge that our manual annotations are not flawless and will be refined by future research. Nonetheless, we offer them as an approximation to a more accurate definition of the identified protein list.

      (2) Proteomic analysis of the composition of the mesoglea during the sea anemone life cycle: 

      a) The product of 287 of the 829 genes proposed to encode matrisome components was detected by proteomics. What about the other ~550 matrisome genes? When and where are they expressed? The wording employed by the authors (see line 11, page 13) implies that only these 287 components are "validated" matrisome components. Is that to say that the other ~550 predicted genes do not encode components of the ECM? This should be discussed. 

      Obviously, our wording was not sufficiently accurate here. In the revised Fig. 1B we indicated that 210 of the 551 matrisome (core and associated) proteins were confirmed by mass spectrometry. In total, 287 proteins were identified by mass spectrometry, meaning that 77 of those are non-matrisomal proteins belonging to the “adhesome” (47) and “other” (30) groups. The fact that the remaining 542 proteins of the matrisome predicted by our in silico analysis could not be identified has two major reasons: (1) Our study was focussed on the molecular dynamics of the mesoglea. Therefore, only mesogleas were isolated for the mass spectrometry analysis and nematocysts were mostly excluded by extensive washing steps. As nematocysts contribute significantly to the predicted matrisome, this group of proteins is underrepresented in the mass spectrometry analysis. (2) A significant fraction of the predicted ECM proteins constitutes soluble factors and transmembrane receptors. These might not be necessarily part of the mesoglea isolates. In addition, the isolation and solubilization method we applied might have technical limitations. Although we used harsh conditions for solubilizing the mesoglea samples (90°C and high DTT concentrations), we cannot exclude that we missed proteins which resisted solubilization and thus trypsinization. We confirmed that all genes predicted by the in silico analysis have transcriptomic profiles as demonstrated in supplementary table S4. We have clarified these points in the revised results part (p.6) and also revised the statement in line 16, page 13.

      b) Can the authors comment on how they have treated zero TMT values or proteins for which a TMT ratio could not be calculated because unique to one life stage, for example? 

      We did not include these proteins in the analysis of the respective statistical comparison. This involved only very few proteins (about 10).  

      c) Could the authors provide a plot showing the distribution of protein abundances for each matrisome category in the main figure 4? In mammals, the bulk of the ECM is composed of collagens, followed by fibrillar ECM glycoproteins, the other matrisome components being more minor. Is a similar distribution observed in the sea anemone mesoglea? 

      We have included such a plot showing protein abundances across life stages and protein categories (Fig. 4A). Collagens and basement membrane proteoglycans (perlecan) are the most abundant protein categories in the core matrisome while secreted factors dominate in the matrisome-associated group.

      d) Prior proteomic studies on the ECM of vertebrate organisms have shown the importance of allowing certain post-translational modifications during database search to ensure maximizing peptide-to-spectrum matching. Such PTMs include the hydroxylation of lysines and prolines that are collagen-specific PTMs. Multiple reports have shown that omitting these PTMs while analyzing LC-MS/MS data would lead to underestimating the abundance of collagens and the misidentification of certain collagens. The authors may want to reanalyze their dataset and include these PTMs as part of their search criteria to ensure capturing all collagen-derived peptides. 

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have re-analyzed our dataset including lysine and proline hydroxylation as PTM. While we obtained in total 70 more proteins using this approach, this additional group did not contain any large collagen or minicollagen we had not detected before. We only obtained two additional collagen-like proteins with very short triple helical domains (V2t013973001.1, NV2t024002001.1), one being a fragment. We don’t feel this justifies implementing a re-analysis of the proteome in our study.

      e) The authors should ensure that reviewers are provided with access to the private PRIDE repository so the data deposited can also be evaluated. They should also ensure that sufficient meta-data is provided using the SRDF format to allow the re-use of their LCMS/MS datasets. 

      We apologize for not providing the reviewer access in our initial submission and have asked the editorial office to forward the PRIDE repository link to all reviewers immediately after receiving the reviews. We did upload a metadata.csv file with the proteomics dataset. This file contains an annotation of all TMT labels to the samples and conditions and replicates used in the manuscript. It contains similar information as an SRDF format file. In addition, the search output files on protein and psm level have been provided. So, from our point of view, we provided all necessary information to reproduce the analysis.

      (3) Supplementary tables: 

      The supplementary tables are very difficult to navigate. They would become more accessible to readers and non-specialists if they were accompanied by brief legends or "README" tabs and if the headers were more detailed (see, for example, Table S2, what does "ctrl.ratio_Larvae_rep2" exactly refer to? Or Table S6 whose column headers using extensive abbreviations are quite obscure). Similarly, what do columns K to BX in Supplementary Table S1 correspond to? Without more substantial explanations, readers have no way of assessing these data points. 

      We have revised the tables and removed any redundant data columns. We also included detailed explanations of the used abbreviations, both in the headers and in a separate README file. Some of the information was apparently lost during the conversion to pdf files. We will therefore upload the original .xls files when submitting the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      This work set out to identify all extracellular matrix proteins and associated factors present within the starlet sea anemone Nematostella vectensis at different life stages. Combining existing genomic and transcriptomic datasets, alongside new mass spectometry data, the authors provide a comprehensive description of the Nematostella matrisome. In addition, immunohistochemistry and electron microscopy were used to image whole mount and decellularized mesoglea from all life stages. This served to validate the de-cellularization methods used for proteomic analyses, but also resulted in a very nice description of mesoglea structure at different life stages. A previously published developmental cell type atlas was used to identify the cell type specificity of the matrisome, indicating that the core matrisome is predominantly expressed in the gastrodermis, as well as cnidocytes. The analyses performed were rigorous and the results were clear, supporting the conclusions made by the authors. 

      Thank you. We greatly appreciate the positive assessment of our study.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This manuscript by Bergheim et al investigates the molecular and developmental dynamics of the matrisome, a set of gene products that comprise the extracellular matrix, in the sea anemone Nematostella vectensis using transcriptomic and proteomic approaches. Previous work has examined the matrisome of the hydra, a medusozoan, but this is the first study to characterize the matrisome in an anthozoan. The major finding of this work is a description of the components of the matrisome in Nematostella, which turns out to be more complex than that previously observed in hydra. The authors also describe the remodeling of the extracellular matrix that occurs in the transition from larva to primary polyp, and from primary polyp to adult. The authors interpret these data to support previously proposed (Steinmetz et al. 2017) homology between the cnidarian endoderm with the bilaterian mesoderm. 

      Strengths: 

      The data described in this work are robust, combining both transcriptome and proteomic interrogation of key stages in the life history of Nematostella, and are of value to the community. 

      Thank you for your positive assessment of our dataset. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The authors offer numerous evolutionary interpretations of their results that I believe are unfounded. The main problem with extending these results, together with previous results from hydra, into an evolutionary synthesis that aims to reconstruct the matrisome of the ancestral cnidarian is that we are considering data from only two species. I agree with the authors' depiction of hydra as "derived" relative to other medusozoans and see it as potentially misleading to consider the hydra matrisome as an exemplar for the medusozoan matrisome. Given the organismal and morphological diversity of the phylum, a more thorough comparative study that compares matrisome components across a selection of anthozoan and medusozoan species using formal comparative methods to examine hypotheses is required. 

      Specifically, I question the author's interpretation of the evolutionary events depicted in this statement: 

      "The observation that in Hydra both germ layers contribute to the synthesis of core matrisome proteins (Epp et al. 1986; Zhang et al. 2007) might be related to a secondary loss of the anthozoan-specific mesenteries, which represent extensions of the mesoglea into the body cavity sandwiched by two endodermal layers." 

      Anthozoans and medusozoans are evolutionary sisters. Therefore, the secondary loss of "anthozoan-like mesenteries" in hydrozoans is at least as likely as the gain of this character state in anthozoans. By extension, there is no reason to prefer the hypothesis that the state observed in Nematostella, where gastroderm is responsible for the synthesis of the core matrisome components, is the ancestral state of the phylum. Moreover, the fossil evidence provided in support of this hypothesis (Ou et al. 2022) is not relevant here because the material described in that work is of a crown group anthozoan, which diversified well after the origin of Anthozoa. The phylogenetic structure of Cnidaria has been extensively studied using phylogenomic approaches and is generally well supported (Kayal et al. 2018; DeBiasse et al. 2024). Based on these analyses, anthozoans are not on a "basal" branch, as the authors suggest. The structure of cnidarian phylogeny bifurcates with Anthozoa forming one clade and Medusozoa forming the other. From the data reported by Bergheim and coworkers, it is not possible to infer the evolutionary events that gave rise to the different matrisome states observed in Nematostella (an anthozoan) and hydra (a medusozoan). Furthermore, I take the observation in Fig 5 that anthozoan matrisomes generally exhibit a higher complexity than other cnidarian species to be more supportive of a lineage-specific expansion of matrisome components in the Anthozoa, rather than those components being representative of an ancestral state for Cnidaria. Whatever the implication, I take strong issue with the statement that "the acquisition of complex life cycles in medusozoa, that are distinguished by the pelagic medusa stage, led to a secondary reduction in the matrisome repertoire." There is no causal link in any of the data or analyses reported by Bergheim and co-workers to support this statement and, as stated above, while we are dealing with limited data, insufficient to address this question, it seems more likely to me that the matrisome expanded in anthozoans, contrasting with the authors' conclusions. While the discussion raises many interesting evolutionary hypotheses related to the origin of the cnidarian matrisome, which is of vital interest if we are to understand the origin of the bilaterian matrisome, a more thorough comparative analysis, inclusive of a much greater cnidarian species diversity, is required if we are to evaluate these hypotheses. 

      DeBiasse MB, Buckenmeyer A, Macrander J, Babonis LS, Bentlage B, Cartwright P, Prada C, Reitzel AM, Stampar SN, Collins A, et al. 2024. A Cnidarian Phylogenomic Tree Fitted With Hundreds of 18S Leaves. Bulletin of the Society of Systematic Biologists [Internet] 3. Available from: https://ssbbulletin.org/index.php/bssb/article/view/9267

      Epp L, Smid I, Tardent P. 1986. Synthesis of the mesoglea by ectoderm and endoderm in reassembled hydra. J Morphol [Internet] 189:271-279. Available from: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/29954165/ 

      Kayal E, Bentlage B, Sabrina Pankey M, Ohdera AH, Medina M, Plachetzki DC, Collins AG, Ryan JF. 2018. Phylogenomics provides a robust topology of the major cnidarian lineages and insights on the origins of key organismal traits. BMC Evol Biol [Internet] 18:1-18. Available from: https://bmcecolevol.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12862-018-1142-0

      Ou Q, Shu D, Zhang Z, Han J, Van Iten H, Cheng M, Sun J, Yao X, Wang R, Mayer G. 2022. Dawn of complex animal food webs: A new predatory anthozoan (Cnidaria) from Cambrian. The Innovation 3:100195 

      Steinmetz PRH, Aman A, Kraus JEM, Technau U. 2017. Gut-like ectodermal tissue in a sea anemone challenges germ layer homology. Nature Ecology & Evolution 2017 1:10 [Internet] 1:1535-1542. Available from: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41559-017-0285-5

      Zhang X, Boot-Handford RP, Huxley-Jones J, Forse LN, Mould AP, Robertson DL, Li L, Athiyal M, Sarras MP. 2007. The collagens of hydra provide insight into the evolution of metazoan extracellular matrices. J Biol Chem [Internet] 282:6792-6802. Available from: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/17204477/ 

      We agree with the reviewer that only the analysis of several additional anthozoan and medusozoan representatives will yield a valid basis for a reconstruction of the ancestral cnidarian matrisome and allow statements about ancestral or novel features within the phylum. We have therefore revised our statements in the discussion part of the manuscript by implementing the cited literature and also findings from medusozoan genome analysis (e.g. Gold et al., 2018) demonstrating that changes in gene content are as common in the anthozoans as in medusozoans, which questioned the previously stated “basal” state of Nematostella or of anthozoans in general.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) In Figure 2A, an "o" is missing in the labeling of the "developing cnidcytes" population. 

      Thank you, we have corrected the typo.

      (2) It would be helpful to have the different life stages indicated as headers of the heat maps presented in Figure 4. 

      We have included symbolic representations for the different life stages on top of the heat maps in addition to the respective labels at the bottom.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Important changes: 

      (1) Figure 2B The x-axis tissue names should be changed to something more easily readable/understandable - some are clear, but others are not. Perhaps abbreviations could be expanded in the legend. 

      We have expanded the legend in Fig. 2B to render it more easily readable. We have also rotated the maps in A to have them aligned with the ones in Fig.3B.

      (2) Figure 3B This figure would be improved by the inclusion of cluster names, to understand better the mapping. 

      We have added relevant cluster names to Fig. 3B and as stated above aligned the orientation of the maps in Fig. 2B and Fig. 3B.

      (3) Figure 3C As with 2B, I find the y-axis cnidocyte cell state names to be unclear at times. Perhaps abbreviations could be expanded in the legend. 

      All abbreviations were expanded in Fig.3C axis labels.

      (4) Many of the supplementary tables are not well exported or easily readable as is (gene names are truncated, headers truncated, etc), which means that they may not be easily usable by researchers in the field interested in following up on this work in other contexts. Indeed, to be more usable, please consider sharing these supplementary data as .csv files, for example, instead of as .pdfs. 

      We are sorry for this inconvenience, which was obviously caused by the conversion to pdf files. We will upload the original csv files when submitting the revised manuscript.

      Smaller nitpicky comments: 

      (5) Page 2 line 4 & page 3 line 7: Please consider a term other than "pre-bilaterian". The drawing/ordering of a phylogeny of extant species is not meaningful in terms of more or less ancestral. e.g. if the tips are flipped in the drawing of the tree, can we say that bilaterians are pre-cnidarians? What does that mean? 

      We have used that term on the basis that cnidarians existed before the appearance of bilaterians according to the fossil record and molecular phylogenies (McFadden et al., 2021; Adoutte et al., 2000;Cavalier-Smith et al., 1996; Collins, 1998; Kim et al., 1999; Medina et al., 2001; Wainright et al., 1993). To acknowledge remaining uncertainties in the timing of origin of animals, we will use the term “early-diverging metazoans” instead, which is widely accepted in the cnidarian community. 

      (6) Page 3 line 9 I was confused by the use of "gastrula-shaped body" to describe cnidarians, which are on the whole very morphologically diverse and don't all resemble gastrulae (that can also be quite diverse). 

      This term is sometimes used to refer to the diploblastic cnidarian body plan (outer ectoderm, inner endoderm) with a mouth that corresponds to the blastopore. To avoid misunderstandings, we changed it in the revised manuscript to “Cnidarians, the sister group to bilaterians, are characterized by a simple body plan with a central body cavity and a mouth opening surrounded by tentacles.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) In general, I felt there was a lot of discussion about protein structure and diversity that is difficult to follow without a figure. I think some of the information in Supplementary Figures S5, S9, and S11 should be in the main figures. 

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have integrated Fig. S5 (collagens) into the main Fig. 2 and Fig. S9 (polydoms) into Fig. 4. As metalloproteases are not extensively discussed in the manuscript (and also due to the large size of the figure) we have kept Fig. S11 as a supplementary figure.

      (2) Page 3, Line 7: The use of the term "pre-bilaterian" is inappropriate. Cnidarians and bilaterians are evolutionary sisters. Therefore, each lineage derives from the same split and is the same age. The cnidarian lineage is not older than the bilaterian lineage. 

      Following a similar request by reviewer 2 we have replaced this term by “early diverging metazoans”.

      (3) Page 5, Line 10. How were in silico matrisomes from early-branching metazoan species predicted? 

      We applied the same bioinformatic pipeline as for the Nematostella matrisome. We clarified this in the respective methods part.

      (4) Page 16, Line 8: This should be Thus. 

      Obviously, the wording of this sentence was ambiguous. We changed it to ”In contrast, the adult mesoglea is significantly enriched in elastic fiber components, such as fibrillins and fibulin. This compositional shift likely adds to the visco-elastic properties (Gosline 1971a, b) of the growing body column (Fig. 4B,D, supplementary table S7).”

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We thank the editor and the reviewers for their positive and constructive comments. Below is our point-by-point responses.

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Metabolic dysfunction-associated steatotic liver disease (MASLD) ranges from simple steatosis, steatohepatitis, fibrosis/cirrhosis, and hepatocellular carcinoma. In the current study, the authors aimed to determine the early molecular signatures differentiating patients with MASLD associated fibrosis from those patients with early MASLD but no symptoms. The authors recruited 109 obese individuals before bariatric surgery. They separated the cohorts as no MASLD (without histological abnormalities) and MASLD. The liver samples were then subjected to transcriptomic and metabolomic analysis. The serum samples were subjected to metabolomic analysis. The authors identified dysregulated lipid metabolism, including glyceride lipids, in the liver samples of MASLD patients compared to the no MASLD ones. Circulating metabolomic changes in lipid profiles slightly correlated with MASLD, possibly due to the no MASLD samples derived from obese patients. Several genes involved in lipid droplet formation were also found elevated in MASLD patients. Besides, elevated levels of amino acids, which are possibly related to collagen synthesis, were observed in MASLD patients. Several antioxidant metabolites were increased in MASLD patients. Furthermore, dysregulated genes involved in mitochondrial function and autophagy were identified in MASLD patients, likely linking oxidative stress to MASLD progression. The authors then determined the representative gene signatures in the development of fibrosis by comparing this cohort with the other two published cohorts. Top enriched pathways in fibrotic patients included GTPase signaling and innate immune responses, suggesting the involvement of GTPase in MASLD progression to fibrosis. The authors then challenged human patient derived 3D spheroid system with a dual PPARa/d agonist and found that this treatment restored the expression levels of GTPase-related genes in MASLD 3D spheroids. In conclusion, the authors suggested the involvement of upregulated GTPase-related genes during fibrosis initiation. Overall, the current study might provide some resources regarding transcriptomic and metabolomic data derived from obese patients with and without MASLD. However, several concerns should be carefully addressed.

      1. A recent study, via proteomic and transcriptomic analysis, revealed that four proteins (ADAMTSL2, AKR1B10, CFHR4 and TREM2) could be used to identify MASLD patients at risk of steatohepatitis (PMID: 37037945). It is not clear why the authors did not include this study in their comparison. Thank you for the suggestion. The RNA sequencing dataset (GSE135251) from study PMID 37037945 is the same dataset we used as an external benchmark in our study, referred to as the EU cohort on page 4 in the manuscript. In addition to PMID 37037945, we have cited the original transcriptomic study (PMID 33268509) for the EU cohort. In the revised manuscript, we discussed this proteome-transcriptome paper in the Discussion section and highlighted the potential of AKR1B10 as a biomarker in early MASLD.

      The authors recruited 109 patients but only performed transcriptomic and metabolomic analysis in 94 liver samples. Why did the authors exclude other samples?

      We thank the reviewer for their question and we understand the confusion. The discrepancy in sample size between liver and plasma cohorts is due to the fact that, for certain cases, we were unable to get sufficient liver tissue slices (“Exclusion criteria included: age The authors mentioned clinical data in Table 1 but did not present the table in this manuscript.

      Table 1 (key patient characteristics) was included in the main document after the Methods section, and Table S1 (additional patient characteristics) was provided as a supplemental file in our original submission.

      The generated metabolomic data could be a very useful resource to the MASLD community. However, it is very confusing how the data was generated in those supplemental tables. There is no clear labeling of human clinical information in those tables. Also, what do those values mean in columns 47-154? This reviewer assumed that they are the raw data of metabolomic analysis in plasma samples. However, without clear clinical information in these patients, it is impossible that any scientist can use the data to reproduce the authors' findings.

      We appreciate this suggestion. To ensure accessibility of the data resources, we created a GitHub repository for both data and code, available at https://github.com/SLINGhub/MASLD_dual_omics____.

      The GitHub repository includes clinical data for all 109 participants with patient characteristics and histological gradings, as well as processed omics data (log₂-transformed). We have generated artificial IDs for each patient so that we can include all the requested data in an organized manner. A code template is also provided to replicate the main statistical results from this study. In addition, for readers interested in conducting analyses from the raw data, we have deposited the raw sequencing files and mass spectrometry data in GEO and Zenodo, as detailed in the ‘Data Availability’ section.

      In Fig. 5B, the authors excluded the steatosis and fibrosis overlapped genes. Steatosis and fibrosis specific genes could simply reflect the outcomes rather than causes. In this case, the obtained results might not identify the gene signatures related to fibrosis initiation.

      We appreciate this comment, but we do not fully understand the reviewer’s point since we did not exclude overlapped genes in our analysis, and it was unclear to us whether excluding overlapping genes has anything to do with causality of both processes.

      In Figure 5B, we identified the gene signatures associated with steatosis and fibrosis after adjusting for potential confounders such as age, sex, BMI and diabetes status. Our results showed that these signatures were relatively independent, sharing a limited number of genes. We then examined genes uniquely associated with each process by additional adjustment (e.g., adjusting steatosis models for fibrosis grades). To us this was not an unreasonable approach, given that steatosis precedes fibrosis in most cases, especially in morbid obesity.

      We nevertheless agree with the reviewer’s point that the gene expression changes we identified represent statistical associations without warranting causality. To specifically address fibrosis initiation mechanisms within the limitation of the current study design, we performed a separate comparative analysis between patients with fibrosis+steatosis versus those with steatosis alone (Table S11), which still identified GTPase regulation as a potential key mechanism in fibrosis initiation (Figure 6B).

      In Fig. 6D, the authors used 3D liver spheroid to validate their findings. However, there is no images showing the 3D liver spheroid formation before and after PPARa/d agonist treatment. It is not clear whether the 3D liver spheroid was successfully established.

      There is extensive literature (>40 papers) from the Lauschke lab on 3D liver spheroid culture, including but not limited to PMIDs 27143246, 28264975, 32775153, 37870288 and 39605182. Images of the spheroids can be seen in Figure 1c of Adv. Sci. 2024, 2407572 and elafibrinor treatment did not affect the morphology of the spheroids.

      The authors suggested that targeting LX-2 cells with Rac1 and Cdc42 inhibitors could reduce collagen production. Did the authors observe these two genes upregulated in mRNA and protein expression levels in their cohort when compared MASLD patients with and without fibrosis? Did the authors observe that the expression levels of Rac1 and Cdc42 are correlated with fibrosis progression in MASLD patients?

      Regarding comments 7 and 8, we targeted Rac1 and Cdc42 in the LX-2 cell experiment as they are common and major GTPases. Protein-level data are not available in our dataset, but we examined their transcript-level expression. RAC1 and CDC42 expression levels were positively associated with fibrosis progression, with coefficients of 0.362 (q = 0.027) and 0.342 (q = 0.031), respectively. These results are presented in Table S5, and the corresponding boxplots are shown here.

      Figure R1. RAC1 and CDC42 expression levels in individuals with different fibrosis *levels. *

      Other studies have revealed several metabolite changes related to MASLD progression (PMID: 35434590, PMID: 22364559). However, the authors did not discuss the discrepancies between their findings with the previous studies.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have incorporated a discussion of the two studies into the Discussion section, highlighting the consistencies and discrepancies between our plasma metabolomic results and previous findings. The main differences may stem from variations in MASLD spectrum and the degree of obesity in the cohorts.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      Overall, the current study might provide some new resources regarding transcriptomic and metabolomic data derived from obese patients with and without MASLD. The MASLD research community will be interested in the resource data.

      We thank this reviewer for the positive and constructive evaluation of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Kaldis and collaborators investigate the molecular heterogeneity of a 109 morbidly obese patient cohort, focusing on liver transcriptomics and metabolomics analysis from liver and serum. The main finding (i.e. upregulation of GTPase-coding genes) was validated in spheroids and a human HSC cell line. As these proteins are involved in critical cellular functions related to metabolism and cytoskeleton dynamics, these findings shed light on their involvement in human liver pathology which so far has been poorly (or even not) documented to date. This is an interesting addition to the current knowledge about chronic liver pathology. However the manuscript suffers from the lack of a clear-cut definition of patient subgroups and the seemingly indistinct use of generic (MASLD, NAS score) and more granular terms (MASH, fibrosis) across the various analysis they performed.

      We thank this reviewer of highlighting the novelty of our manuscript. We agree that mixing generic and granular terms can be confusing and we tried to use of terms consistently throughout, which has been further improved in the revised version.

      Figure 1 and Table 1 provide comprehensive information regarding histological phenotypes, NAS scores, and patient characteristics. From Figure 2 onward, we specifically focused on steatosis and fibrosis as distinct histological features, identifying molecular signatures associated with each process.

      The term ‘MASH’ was used only when referring to the ex vivo 3D spheroids derived from histologically confirmed MASH patients for validation purposes. As our primary cohort represents early disease stages, we did not characterize molecular features of MASH in that data set.

      In this cohort, the term 'NAS' was mentioned only in Section 1 to characterize the disease spectrum. Additionally, in Figures 3A and 6A, we illustrated the association between gene expression levels and NAS in two external cohorts. This was due to the absence of steatosis grades in the two datasets. NAS is an additive measure of multiple scores (steatosis, inflammation and ballooning), but does not account for fibrosis grades.

      Our study focuses on the molecular features of steatosis grades and fibrosis grades as the main histological processes, with all terminology aligned with this stated objective. This allows us to map the transcriptome and metabolome to pathologist-defined steatosis/fibrosis severity (i.e., 0,1,2,3) and identify genes/metabolites that are correlated with increasing steatosis/fibrosis score.

      Major comments:

      • Are the key conclusions convincing?

      The conclusions are generally consistent with findings from numerous previous studies, as many of the genes identified and their associations with disease states have been previously reported. However, I found it difficult to discern which specific disease stages the authors are referring to throughout the manuscript. Terms such as MASLD (Fig. 1F), steatosis (Fig. 4A), MASH, fibrosis (Fig. 6), and the composite NAS score (Fig. 1G) are used interchangeably, without clearly explaining whether or how the patient cohort was stratified to distinguish between isolated steatosis, MASH, and MASH with or without fibrosis. It is also unclear whether subgroups were propensity score-matched.

      As explained in our previous point, we believe that we did not carelessly use the terms interchangeably, but rather used them as they were available or pertinent to the comparisons in discussion. We have provided a comprehensive cohort description in the first section (Table 1, including all histological features and NAS scores), then focused specifically on steatosis and fibrosis in subsequent analyses. We identified distinct molecular processes underlying these two histological features and validated key fibrosis-related pathways.

      Regarding the comment of ‘propensity score-matched subgroups’, we would like to clarify that the only “sub”-group analysis performed in this paper is the transition from steatosis to steatosis with fibrosis. We have consistently used linear regression as the association analysis framework, without binarization of outcomes. We recall that this is a cross-sectional study with challenging recruitment situation from a bariatric surgery clinic that naturally represents the spectrum of MASLD in obesity. We acknowledge that the sampling can always be biased in such a study. However, given the invasiveness of liver resection, the study is also limited by the reality that not all patients would agree to the study, nor it is feasible to form a perfect subgroup meeting 1:1 ratio as in large-scale epidemiology studies based on plasma samples.

      In a related point, the authors mention that 76% of patients are non-fibrotic, introducing a marked imbalance between fibrotic (n=26) and non-fibrotic (n=83) samples. Given this disparity and potential inter-individual variability, it would be helpful to include observed fold changes or effect sizes to give readers a sense of the magnitude of the biological dysregulations being reported.

      As explained in our previous response, our study design examines associations between histological and molecular features rather than using a case-control approach. For effect size quantification, we report standardized linear regression coefficients, i.e. the change in gene expression Z-score per one-point increase in steatosis or fibrosis grade. We also provided fold changes in our comparative analysis of steatosis+fibrosis versus fibrosis-free steatosis. These effect sizes were fully documented in the Supplemental Tables.

      • Should the authors qualify some of their claims as preliminary or speculative, or remove them altogether?

      • The authors seem pretty enthusiastic about elafibranor, despite a failed phase 3 clinical trial. I would qualify elafibranor as a useful tool in preclinical model. We agree with the reviewer and indeed used elafibranor as a research tool for PPARa/d modulation rather than a clinically promising prospect. Discussion regarding elafibranor has been updated.

      • The authors should make clearly the pronounced sex bias in their study, which includes mostly women (and btw refer to sex and not gender in the manuscript). Thank you for this important point. We added "Notably, the cohort was predominantly female (76.1%)" to the 'Overview of the study' section in the manuscript. We also replaced all 'gender' with 'sex' throughout the manuscript. In this cohorts, individuals with previous gender reassignment were excluded (see Materials and Methods).

      • The "MASH" status of the spheroid model is overstated. As described in the text it is much closer to a lipotoxicity model (and even glucotoxicity as Glc concentration is 2g/L). The 3D cultures were established from cells isolated from patients with histologically confirmed MASH. Besides steatosis, we observe increased secretion of pro-inflammatory cytokines, activation of hepatic stellate cells and increased deposition of collagen, thus phenocopying the critical disease hallmarks. Additionally, unbiased omics profiling (transcriptomics, proteomics and lipidomics) reveals significant increases in collagen biosynthesis, inflammatory signaling and cholesterol biosynthesis in MASH patient-derived cultures compared to controls. These differences largely overlapped with the results from analyses of six MASH case-control cohort studies. All of these results have been published previously (PMID 39605182).

      This is confusing with panel D in which the authors establish a relationship between fibrotic patients (F2/F3 vs F0/S0, so I guess "no MASLD liver?) and this model. Is the relationship maintained for steatotic-only patients?

      In Figure 6D, we compared GTPase-related gene expression between patients with fibrosis grade 2/3 (n = 26) and those without fibrosis and steatosis (n = 24). Principal component regression resulted in a positive correlation (β = 9.97) between log2 fold changes in 3D spheroids and human fibrosis samples, indicating consistent directional changes in both systems.

      To answer the question from the reviewer, we compared the expression levels of GTPase-related genes in patients with steatosis but no fibrosis (n = 18) to those without fibrosis and steatosis (n = 24), we observed a negative correlation (β = -10.91). This indicates that GTPase-related gene changes in our 3D spheroids do not align with steatosis-related changes in humans.

      Therefore, under the assumption that fibrosis follows steatosis in the majority of the cases of MASLD progression, the result indicates that the alterations in GTPase-related gene expression in the 3D spheroid model specifically is reflective of fibrosis rather than steatosis.

      Figure R2. Comparison of expression level changes in GTPase-related genes between this human cohort and an independent 3D spheroid system: (A) positive correlation with fibrosis grade 2/3 patients versus controls (left), and (B) negative correlation with steatosis-only patients versus controls (right).

      • Would additional experiments be essential to support the claims of the paper? Request additional experiments only where necessary for the paper as it is, and do not ask authors to open new lines of experimentation.

      I am not convinced that HSC and LX2 cells express significant levels of PPARα. However, did the authors check for this parameter in their LX2 cell line and assessed whether PPARα/b activation by elafibranor (and/or pemafibrate as it is PPARα selective) alter GTPase expression? Whether negative or positive, this could give a clue about possible intercellular crosstalk in the spheroid model.

      We thank this reviewer to point this out. In response, we analysed the mRNA expression of all PPARs in LX-2 cells with and without Elafibranor treatment, respectively (see Figure R3, same as Figure S8G in the Supplemental Material). We confirmed PPARs are expressed in LX-2 cells at the mRNA level (Figure R3A). Elafibranor does not affect their mRNA levels, which is consistent with previous reports that its primary mechanism is through binding and altering the activity of PPAR proteins, not gene expression (PMID 33326461 and PMID 37627519).

      *Figure R3. Gene signatures in LX-2 cells with and without Elafibranor treatment (n = 3). *

      In addition, we assessed mRNA levels of selected GTPase-related genes in LX-2 cells with and without Elafibranor treatment (Figure R3B). Although statistical power was limited, we observed a consistent trend toward reduced RHOU, DOCK2, and RAC1 expression with Elafibranor. this preliminary signal suggests that Elafibranor may counter the elevated GTPase levels seen in MASH patient spheroids, potentially via crosstalk among hepatic cell types, including HSCs.

      To further investigate intercellular crosstalk in GTPase regulation among hepatic cell types, we evaluated signature GTPase-related genes in LX-2 cells, spheroid co-cultures (hepatocytes, HSCs, Kupffer cells), and hepatocyte monocultures. As shown in Figure R4 (same as Figure S10 in the supplemental material), TGFB1 served as a positive control, exhibiting the most pronounced induction upon TGF-β1 treatment in hepatocytes. Despite varied alterations across the selected GTPase-related genes, TGF-β1 treatment produced a trend toward increased VAV1 and DOCK2 expression in co-culture, hepatocytes, and LX-2 cells, and this was reversed by the TGF-β inhibitor in co-culture and hepatocytes. Other GTPase genes, including RAC1, RAB32, and RHOU, displayed cell type–specific responses to TGF-β1. These observations suggest that the regulation of GTPases is mediated by multiple hepatic cell types, supporting the importance of intercellular crosstalk.

      Figure R4. Expression of GTPase-related genes in spheroid co-culture, hepatocyte monoculture, and LX-2 cells (n = 3). Controls for each gene and experiment were normalized to 1 to enable comparison across treatment groups.

      • Are the suggested experiments realistic in terms of time and resources? It would help if you could add an estimated cost and time investment for substantial experiments.

      The experiment mentioned above is cheap (cell culture, RT-QPCR) and can be performed within a couple of weeks.

      • Are the data and the methods presented in such a way that they can be reproduced? Yes

      • Are the experiments adequately replicated and statistical analysis adequate? There is no indication of group size, number of replicates for in vitro experiments

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have added the sample sizes to all relevant sections: ‘n = 4’ in the figure legends for 3D spheroid experiments and ‘n = 8–10’ for the LX-2 experiments. This information has also been incorporated into the corresponding experimental descriptions in the Methods section.

      **Referees cross-commenting**

      I believe there is a general consensus on this potentially interesting contribution to the field, with three main points: (1) the need for a careful group-by-group comparison that accounts for potential confounders, (2) a more rigorous exploitation/characterization of the spheroid system, and (3) the need to benchmark the authors' findings against the available literature.

      Thank you for summarizing the main points. Our responses are as follows:

      • We adjusted for key confounders (sex, gender, age, BMI, diabetes) in all statistical analysis to minimize potential bias, mostly using linear regression (rather than group-to-group comparison). In response to Reviewer 3, comment 1, we also conducted additional statistical analyses exploring molecular changes in diabetic vs. non-diabetic individuals.
      • We provided detailed characterization of the spheroid model (response to Reviewer 3, comment 3) and we have done additional experiments in LX-2 cells.
      • We benchmarked our findings using external human cohorts, mouse models, and single cell spheroid systems:
      • Compared our liver transcriptomics data with two published liver RNA-seq datasets (EU cohort, PMID 31467298; VA cohort, PMID 33268509) as shown in Figure 1G. In Figures 3A and 6A, we also included sidebars indicating gene alterations in these cohorts, showing consistent trends. Moreover, we examined the expression alterations of GTPase-related genes in these datasets in response to Reviewer 3’s comment 2.
      • Assessed genes linked to fibrosis progression in hepatic stellate cells from a murine liver fibrosis model (PMID 34839349), confirming differential expression of GTPases and their regulators during fibrosis initiation (Figure S9A).
      • Examined GTPase-related genes in an independent single-cell human spheroid system (PMID 37962490). This enabled cell-type-specific information of GTPase regulation in response to TGF-β (Figure S9C). We also expanded the discussion section on both the consistencies and discrepancies between our findings and previously published studies.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      The authors identified GTPases as players in the progression of MASLD. This is an interesting preliminary report warranting further molecular investigations (in which liver cell types, which GTPase pathway(s) are involved, which functions are controlled through this pathway...)

      • State what audience might be interested in and influenced by the reported findings.

      This paper will have an impact in the hepatology field

      • Define your field of expertise with a few keywords to help the authors contextualize your point of view. Indicate if there are any parts of the paper that you do not have sufficient expertise to evaluate.

      I have expertise in the analysis of "MASLD" human cohorts and in the molecular biology of chronic liver diseases.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary:

      Metabolic dysfunction associated liver disease (MASLD) describes a spectrum of progressive liver pathologies linked to life style-associated metabolic alterations (such as increased body weight and elevated blood sugar levels), reaching from steatosis over steatohepatitis to fibrosis and finally end stage complications, such as liver failure and hepatocellular carcinoma. Treatment options for MASLD include diet adjustments, weight loss, and the receptor-β (THR-β) agonist resmetirom, but remain limited at this stage, motivating further studies to elucidate molecular disease mechanisms to identify novel therapeutic targets. In their present study, the authors aim to identify early molecular changes in MASLD linked to obesity. To this end, they study a cohort of 109 obese individuals with no or early-stage MASLD combining measurements from two anatomic sides: 1. bulk RNA-sequencing and metabolomics of liver biopsies, and 2. metabolomics from patient blood. Their major finding is that GTPase-related genes are transcriptionally altered in livers of individuals with steatosis with fibrosis compared to steatosis without fibrosis.

      Major comments:

      1. Confounders (such as (pre-)diabetes) The patient table shows significant differences in non-MASLD vs. MASLD individuals, with the latter suffering more often from diabetes or hypertriglyceridemia.

      Rather than just stating corrections, subgroup analyses should be performed (accompanied with designated statistical power analyses) to infer the degree to which these conditions contribute to the observations. I.e., major findings stating MASLD-associated changes should hold true in the subgroup of MASLD patients without diabetes/of female sex and so forth (testing for each of the significant differences between groups).

      Our original statistical analysis employed linear regression to examine associations between molecular variables (genes/metabolites) and histological progression (steatosis and fibrosis), with adjustment for potential confounders including diabetic status, age, sex, and BMI. We specifically focused on these two histological features to elucidate the disturbed molecular processes during their progression. Regression coefficients represent the expected change in abundance levels (in units of standard deviation of the corresponding molecule) per one-unit increase in histological grades.

      To address the reviewer's question, we conducted additional subgroup analyses to determine whether our major findings remain consistent in individuals with and without diabetes. We assessed linear associations between gene signatures and histological features separately in non-diabetic (n = 71) and diabetic individuals (n = 23). Statistical power was estimated by comparing the variance explained by the full regression model (y ~ x + a + b + c) against the reduced model (y ~ a + b + c), converting the incremental for x into Cohen's , and applying pwr.f2.test with the corresponding degrees of freedom and sample size at α = 0.05.

      For both steatosis and fibrosis, the results in the non-diabetic subgroup (n = 71) showed high consistency with findings in our original analysis (n = 94, adjusted for diabetes), indicating that our originally reported gene signatures, after correction for diabetic status, remain valid in non-diabetic individuals.

      In contrast, for diabetic individuals (n = 23), associations between genes and histological features did not closely replicate our original findings. Notably, we observed larger estimate effects for fibrosis-associated genes in diabetic individuals, suggesting a potential interaction between diabetes and fibrosis progression.

      Figure R5. Subgroup analysis of the association between gene expressions and steatosis grades

      Figure R6. Subgroup analysis of the association between gene expressions and fibrosis grades

      On the comment "degree to which these conditions contribute to the observations," our original analysis adjusted for diabetes status to identify molecular signatures independently associated with fibrosis without the confounding of diabetes status. Consequently, the reported gene signatures in the original analysis more closely reflect patterns in the non-diabetes group, as demonstrated in our subgroup analysis plots. We also comment that, unfortunately, we did not adjust for the interaction of fibrosis and diabetes in the original analysis.

      Furthermore, our additional analyses revealed a close relationship between diabetes and liver fibrosis. Consistent with Figure 1C, hepatic fibrosis is significantly correlated with insulin resistance parameters in clinical assays, including blood insulin levels and HOMA2-IR. To explore this association further, we compared gene expression profiles between diabetic MASLD patients (n = 21) and non-diabetic MASLD patients (n = 43). Although few genes reached significance after multiple testing correction, 166 genes showed differential expression (p 0.32) between these groups.

      We identified 55 genes as potential "diabetic markers" that both showed differential expression between diabetic and non-diabetic MASLD patients and were significantly associated with steatosis or fibrosis progression. These genes are predominantly downregulated metabolic genes (e.g., BAAT, G6PC1, SULT2A1, MAT1A), suggesting that diabetes may exacerbate metabolic suppression as fibrosis advances. Given the high prevalence of diabetes in the MASLD population, our analysis supports the hypothesis that diabetes worsens MASLD outcomes, likely through impaired metabolic capability during fibrosis progression.

      Regarding the comment on the "subgroup of female sex," our original analysis also adjusted for sex as a potential confounder. Since our cohort is predominantly female (>76%), the majority of our findings likely holds true in the female sub-population, similar to what we observed in our diabetes subgroup analysis.

      External validation

      Additionally, to back up the major GTPase signature findings, it would be desirable to analyze an external dataset of (pre)diabetes patients (other biased groups) for alternations in these genes. It would be important to know if this signature also shows in non-MASLD diabetic patients vs. healthy patients or is a feature specific to MASLD. Also, could the matched metabolic data be used to validate metabolite alterations that would be expected under GTPase-associated protein dysregulation?

      We appreciate the comments regarding the validation GTPase as a unique MASLD signature by external datasets. As shown in our previous analysis, after adjusting for diabetes status, the gene signatures remained largely preserved in the non-diabetes subgroup. Before we respond further, we also preface that publicly available liver tissue data, with appropriate and full-scale clinical metadata and sufficient sample sizes, are extremely rare. To the best of our knowledge, the public data sets we brought into our paper were the most prominent data of reliable quality.

      In the paper, we benchmarked our RNAseq dataset against two datasets: the VA cohort and EU cohort (Figure 1). Our cohort focused primarily on early MASLD patients with obesity, which aligns more closely with the disease spectrum represented in the VA cohort (Figure 1G). Notably, in the published paper for the VA cohort, Hoang et al. highlighted Rho GTPase signaling as one of the top pathways in the fibrosis PPI network (Figure 1B from publication PMID 31467298).

      We interrogated GTPase-related genes in both the VA and EU cohorts. As shown in Figure R7 (below), GTPase-related genes demonstrated a strong association with fibrosis grades in the VA cohort, as expected. The EU cohort comprises more advanced MASLD cases with higher fibrosis grades, and our re-analysis in this cohort specifically focused on MASH patients (as designated by the authors). In those MASH patients, GTPase-related genes did not show significant positive associations with fibrosis progression. This finding is consistent with our hypothesis that GTPase regulation is triggered more prominent during the early progression of fibrosis rather than at later stages.

      Unfortunately, diabetes status was not available in the GEO repository for the VA cohort. Available liver tissue sequencing datasets with balanced representation of diabetic and nondiabetic patients are rare, especially those derived from obese individuals and reflecting the early-to-middle stages of MASLD. In our own cohort, for instance, only two diabetic patients without MASLD were recruited (Table 1). While we cannot rule out a role for insulin resistance in GTPase regulation, we will plan future experiments using mouse models to examine GTPase-mediated fibrosis under diabetic and nondiabetic conditions.

      Regarding the comment ‘validate metabolite alterations that would be expected under GTPase-associated protein dysregulation,’ we note that GTPases are primarily involved in cytoskeletal organization, vesicle trafficking, and other cellular processes, with few well-established links to specific metabolite signatures. Nevertheless, in our partial correlation network integrating hepatic genes and metabolites, we observed co-regulated metabolites associated with GTPase-related genes (Figure R8). These included palmitoleoyl ethanolamide (N-acylethanolamine, an anti-inflammatory metabolite and PPARα ligand), phenylacetic acid (a phenylalanine metabolite), biotin (a coenzyme), arginine, lysine, melatonin (a tryptophan metabolite), and several lipid species such as PC 32:0 and CAR 20:1. While causal relationships cannot be inferred from this dataset, our integrative network highlights potential connections related to the trafficking of these metabolites that warrant further investigation.

      Figure R7. Associations between GTPase-related genes to fibrosis in this study and two external cohorts. Asterisks denote significant associations with q value Figure R8. Integrative subnetwork of GTPase-related genes. Blue squares represent GTPase-related genes, red circles indicate metabolites connected to these genes, and the purple diamond denotes fibrosis, which is connected to RHOU.*

      3D liver spheroid MASH model, Fig. 6D/E

      This 3D experiment is technically not an external validation of GTPase-related genes being involved in MASLD, since patient-derived cells may only retain changes that have happened in vivo. To demonstrate that the GTPase expression signature is specifically invoked by fibrosis the LX-2 set up is more convincing, however, the up-regulation of the GTPase-related genes upon fibrosis induction with TGF-beta, in concordance with the patient data, needs to be shown first (qPCR or RNA-seq).

      We agree with the reviewer that experiments in LX-2 (HSC) cells are important and as we have described under ‘Reviewer #2’ we have done this (Figure R3 and Figure R4). Because HSCs only comprise a minor cell population of liver cells, the signals observed in patient bulk RNA data are likely driven primarily by hepatocytes. Nevertheless, we have highlighted the importance of hepatic cell crosstalk in Figure R4 and in our response to Reviewer #2. Additionally, in Supplementary Figure S9B, we identify the potential cell types of origin for the GTPase signals (predominantly hepatocytes and HSCs) using a single-cell dataset from an independent study (PMID: 37962490).

      Additionally, the description of the 3D model is too uncritical. The maintenance of functional human PHHs in 3D has only become available this year (PMID: 40240606) marking a break-through in the field. Since the authors did not use this system, I would strongly assume their findings are largely attributable to the mesenchymal cells in the 3D culture, and these limitations need to be stated.

      We humbly disagree with the reviewer on the 3D liver spheroids. The paper that the reviewer is referencing is related to the proliferation of hepatocytes in organoids, not – at least not directly – their functional maintenance. Here, we use a spheroid model of mature fully differentiated cells, which is conceptually different from the organoid approach. Maintenance of such functional human hepatocytes for multiple weeks in culture has been possible for close to a decade (PMID 27143246). Moreover, particularly for the modeling of chronic liver disease, such as MASH, it is important to use directly patient-derived cells as short induction cycles (typically 1-2 weeks) of disease phenotypes in organoid models do not faithfully reproduce the molecular signatures that stem from chronic exposures in vivo.

      The 3D liver spheroid model we used here is derived from livers from patients with a histologically confirmed diagnosis of MASH. The isolated cells are fully mature and thus do not require in vitro differentiation. There are no MSCs in the 3D cultures; rather the spheroids contain hepatocytes, stellate cells, Kupffer cells as well as various other immune cell types present in the liver at the time of isolation (T cells, B cells, NK cells). Furthermore, the model is extensively characterized at the transcriptomic, proteomic and lipidomic level (PMID 39605182).

      Novelty / references

      Similar studies that also combined liver and blood lipidomics/metabolomics in obese individuals with and without MASLD (e.g. PMID 39731853, 39653777) should be cited. Additionally, it would benefit the quality of the discussion to state how findings in this study add new insights over previous studies, if their findings/insights differ, and if so, why.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We added the two papers into the discussion section. Specifically, we discussed the consistent findings (such as AKR1B10 in PMID 37037945 and mitochondrial dysfunction in PMID 39731853) and discrepancies (such as limited plasma metabolomic changes and circulating sphingolipid alterations in multiple human and mouse models) in comparison with previously published omics studies in MASLD patients. Also, we thoroughly discussed our findings (e.g., lipid dysregulation, dysregulated tryptophan metabolism, GTPase regulation) and potential mechanisms with extensive literature supports from of human, animal, and cell studies.

      Minor comments:

      1. The quality of Supplementary Figures (e.g. S7) makes is impossible to read the labels Thank you for this feedback. The resolution of the figures was impaired in the initial upload. We will provide all supplementary figures with high resolution in our revised submission and ensure all labels are clearly readable.

      For Figure S7C, we presented the correlation matrix of more than 200 GTPase-related genes along with the TGF-β genes TGFB1 and TGFB3. This illustrates the overall co-expression patterns of GTPase-related genes rather than displaying individual gene labels, with arrows now included to highlight TGFB1 and TGFB3.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      The authors provide an overall sound study on the hepatic transcriptomic and metabolomic signatures in an Australian cohort of 109 obese non-to-early stage MASLD patients. They perform thorough analyses of metabolome and transcriptome in liver biopsies and metabolome in blood, using standard technologies such as RNA sequencing and mass spectrometry. Their key finding is a GTPase-associated gene signature related to fibrosis onset. Limitations of the study include potential cohort confounders (raising the need for expanded control experiments), limited discussion of similar studies, and limits in cell-type resolution, the latter of which is related to the molecular read out, and has in parts been started to be addressed by in vitro experiments in an immortalized HSC lines. Taken together, given additional control analyses will be performed, the results could be of interest to an expert community in the field of molecular hepatology and, while still descriptive, hold the potential to prompt mechanistic follow-up studies.

      We thank this reviewer for a balanced, positive, and constructive evaluation of our manuscript.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary:

      Provide a short summary of the findings and key conclusions (including methodology and model system(s) where appropriate).

      In this paper, Kaldis and collaborators investigate the molecular heterogeneity of a 109 morbidly obese patient cohort, focusing on liver transcriptomics and metabolomics analysis from liver and serum. The main finding (ie upregulation of GTPase-coding genes) was validated in spheroids and a human HSC cell line. As these proteins are involved in critical cellular functions related to metabolism and cytoskeleton dynamics, these findings shed light on their involvement in human liver pathology which so far has been poorly (or even not) documented to date. This is an interesting addition to the current knowledge about chronic liver pathology. However the manuscript suffers from the lack of a clear-cut definition of patient subgroups and the seemingly indistinct use of generic (MASLD, NAS score) and more granular terms (MASH, fibrosis) across the various analysis they performed.

      Major comments:

      • Are the key conclusions convincing?

      The conclusions are generally consistent with findings from numerous previous studies, as many of the genes identified and their associations with disease states have been previously reported. However, I found it difficult to discern which specific disease stages the authors are referring to throughout the manuscript. Terms such as MASLD (Fig. 1F), steatosis (Fig. 4A), MASH, fibrosis (Fig. 6), and the composite NAS score (Fig. 1G) are used interchangeably, without clearly explaining whether or how the patient cohort was stratified to distinguish between isolated steatosis, MASH, and MASH with or without fibrosis. It is also unclear whether subgroups were propensity score-matched.

      In a related point, the authors mention that 76% of patients are non-fibrotic, introducing a marked imbalance between fibrotic (n=26) and non-fibrotic (n=83) samples. Given this disparity and potential inter-individual variability, it would be helpful to include observed fold changes or effect sizes to give readers a sense of the magnitude of the biological dysregulations being reported. - Should the authors qualify some of their claims as preliminary or speculative, or remove them altogether? - The authors seem pretty enthusiastic about elafibranor, despite a failed phase 3 clinical trial. I would qualify elafibranor as a useful tool in preclinical model.<br /> - The authors should make clearly the pronounced sex bias in their study, which includes mostly women (and btw refer to sex and not gender in the manuscript).<br /> - The "MASH" status of the spheroid model is overstated. As described in the text it is much closer to a lipotoxicity model (and even glucotoxicity as Glc concentration is 2g/L). This is confusing with panel D in which the authors establish a relationship between fibrotic patients (F2/F3 vs F0/S0, so I guess "no MASLD liver?) and this model. Is the relationship maintained for steatotic-only patients?<br /> - Would additional experiments be essential to support the claims of the paper? Request additional experiments only where necessary for the paper as it is, and do not ask authors to open new lines of experimentation. I am not convinced that HSC and LX2 cells express significant levels of PPARα. However, did the authors check for this parameter in their LX2 cell line and assessed whether PPARα/b activation by elafibranor (and/or pemafibrate as it is PPARα selective) alter GTPase expression? Whether negative or positive, this could give a clue about possible intercellular crosstalk in the spheroid model.<br /> - Are the suggested experiments realistic in terms of time and resources? It would help if you could add an estimated cost and time investment for substantial experiments.

      The experiment mentioned above is cheap (cell culture, RT-QPCR) and can be performed within a couple of weeks. - Are the data and the methods presented in such a way that they can be reproduced?

      Yes - Are the experiments adequately replicated and statistical analysis adequate?

      There is no indication of group size, number of replicates for in vitro experiments

      Referees cross-commenting

      I believe there is a general consensus on this potentially interesting contribution to the field, with three main points: (1) the need for a careful group-by-group comparison that accounts for potential confounders, (2) a more rigorous exploitation/characterization of the spheroid system, and (3) the need to benchmark the authors' findings against the available literature.

      Significance

      • Describe the nature and significance of the advance (e.g. conceptual, technical, clinical) for the field. The authors identified GTPases as players in the progression of MASLD. This is an interesting preliminary report warranting further molecular investigations (in which liver cell types, which GTPase pathway(s) are involved, which functions are controlled through this pathway...)
      • State what audience might be interested in and influenced by the reported findings. This paper will have an impact in the hepatology field
      • Define your field of expertise with a few keywords to help the authors contextualize your point of view. Indicate if there are any parts of the paper that you do not have sufficient expertise to evaluate. I have expertise in the analysis of "MASLD" human cohorts and in the molecular biology of chronic liver diseases.
    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The manuscript describes an interesting approach towards designing genetic circuits to sense different RAS mutants in the context of cancer therapeutics. The authors created sensors for mutant RAS and incorporated feed-forward control that leverages endogenous RAS/MAPK signaling pathways in order to dramatically increase the circuits' dynamic range. The modularity of the system is explored through the individual screening of several RAS binding domains, transmembrane domains, and MAPK response elements, and the author further extensively screened different combinations of circuit components. This is an impressive synthetic biology demonstration that took it all the way to cancer cell lines. However, given the sole demonstrated output in the form of fluorescent proteins, the authors' claims related to therapeutic implications require additional empirical evidence or, otherwise, expository revision.

      Major comments:

      "These therapies are limited to cancers with KRASG12C mutations" is technically accurate. However, in this fast-moving field, there are examples such as MRTX1133 which holds the promise to target the very G12D mutation that is the focus of this paper. There are broader efforts too. It would help the readers better appreciate the background if the authors could update the intro to reflect the most recent landscape of RAS-targeting drugs.

      Only KRASG12D was used as a model in the design and optimization work of the genetic circuits. Other mutations should be quite experimentally feasible and comparisons of the circuits' performances across different KRAS mutations would allow for stronger claims on the circuits' generalizability. Particularly, the cancer cell line used for circuit validation harbored a KRASG13D mutation. While the data presented do indeed support the circuit's "generalizability," the model systems would not have been consistent in the current set of data presented.

      In Figure 2a, the text claims that "inactivation of endogenous RAS with NF1 resulted in a lower YFP/RBDCRD-NarX expression," but Figure 2a does not show a statistically significant reduction in expression of SYFP (measured by "membrane-to-total signal ratio [RU]).

      The therapeutic index of the authors' systems would be better characterized by a functional payload, other than florescent proteins, that for example induce cell death, immune responses, etc.

      Regarding data presented in "Mechanism of action" (Figure 2), the observations are interesting and consistent across different fluorescent reporters. However, with regard to interpretations of the underlying molecular mechanisms, it is not clear whether the different output levels in 2b, 2c, and 2d are due to the pathway as described by the authors or simply from varied expression levels of RBDCRD-NarX itself (2a) that is nonlinearly amplified by the rest of the circuit. From a practical standpoint, this caveat is not critical with respect to the signal-to-noise ratios in later parts of the paper. From a mechanistic interpretation standpoint, claims made forth in this section are not clearly substantiated. Some additional controls would be nice. For example, if the authors express NarXs that constitutively dimerize on the membrane, what would the RasG12D-responsiveness look like? Does RasG12D alter the input-output curve of NarL-RE? How would Figure 4f compare to a NaxR constitutively dimerized control that only relies on transcriptional amplification of the Ras-dependent promoters? It's also possible that these Ras could affect protein production at the post-transcriptional or even post-translational levels, which were not adequately considered.

      The text claims that "in contrast to what we saw in HEK293 overexpressing RAS (Figure 5d), the "AND-gate" RAS-targeting circuits do not generate higher output than the EF1a-driven, binding-triggered RAS sensor in HCT-116. Instead, the improved dynamic range results from decreased leakiness in HCT- 116k.o." Comparing the experiment from Figure 5d, which looks at activation in KRASG12D and KRASWT, to the experiments in Figure 6b-d, which looks at activation in HCT-116WT and HCT-116KO is misleading. In Fig 5d., cells are transfected with KRASG12D and KRASWT to emulate high levels of mutant RAS and high levels of wild-type RAS. In Figures 6b-d, HCT-116WT has endogenous levels of mutant RAS, while the KCT-116KO is a knock-out cell line, and does not have mutant or WT RAS. Therefore, the improved dynamic range or "decreased leakiness in HCT-116KO" in comparison to Figure 5d. is more comparable to the NF1 condition from Figure 2, which deactivates endogenous RAS. While this may not be feasible, the most accurate comparison would have been an HCT-116KO line with KRASWT stably integrated.

      We couldn't locate the citation or discussion of Figure 4d in the text. Conversely, based on the text description, Figure 6g would contain exciting results. But we couldn't find Figure 6g anywhere ... unless it was a typo and the authors meant Figure 6f, in which case the cool results in Figure S8 could use more elaboration in the main text.

      Comments on revisions:

      Now that the authors have extensively addressed my comments through text and additional experiments, I am supportive of its conclusions. I thank them for the rigorous updates and congratulate them on an important piece demonstrating the potential of synthetic biology circuits.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The manuscript by Senn and colleagues presents a comprehensive study on the developing synthetic gene circuits targeting mutant RAS-expressing cells. This study aims to exploit these RAS-targeting circuits as cancer cell classifiers, enabling the selective expression of an output protein in correlation with RAS activity. The system is based on the bacterial two-component system NarX/NarL. A RAS-binding domain, the RBDCRD domain of the RAS effector protein CRAF, is fused to the histidine kinase domain, which carries an inactivating amino acid exchange either in its ATP-binding site (N509A) or in its phosphorylation site (H399Q). Dimerization or nanocluster formation of RAS-GTP reconstitutes an active histidine kinase sensor dimer that phosphorylates the response regulator NarL. The phosphorylated DNA-binding protein NarL, fused to the transcription activator domain VP48, binds its responsive element and induces the expression of the output protein. In comparison to mutated RAS, the effect of the RAS activator SOS-1 and the RAS inhibitor NF1 on the sensing ability as well as the tunability of the RAS sensor were examined. A RAS targeting circuit with an AND gate was designed by expressing the RAS sensor proteins under the control of defined MAPK response elements, resulting in a large increase in the dynamic range between mutant and wild-type RAS. Finally, the RAS targeting circuits were evaluated in detail in a set of twelve cancer cell lines expressing endogenous levels of mutant or wild-type RAS or oncogenes affecting RAS signaling upstream or downstream. 

      Strengths: 

      This proof-of-concept study convincingly demonstrates the potential of synthetic gene circuits to target oncogenic RAS in tumor cell lines and to function, at least in part, as an RAS mutant cell classifier. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The use of an appropriate "therapeutic gene" might revert the oncogenic properties of RAS mutant cell lines. However, a therapeutic strategy based on this four-plasmid-based system might be difficult to implement in RAS-driven solid cancers. 

      Thank you for the insightful comments. We agree that the delivery of a four-plasmid system represents a major challenge for translating RAS-targeting circuits into therapeutic applications. Reducing the number of plasmids –ideally consolidating all components onto a single vector– will be critical for clinical implementation.

      Viral delivery is generally the most efficient strategy for DNA-based therapies, but viral vectors have limited packaging capacities, which differ by virus type[1]. The RAS_sensor_F.L.T. circuit under the EF1α promoter requires ~7.7 kb for the sensing components alone, excluding the output gene. This exceeds the packaging limit of adeno-associated virus (AAV) and is at the upper boundary for lentiviral vectors but could potentially be accommodated by larger vectors such as γ-retroviruses, poxviruses, or herpesviruses¹. Co-transduction with dual AAVs [2] or ongoing engineering to expand packaging capacity [3] may also offer future solutions. An additional route to reduce construct size could be alternative splicing, especially given redundancy between the two NarX fusion proteins[4]. 

      An advantage of our current architecture is that synthetic response elements replace constitutive promoters, reducing construct size. For example, the MAPK-driven PY2_NarX&NarL circuits range between 4.9 and 5.2 kb depending on the transactivation domain, bringing them within AAV packaging limits for the sensor module[5], though co-delivery of the output gene would still be necessary. For lentiviruses, this is within the packaging capacity of 8 kb<sup>1</sup> and would allow for inclusion of ~3 kb output genes.

      Still, assembling multiple modules onto a single vector introduces new challenges, including possible crosstalk or interference between neighboring promoters [6]. For example, placing the output gene too close to MAPK response elements may trigger unwanted MAPKdependent expression, potentially bypassing the intended AND-gate logic. Moreover, expressing three genes under separate response elements may shift expression ratios and reduce circuit functionality. Nonetheless, the absence of constitutive promoters and the RAS-dependence of MAPK response elements could provide partial robustness, since even unintended activation would still reflect RAS signaling to some extent. Further, our data (Fig. 1d) show that some deviation in component levels can be tolerated, provided all parts are sufficiently expressed. Nonetheless, assembling the circuit on a single vector will require careful design and rigorous validation to ensure optimal performance. 

      While addressing this is beyond the scope of the current study, we agree that future efforts should focus on vector consolidation and delivery strategies. We now include a paragraph discussing these challenges in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      The manuscript describes an interesting approach towards designing genetic circuits to sense different RAS mutants in the context of cancer therapeutics. The authors created sensors for mutant RAS and incorporated feed-forward control that leverages endogenous RAS/MAPK signaling pathways in order to dramatically increase the circuits' dynamic range. The modularity of the system is explored through the individual screening of several RAS binding domains, transmembrane domains, and MAPK response elements, and the author further extensively screened different combinations of circuit components. This is an impressive synthetic biology demonstration that took it all the way to cancer cell lines. However, given the sole demonstrated output in the form of fluorescent proteins, the authors' claims related to therapeutic implications require additional empirical evidence or, otherwise, expository revision. 

      Thank you very much for the thoughtful evaluation, precise critique, and constructive suggestions.

      As correctly noted, our study initially focused on developing and optimizing input sensors and processing units for synthetic gene circuits targeting mutated RAS. To address the concern regarding therapeutic relevance, we have now incorporated functional validation using a clinically relevant output protein: herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (HSV-TK), which converts ganciclovir into a cytotoxic compound. We replaced the mCerulean reporter with HSV-TK and tested the resulting RAS-targeting circuits in both RAS-mutant and wild-type cancer cell lines. The results, now presented in a new chapter (Figure 8 and Supplementary Fig. 14), demonstrate robust killing of RAS-mutant cells and support the potential therapeutic utility of these circuits.

      Major comments: 

      "These therapies are limited to cancers with KRASG12C mutations" is technically accurate. However, in this fast-moving field, there are examples such as MRTX1133 which holds the promise to target the very G12D mutation that is the focus of this paper. There are broader efforts too. It would help the readers better appreciate the background if the authors could update the intro to reflect the most recent landscape of RAS-targeting drugs. 

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. We have updated the introduction to reflect the rapidly evolving landscape of RAS-targeting therapies, including the development of inhibitors for nonG12C mutations such as KRASG12D (e.g., MRTX1133). Given the pace and breadth of these advances, we also refer readers to a recent comprehensive review that provides an in-depth overview of current RAS-targeting strategies.

      Only KRASG12D was used as a model in the design and optimization work of the genetic circuits. Other mutations should be quite experimentally feasible and comparisons of the circuits' performances across different KRAS mutations would allow for stronger claims on the circuits' generalizability. Particularly, the cancer cell line used for circuit validation harbored a KRASG13D mutation. While the data presented do indeed support the circuit's "generalizability," the model systems would not have been consistent in the current set of data presented. 

      To further support the generalizability of our RAS sensor, we titrated plasmid doses for a panel of oncogenic RAS variants, including multiple KRAS mutants as well as HRAS<sup>G12D</sup and NRAS<sup>G12D</sup. Across all tested variants, we observed concentration-dependent activation of the RAS sensor. At 1.67 ng/well, the sensor output for all oncogenic RAS variants was at least as high as that for KRAS<sup>G12D</sup>, suggesting that the behavior observed in our initial design and optimization is representative of a broader set of RAS mutations.

      We also noted that high overexpression of wildtype HRAS and NRAS can lead to substantial activation of the sensor, exceeding that observed with wildtype KRAS. This underscores the importance of considering all RAS isoforms when assessing circuit specificity and avoiding potential off-target activation in healthy cells.

      In Figure 2a, the text claims that "inactivation of endogenous RAS with NF1 resulted in a lower YFP/RBDCRD-NarX expression," but Figure 2a does not show a statistically significant reduction in expression of SYFP (measured by "membrane-to-total signal ratio [RU]). 

      Thank you for pointing this out. We repeated the experiment to reassess the effect of NF1 on RBDCRD-NarX-SYFP2 expression and were able to confirm statistical significance. Accordingly, we have replaced Figure 2a with updated data. To facilitate better visual comparison across conditions, we also standardized the y-axis range across all relevant flow cytometry plots.

      The therapeutic index of the authors' systems would be better characterized by a functional payload, other than florescent proteins, that for example induce cell death, immune responses, etc. 

      Thank you for this insightful comment. We agree that fluorescent reporters are limited to approximating expression levels, and that a functional output protein is more appropriate for assessing therapeutic potential. To address this, we replaced mCerulean with the therapeutic suicide-gene, HSV-TK, and tested the circuits in RAS-mutant and wild-type cancer cell lines. These experiments demonstrate that our circuits can express functional proteins and induce cell death in two RAS-mutant cell lines while showing low toxicity in a RAS wild type cell line (new chapter including Fig. 8 and Supplementary Fig.14). 

      Comparing confluence of cells transfected with the RAS-targeting circuits to cells transfected with non-toxic GFP-output negative control or the constitutively expressed EF1αHSV-TK positive control allowed us to estimate the killing-strength of the circuits in each cell line. In RAS-mutant HCT-116 the confluence curves were similar to the positive control, indicating effective killing (Fig. 8b). At lower DNA dose in HCT-116, or in SW620 with lower transfection efficiency, the killing of transfected RAS-driven cancer cells was less pronounced, falling approximately midway between the controls (Fig. 8g&j). In the RAS wild type cell line, Igrov-1, the RAS circuits showed continued growth similar to the non-toxic negative control (Fig. 8d), suggesting low toxicity. 

      While this may indicate low circuit activation in Igrov-1, an alternative explanation for the low toxicity could also be insufficient transfection efficiency. Testing in SW620 –which had similar transfection efficiency as Igrov-1 (Supplementary Fig. 14a)– showed that this moderate transfection efficiency was sufficient for RAS-circuit-dependent killing (Fig. 8d & 8g), supporting the notion of low activation in Igrov-1 and selective cytotoxicity in RAS-driven cancer cells.

      Nonetheless, it is important to note that comparisons between the cell lines need to be interpreted cautiously because of inter-cell line differences in transfection, growth, and HSV-TK/ganciclovir (GCV)-sensitivity (Supplementary Fig. 14) and further validation will be essential. 

      A conclusive assessment will require more efficient delivery strategies, such as viral vectors (as discussed above). Efficient delivery would allow to investigate selectivity in a more realistic setting with patient-derived RAS-mutant cancer and healthy cells as well as testing in an vivo model. While beyond the scope of the current study, we view it as a critical direction for future work and have therefore added a paragraph about this to our discussion.

      Regarding data presented in "Mechanism of action" (Figure 2), the observations are interesting and consistent across different fluorescent reporters. However, with regard to interpretations of the underlying molecular mechanisms, it is not clear whether the different output levels in 2b, 2c, and 2d are due to the pathway as described by the authors or simply from varied expression levels of RBDCRD-NarX itself (2a) that is nonlinearly amplified by the rest of the circuit. From a practical standpoint, this caveat is not critical with respect to the signal-to-noise ratios in later parts of the paper. From a mechanistic interpretation standpoint, claims made forth in this section are not clearly substantiated. Some additional controls would be nice. For example, if the authors express NarXs that constitutively dimerize on the membrane, what would the RasG12Dresponsiveness look like? Does RasG12D alter the input-output curve of NarL-RE? How would Figure 4f compare to a NaxR constitutively dimerized control that only relies on transcriptional amplification of the Ras-dependent promoters? 

      This is a great point. We agree that the observed differences in output levels (Fig. 2) could arise from non-linear amplification due to increased expression of RBDCRD-NarX, rather than RAS binding or dimerization alone. To further investigate this possibility, we performed titrations of KRAS<sup>G12D</sup> in combination with the functional RAS sensor and a series of constitutively active and inactive control constructs (Supplementary Fig. 4).

      Inactive controls lacking NarX dimerization showed only a modest increase in output expression, similar to direct mCerulean expression under the EF1α promoter. Transfection of the output plasmid alone, with NarL, or with NarL and non-RAS-binding RBD<sup>R89L</sup> CRD<sup>C168S</sup> -NarX, resulted in minimal RAS-dependent increases (Supplementary Fig. 4a). Importantly, after normalization using the EF1α-driven mCherry transfection control, these effects were fully or even slightly over-compensated (Supplementary Fig. 4b), showing that we don’t include the effect of EF1α-dependent increased leakiness in the data presented throughout the manuscript, but also that –due to the normalization– we potentially underestimate the dynamic range of the RAS-targeting circuits.

      In contrast, constitutively dimerizing NarX controls (both membrane-bound and cytosolic dimerized via the FKBP–FRB system) exhibited a more pronounced RAS-dependent increase in output –even after normalization– confirming the presence of non-linear amplification (up to 3–4fold). However, this effect was still lower than that achieved with the functional RAS-binding sensor (8-fold at 1.67 ng/well KRAS<sup>G12D</sup>; 14-fold at 5–15 ng/well), indicating that the increase in expression of the sensor parts is not the full explanation of the effect we see. Instead, RAS binding and dimerization further amplify the response and are necessary for full activation (Supplementary Fig. 4b).

      We also addressed the reviewer’s suggestion by testing the MAPK response elements used in Fig. 4f with constitutively dimerizing NarX. These controls generally showed lower fold changes between KRAS<sup>G12D</sup>; and KRAS<sup>WT</sup> than the corresponding RAS-binding circuits  (Supplementary Fig. 7), with one exception: the combination of SRE_NarX and PY2_NarL-VP48. 

      Together, these data show that non-linear amplification via increased expression and dimerization contributes to output activation. However, RAS binding and induced dimerization of the NarX sensor are required for full functionality and enhanced signal strength. This underscores that integrating the MAPK response elements with the binding-based RAS sensor into RAS-targeting circuits generally improves the distinction between cells with KRAS<sup>G12D</sup>;  and KRAS<sup>WT</sup> and that it was the combination that allowed to reach maximal fold changes.

      It's also possible that these Ras could affect protein production at the post-transcriptional or even post-translational levels, which were not adequately considered. 

      Thank you for this comment. We now mention in the manuscript the potential mechanisms by which (over-)activated RAS or MAPK signaling can increase protein synthesis. We cite relevant reports of the mechanisms we found, including upregulation of translational initiation and machinery[10]  and ribosomal biogenesis[11].

      The text claims that "in contrast to what we saw in HEK293 overexpressing RAS (Figure 5d), the "AND-gate" RAS-targeting circuits do not generate higher output than the EF1a-driven, bindingtriggered RAS sensor in HCT-116. Instead, the improved dynamic range results from decreased leakiness in HCT- 116k.o." Comparing the experiment from Figure 5d, which looks at activation in KRASG12D and KRASWT, to the experiments in Figure 6b-d, which looks at activation in HCT-116WT and HCT-116KO is misleading. In Fig 5d., cells are transfected with KRASG12D and KRASWT to emulate high levels of mutant RAS and high levels of wild-type RAS. In Figures 6b-d, HCT-116WT has endogenous levels of mutant RAS, while the KCT-116KO is a knock-out cell line, and does not have mutant or WT RAS. Therefore, the improved dynamic range or "decreased leakiness in HCT-116KO" in comparison to Figure 5d. is more comparable to the NF1 condition from Figure 2, which deactivates endogenous RAS. While this may not be feasible, the most accurate comparison would have been an HCT-116KO line with KRASWT stably integrated. 

      Thank you for this input. We understand that comparing the results from HEK293 cells transfected with KRAS<sup>G12D</sup>;  or KRAS<sup>WT</sup> (Fig. 5d) to those from HCT-116<sup>WT</sup>    and HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup>. cells (Fig. 6b–d) may be misleading if interpreted as a direct comparison of RAS signaling levels. Our intent was not to compare HEK293 with KRAS<sup>WT</sup> directly to HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup>.., but rather to contrast the behavior of the EF1α-driven RAS sensor and the MAPK-responsive RAS-targeting circuits within each cell line context.

      Specifically, we observed that in HEK293 cells expressing KRAS<sup>G12D</sup>, the MAPK-based RAS-targeting circuits produced higher output than the EF1α-expressed RAS sensor. In contrast, in HCT-116<sup>WT</sup> cells, the EF1α-expressed RAS sensor resulted in higher output levels than the RAS-targeting circuits. Despite this, the MAPK-driven circuits showed an improved dynamic range compared to the EF1α-expressed RAS sensor in HCT-116, due to the reduced background expression in the HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup>.. cells. We have revised the manuscript text to clarify this distinction.

      We agree that an HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup> cell line with stable integration of KRAS<sup>WT</sup> would provide a more direct comparison. Nonetheless, HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup>.. cells still express endogenous NRAS and HRAS, both of which are capable of activating the RAS sensor (as shown in Fig. 1g). Therefore, we believe that HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup>. cells are more comparable to HEK293 with KRAS<sup>WT</sup> than to the NF1 condition in Fig. 2, in which all endogenous RAS isoforms are inactivated.

      We couldn't locate the citation or discussion of Figure 4d in the text. Conversely, based on the text description, Figure 6g would contain exciting results. But we couldn't find Figure 6g anywhere ... unless it was a typo and the authors meant Figure 6f, in which case the cool results in Figure S8 could use more elaboration in the main text. 

      Thank you for this helpful observation. The figure references were indeed incorrect due to a typo. The results discussed in the text refer to Figure 6f (not 6g), which is now Figure 7a in the revised version. To further highlight these findings, we have added a new Figure 7b that better illustrates how different MAPK response elements enabled us to identify, for each RAS-mutant cell line, a RAS-targeting circuit that showed stronger activation than in all RAS wild-type lines. We have also expanded the corresponding section in the main text to elaborate on these results and their significance.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      Mutations that result in consistent RAS activation constitute a major driver of cancer. Therefore, RAS is a favorable target for cancer therapy. However, since normal RAS activity is essential for the function of normal cells, a mechanism that differentiates aberrant RAS activity from normal one is required to avoid severe adverse effects. To this end, the authors designed and optimized a synthetic gene circuit that is induced by active RAS-GTP. The circuit components, such as RAS-GTP sensors, dimerization domains, and linkers. To enhance the circuit selectivity and dynamic range, the authors designed a synthetic promoter comprised of MAPK-responsive elements to regulate the expression of the RAS sensors, thus generating a feed-forward loop regulating the circuit components. Circuit outputs with respect to circuit design modification were characterized in standard model cell lines using basal RAS activity, active RAS mutants, and RAS inactivation. 

      This approach is interesting. The design is novel and could be implemented for other RASmediated applications. The data support the claims, and while this circuit may require further optimization for clinical application, it is an interesting proof of concept for targeting aberrant RAS activity. 

      Strengths: 

      Novel circuit design, through optimization and characterization of the circuit components, solid data. 

      Weaknesses: 

      This manuscript could significantly benefit from testing the circuit performance in more realistic cell lines, such as patient-derived cells driven by RAS mutations, as well as in corresponding non-cancer cell lines with normal RAS activity. Furthermore, testing with therapeutic output proteins in vitro, and especially in vivo, would significantly strengthen the findings and claims. 

      Thank you very much for the thoughtful and supportive comments. We fully agree with the reviewer’s suggestions for improving the translational potential of the RAS-targeting circuits.

      As a first step toward therapeutic relevance, we replaced the fluorescent reporter with HSV-TK, a clinically validated suicide gene, and demonstrated killing in RAS-mutant cancer cell lines. This is described above and in the new section of the manuscript (Figure 8).

      We also agree that testing in patient-derived cancer cells and especially healthy cells with wild-type RAS activity will be essential. However, testing in primary or patient-derived cells presents delivery challenges: transient transfection of our current four-plasmid system is unlikely to achieve sufficient expression. As discussed in our response to Reviewer #1, development of a more efficient delivery strategy –such as viral vector-based delivery– is a necessary next step.

      Once a delivery system is established, identifying relevant off-target tissues throughout the body with high physiological RAS signaling will be key to assessing selectivity. While comparative data on RAS activation across healthy tissues are scarce[12,13], recent atlases of transcription factor activity[14,15] provide insights to identify off-target cells with high activation of RAS-dependent transcription factors and may even approximate RAS activity across healthy tissue. Alternatively, our single-input sensors for RAS and MAPK pathway activity could be used in vivo to identify off-target cells based on endogenous activity.

      Once relevant target and off-target cells have been identified, patient-derived cancer and healthy cells can help select and adapt cancer-specific RAS-targeting circuits and nominate therapeutic candidates for further safety and efficacy assessment[6,8].

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      For the most part, the data in this study are very convincing and very well presented. The cartoons make it easier to understand the complex experimental setups. 

      (1) Did the authors use wild-type Sos-1 or a constitutively active membrane-bound catalytic domain in their studies? How is SOS-1 activated when in case Sos-1 wild-type was used? 

      Thank you for this feedback. We used the constitutively active catalytic domain of Sos-1 (AA5641049; PDB ID 2II0). 

      (2) Figure 1f: In case of KRAS-G12D, it looks like the output expression does not really correlate with the RAS-GTP level. Can the authors give an explanation? 

      Thank you for this interesting question. We believe the observed discrepancy arises primarily from differences in the sensitivity and readout dynamics of the two assays. The RAS-GTP pulldown ELISA appears insufficiently sensitive to detect small changes in RAS-GTP levels at lower KRAS<sup>G12D</sup> plasmid doses (0.19, 0.56, or 1.67 ng). Only at 5 ng and 15 ng do we observe clear increases in RAS-GTP signal (25% and 700%, respectively). In contrast, the RAS sensor shows strong activation already in the 0.56–5 ng range but begins to saturate at higher doses (see Figure 1f and Figure 1e).

      Beyond the differing technical sensitivities of the ELISA (plate reader) and flow cytometry, an important conceptual distinction may further explain this behavior: the RAS sensor likely integrates RAS signaling over time. Once NarX binds RAS-GTP and dimerizes, it activates NarL, triggering mCerulean expression. If the rate of mCerulean production exceeds its degradation, signal accumulates throughout the assay duration. Thus, the flow cytometry readout reflects time-integrated signaling, allowing small differences in RAS-GTP to be amplified into measurable differences in output—especially at low input levels. This may explain why flow cytometry detects circuit activation earlier and more steeply than the pulldown assay, which provides a snapshot of RAS-GTP abundance at a single time point and saturates less readily at high input levels.

      Together, these factors likely explain the observed differences in signal dynamics: the RAS sensor exhibits steep activation followed by saturation at high plasmid doses (flow cytometry), while the ELISA shows limited sensitivity at low doses but a broader linear range at higher doses.

      (3) Figure 2b: It appears that even in the case of KRAS-G12D and Sos-1, only a few cells are positive. Does this result depend on low cell density, low transfection efficiency, or a wide range of the expression level? As a control, nuclear staining could be shown. 

      Thank you for this question. In the experiment shown in Figure 2b, our goal was to assess the membrane localization of the RBD^CRD-NarX-SYFP2 construct, which serves as a proxy for RAS-bound sensor. To enable accurate computational segmentation and separation of membrane signal from adjacent cells, we intentionally reseeded cells at low density in glassbottom plates for confocal imaging.

      The observed variability in signal likely reflects a combination of transient transfection and heterogeneous expression levels. While the overall transfection efficiency was approximately 70%, expression varied between individual cells. To account for this, we analyzed the membrane-to-total signal ratio per cell, which internally normalizes the membrane signal to the total cellular expression of SYFP2 and controls for differences in transfection efficiency.

      In response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have updated the figure to include nuclear staining to aid interpretation. We would like to emphasize, however, that the images are intended to illustrate subcellular localization per cell, not expression frequency or intensity across the population.

      Minor points 

      (1) Figure 1b: "The third plasmid expresses NarL, .." should be changed to "The third plasmid expresses NarL-VP48, .." 

      Done

      (2) Figure 1c, right part: The orange arrow should be labeled NarX-H399Q (not N509A). 

      Done

      (3) Supplementary Table 6 and 7: [cells/wells] - should probably be [cells 10*3/well]. 

      Thank you for these points, we updated the manuscript accordingly

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Minor comments: 

      (1) N509A seems mislabeled in Figure 1b. 

      (2) It would help the readers if the authors could elaborate a bit on what is known about the RBD and CRD mutations used here. 

      Thank you for the input, we added a paragraph in the paper to expand on the effect of these commonly used mutations.

      (3) The KRASWT&Sos1 condition is not explained within the text for Figure 1f, which is the first figure with the KRASWT&Sos1 condition, but rather later on for Figure 2a. Adding a description of this condition to the discussion of Figure 1f would add clarity to this figure. 

      Thank you, we corrected this.

      (4) Citing AlphaFold2 structural predictions as having "revealed that longer linkers between the sensor's RBDCRD and NarX-derived domains could bring the NarX domains into closer proximity" is probably an overstatement. AlphaFold2 generally has low confidence in the placement of long flexible linkers, and the longer linkers in the illustration could facilitate NarX and NarL being even farther apart than they are in the original design. 

      Thank you for this input. We agree that AlphaFold2 predictions generally have low confidence in the placement of long, flexible linkers, and we did not intend to imply that the structural models were predictive of actual linker conformations. Rather, the models were used heuristically to generate the hypothesis that longer linkers might facilitate better positioning of the NarX domains for dimerization.

      As described in the Methods, we manually rotated the flexible linker regions to explore plausible conformations. These exploratory models showed that with a short (1x GGGGS) linker, it was more challenging to bring the NarX domains into close proximity, whereas longer linkers allowed greater positional flexibility. This modeling exercise provided a structural rationale for experimentally testing longer linkers. We have revised the manuscript text to clarify that the structural predictions were used to motivate linker design –not to validate or predict structural outcomes.

      (5) Figure 3b shows that the fold change (KRASG12D/KRASWT) is higher at shorter linker lengths and lower at longer linker lengths, and that the output expression of mCerulean is lower at shorter linker lengths and higher at longer linker lengths. Having a bar plot with the output expression mCerulean levels comparing KRASG12D and KRASWT next to each other would be a significantly more informative representation of this data. In particular, the readers might be interested in understanding the effect of linker length on off-target activation from the sensor, which is not clear from this figure. 

      Thank you for the suggestion. We adapted Figure 3b to better present this. 

      (6) While it is implied that the sentence "Among the tested binding domains, the Ras association domain (RA) of the natural RAS effector Rassf5, the RAS association domain 2 (RA2) of the phospholipase C epsilon (PLCe)33, and the synthetic RAS binder K5534 showed a slightly higher or similar dynamic range." is comparing these RAS binding domains to RBDCRD, for clarity it should be noted what the point of reference is for this "slightly higher or similar dynamic range." 

      (7) Claims are made throughout the text that require supporting data, and thus require a reference to a figure, but there are a few instances where the reference is several sentences after the discussion of data and findings begins. For example, the discussion of Figure 3c begins with the claim "Among the tested binding domains, the Ras association domain (RA) of the natural RAS effector Rassf5, the RAS association domain 2 (RA2) of the phospholipase C epsilon (PLCe)33, and the synthetic RAS binder K5534 showed a slightly higher or similar dynamic range," but there is no reference to the data or figure being discussed until the end of the discussion of Figure 3c. This formatting is also present in Figure 3d and Figure 6f. 

      Thank you for mentioning these imprecisions and inconsistencies, we addressed them in the manuscript. 

      (8) In Figures 5d and 5e, the formatting of underscores and dashes is occasionally inconsistent within the text. (ex. "PY2_NarX_FLT or PY2_NarL-FLT" on page 13.). 

      Thank you for this precise observation. The formatting differences were intentional and reflect distinct design principles. Specifically:

      An underscore (e.g., PY2_NarX_FLT) denotes that two separate proteins are expressed –here, PY2-driven RBDCRD-NarX and EF1α-driven NarL-F.L.T.

      A dash (e.g., PY2_NarL-F.L.T.) indicates a fusion protein –i.e., PY2-driven NarL-F.L.T. combined with EF1α-driven RBDCRD-NarX.

      This notation is used to distinguish expression sources and fusion constructs while avoiding redundancy with the base circuit (EF1α_NarX + EF1α_NarL-VP48). We hope the included schematic diagrams in each relevant figure helps the reader interpret these combinations.

      (9) The text claims that "loss-of-function mutations in RBDCRD decreased activation. However, the dynamic range was only 3-fold" and attributes this claim to Figure 6a. For a claim about specific fold-change activation, one would expect a corresponding figure with quantitative measurements of this fluorescence to be referenced. 

      Thank you for this remark. We made a supplementary figure (Supplementary Fig. 11) to show the quantitative measurement of the 3-fold dynamic range between HCT-116<sup>WT</sup> and HCT-116<sup>k.o</sup>. when using the EF1a-expressed RAS sensor with NarL-VP48.

      (10) The claim of this Figure 2d is that the effect of RAS-GTP levels on mCerulean output is amplified in comparison to Figures 2a, 2b, and 3c, representing expression, RAS binding, and dimerization respectively. While visually this might be true from the figure, the readers might be confused by the lack of significance between the control and the NF1 condition, alongside the variation between the triplicates. Could this experiment be repeated to gain clearer data and to support their claim more effectively? 

      Thank you for this important observation. To address the concern regarding variability and statistical significance in Figure 2d, we repeated the experiment using 24-well plates to increase the number of cells analyzed per condition. This improved the consistency of the data and allowed us to reduce variability across replicates. As a result, we now observe a statistically significant difference between the control and the NF1 condition. The updated results are shown in the revised Figure 2.

      (11) The readers might be less familiar with the concept of "composability" than "modularity" and it would be good to explain it if the authors did intend to use the former. 

      Thank you for this comment. We changed it to modularity to avoid confusion. 

      References

      (1) Shahryari, A., Burtscher, I., Nazari, Z. & Lickert, H. Engineering Gene Therapy: Advances and Barriers. Advanced Therapeutics vol. 4 Preprint at https://doi.org/10.1002/adtp.202100040 (2021).

      (2) Mcclements, M. E. & Maclaren, R. E. Adeno-Associated Virus (AAV) Dual Vector Strategies for Gene Therapy Encoding Large Transgenes. YALE JOURNAL OF BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE vol. 90 (2017).

      (3) Wagner, H. J., Weber, W. & Fussenegger, M. Synthetic Biology: Emerging Concepts to Design and Advance Adeno-Associated Viral Vectors for Gene Therapy. Advanced Science vol. 8 Preprint at https://doi.org/10.1002/advs.202004018 (2021).

      (4) Doshi, J., Willis, K., Madurga, A., Stelzer, C. & Benenson, Y. Multiple Alternative Promoters and Alternative Splicing Enable Universal Transcription-Based Logic Computation in Mammalian Cells. Cell Rep 33, 108437 (2020).

      (5) Wu, Z., Yang, H. & Colosi, P. Effect of genome size on AAV vector packaging. Molecular Therapy 18, 80–86 (2010).

      (6) Dastor, M. et al. A Workflow for in Vivo Evaluation of Candidate Inputs and Outputs for Cell Classifier Gene Circuits. ACS Synth Biol 7, 474–489 (2018).

      (7) Preuß, E. et al. TK.007: A novel, codon-optimized HSVtk(A168H) mutant for suicide gene therapy. Hum Gene Ther 21, 929–941 (2010).

      (8) Angelici, B., Shen, L., Schreiber, J., Abraham, A. & Benenson, Y. An AAV gene therapy computes over multiple cellular inputs to enable precise targeting of multifocal hepatocellular carcinoma in mice. Sci Transl Med 13, (2021).

      (9) Mesnil, M. & Yamasaki, H. Bystander Effect in Herpes Simplex Virus-Thymidine Kinase/Ganciclovir Cancer Gene Therapy: Role of Gap-Junctional Intercellular Communication 1. CANCER RESEARCH vol. 60 http://aacrjournals.org/cancerres/articlepdf/60/15/3989/2478218/ch150003989.pdf (2000).

      (10) Proud, C. G. Ras, PI3-kinase and mTOR signaling in cardiac hypertrophy. Cardiovascular Research vol. 63 403–413 Preprint at https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cardiores.2004.02.003 (2004).

      (11) Azman, M. S. et al. An ERK1/2driven RNAbinding switch in nucleolin drives ribosome biogenesis and pancreatic tumorigenesis downstream of RAS oncogene. EMBO J 42, (2023).

      (12) von Lintig, F. C. et al. Ras activation in normal white blood cells and childhood acute lymphoblastic leukemia. Clin Cancer Res 6, 1804–10 (2000).

      (13) Guha, A., Feldkamp, M. M., Lau, N., Boss, G. & Pawson, A. Proliferation of human malignant astrocytomas is dependent on Ras activation. Oncogene 15, 2755–2765 (1997).

      (14) Pan, L. et al. HTCA: a database with an in-depth characterization of the single-cell human transcriptome. Nucleic Acids Res 51, D1019–D1028 (2023).

      (15) Pan, L. et al. Single Cell Atlas: a single-cell multi-omics human cell encyclopedia. Genome Biol 25, (2024).

    1. encampação

      Encampação:

      • Retomada do serviço público; -Ocorre durante o prazo previsto para a concessão;
      • Autorização legal específica;
      • Pagamento antecipado
      • Motivação fundada em interesse público

      • Encampação ou resgate: é a retomada coativa do serviço, pelo poder concedente, <u>durante o prazo da concessão</u>, por motivo de interesse público. Não pode o concessionário, em caso algum, opor-se à encampação. Seu direito limita-se à indenização dos prejuízos que, efetivamente, o ato de império do Poder Público lhe acarretar, calculada na forma do art. 36 da Lei 8.987/95. A encampação depende de lei autorizadora específica e pagamento prévio da indenização apurada (art. 37).” (MEIRELLES, Hely Lopes. Direito Administrativo Brasileiro. 27ª ed. São Paulo: Malheiros, 2002, p. 376).
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Reviewer 1:

      While BAP1 mutant UM cell lines were included for some of the experiments, it seems the in-vivo data mentioned in the response to the reviewers comment is missing? The authors stated that "MP46 (Supplementary Fig. 3a) is BAP1-null uveal melanoma cell line with no detectable protein expression (Amirouchene-Angelozzi et al., Mol Oncol 2014), and we have observed strong tumor growth inhibition in this CDX model with our BAF ATPase inhibitor." But the CDX model data shown in Figure 4 is from 92.1 cells. If this data is available, then the manuscript would benefit from its addition.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this to our attention. As the reviewer mentioned, we show 92-1 CDX model in our manuscript. Additionally, strong tumor growth inhibition in MP-46  CDX model treated with our BAF ATPase inhibitor can be found in Vaswani et al., 2025 (PMID:39801091, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39801091/).

      Reviewer 3:<br /> Supplementary Figure 2C<br /> Is the T910M mutation in the parental MP41 cells heterozygous? If so, the authors should indicate this in the figure legend. If this is a homozygous mutation, the authors should explain how the inhibitors suppress SMARCA4 activity in cells that have a LOF mutation.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this to our attention. We updated the figure legend accordingly to reflect the genotype of the mutations highlighted in the table.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The presented study by Centore and colleagues investigates the inhibition of BAF chromatin remodeling complexes. The study is well-written, and includes comprehensive datasets, including compound screens, gene expression analysis, epigenetics, as well as animal studies. This is an important piece of work for the uveal melanoma research field, and sheds light on a new inhibitor class, as well as a mechanism that might be exploited to target this deadly cancer for which no good treatment options exist.

      Strengths:

      This is a comprehensive and well-written study.

      Weaknesses:

      There are minimal weaknesses.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors generate an optimized small molecule inhibitor of SMARCA2/4 and test it in a panel of cell lines. All uveal melanoma (UM) cell lines in the panel are growth-inhibited by the inhibitor making the focus of the paper. This inhibition is correlated with the loss of promoter occupancy of key melanocyte transcription factors e.g. SOX10. SOX10 overexpression and a point mutation in SMARCA4 can rescue growth inhibition exerted by the SMARCA2/4 inhibitor. Treatment of a UM xenograft model results in growth inhibition and regression which correlates with reduced expression of SOX10 but not discernible toxicity in the mice. Collectively the data suggest a novel treatment of uveal melanoma.

      Strengths:

      There are many strengths of the study including the strong challenge of the on-target effect, the assays used, and the mechanistic data. The results are compelling as are the effects of the inhibitor. The in vivo data is dose-dependent and doses are low enough to be meaningful and associated with evidence of target engagement.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors introduce the field stating that SMARCA4 inhibitors are more effective in SMARCA2 deficient cancers and the converse. Since the desirable outcome of cancer therapy would be synthetic lethality it is not clear why a dual inhibitor is desirable. Wouldn't this be associated with more side effects? It is not known how the inhibitor developed here impacts normal cells, in particular T cells which are essential for any durable response to cancer therapies in patients. Another weakness is that the UM cell lines used do not molecularly resemble metastatic UM. These UM most frequently have mutations in the BAP1 tumor suppressor gene. It is not clear if the described SMARCA2/4 inhibitor is efficacious in BAP1 mutant UM cell lines in vitro or BAP1 mutant patient-derived xenografts in vivo.

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful and constructive comments. As we demonstrate in Fig. 1d, uveal melanoma cells are selectively and deeply sensitive to BAF ATPase inhibition, and provides a therapeutic window. This is confirmed in Fig. 4a-c, as we demonstrated robust tumor growth inhibition, achieved at a dose well-tolerated in xenograft study. FHD-286, a dual BRM/BRG1 inhibitor similar to FHT-1015 with optimized physical properties, has been evaluated in a Phase I trial in patients with metastatic uveal melanoma (NCT04879017) and manuscript describing results of this clinical trial is currently in preparation.

      As the reviewer mentioned, BAP1 loss is a signature of metastatic uveal melanoma. MP38 is a BAP1 mutant uveal melanoma cell line, and we demonstrated growth inhibition and robust caspase 3/7 activity in response to FHT-1015 (Supplementary Fig. 3a and 3f). MP46 (Supplementary Fig. 3a) is BAP1-null uveal melanoma cell line with no detectable protein expression (Amirouchene-Angelozzi et al., Mol Oncol 2014), and we have observed strong tumor growth inhibition in this CDX model with our BAF ATPase inhibitor.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript reports the discovery of new compounds that selectively inhibit SMARCA4/SMARCA2 ATPase activity that work through a different mode as previously developed SMARCA4/SMARCA2 inhibitors. They also demonstrate the anti-tumor effects of the compounds on uveal melanoma cell proliferation and tumor growth. The findings indicate that the drugs exert their effects by altering chromatin accessibility at binding sites for lineage-specific transcription factors within gene enhancer regions. In uveal melanoma, altered expression of the transcription factor, SOX10, and SOX10 target gene underlies the anti-proliferative effects of the compounds. This study is significant because the discovery of new SMARCA4/SMARCA2 inhibitory compounds that can abrogate uveal melanoma tumorigenicity has therapeutic value. In addition, the findings provide evidence for the therapeutic use of these compounds in other transcription factor-dependent cancers.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of this manuscript include biochemical evidence that the new compounds are selective for SMARCA4/SMARCA2 over other ATPases and that the mode of action is distinct from a previously developed compound, BRM014, which binds the RecA lobe of SMARCA2. There is also strong evidence that FHT1015 suppresses uveal melanoma proliferation by inducing apoptosis. The in vivo suppression of tumor growth without toxicity validates the potential therapeutic utility of one of the new drugs. The conclusion that FHT1015 primarily inhibits SMARCA4 activity and thereby suppresses chromatin accessibility at lineage-specific enhancers is substantiated by ATAC-seq and ChIP-seq studies.

      Weaknesses:

      The weaknesses include a lack of more precise information on which SMARCA4/SMARCA2 residues the drugs bind. Although the I1173M/I1143M mutations are evidence that the critical residues for binding reside outside the RecA lobe, this site is conserved in CHD4, which is not affected by the compounds. Hence, this site may be necessary but not sufficient for drug binding or specifying selectivity. A more precise evaluation of the region specifying the effect of the new compounds would strengthen the evidence that they work through a novel mode and that they are selective. Another concern is that the mechanisms by which FHT1015 promotes apoptosis rather than simply cell cycle arrest are not clear. Does SOX10 or another lineage-specific transcription factor underlie the apoptotic effects of the compounds?

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable comments.

      We believe that our dual ATPase inhibitor is selective and additional insights into binding specificity and selectivity for earlier stage compounds of this series were recently published in Vaswani et al., 2025 (PMID:39801091, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39801091/).

      The reviewer also poses a great question regarding the mechanism of apoptosis. The mechanism of apoptosis is extremely complex, but we observed a decrease in pro-survival BCL-2 protein expression in response to FHT-1015, in the experiment corresponding to Supplementary Fig. 5e. In the experiment described in Fig. 3k, we also monitored caspase 3/7 activity over time, and SOX10 overexpression rescued 92-1 cells from FHT-1015 induced apoptosis. This suggests the role of SOX10 as an important mediator of response to BAF ATPase inhibition, including apoptosis induced by FHT-1015.

      Additional Reviews:

      The referees would like to draw the authors' attention to the following issues that would best benefit from additional revision. 

      The clinical relevance of the study would be strengthened by the use of uveal melanoma cell lines with BAP1 mutations that better represent metastatic uveal melanoma. The use of patient-derived xenografts would also be pertinent and would be a useful addition. Similarly, attention to the effects of the inhibitor on non-cancerous proliferative cells such as blood/T/immune cells would also strengthen the manuscript. As the study reports the administration of one of the inhibitors in mice for the xenograft experiments, it would be important to assess any potential effects on blood cell counts and better discuss the eventual toxicity or lack of toxicity and how it was assessed. 

      The authors should better explain how SOX10 over expression can rescue viability in the presence of the inhibitor. Similarly given the critical roles of BRG1, SOX10, and MITF in cutaneous melanoma some specific discussion on the sensitivity of cutaneous melanoma cells to the inhibitor should be considered, and potential differences with uveal melanoma highlighted. 

      Aside from these issues, the authors are urged to consider the other points mentioned below. 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Figure 1d, as well as the text in the manuscript referring to this figure, would benefit from indicating specific cell lines used for UM. The same for the sentence in line 153. 

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this to our attention. We have added the cell line names and updated the manuscript accordingly.

      For any of the studies conducted, is there any link with the genetics of UM? E.g. BAP1 wildtype/BAP1 mutant? 

      As addressed above in the public review section, MP38 is a BAP1 mutant uveal melanoma cell line, and we demonstrated growth inhibition and robust caspase 3/7 activity in response to FHT-1015 (Supplementary Fig. 3a and 3f). MP46 (Supplementary Fig. 3a) is BAP1-null uveal melanoma cell line with no detectable protein expression (Amirouchene-Angelozzi et al., Mol Oncol 2014), and we have observed strong tumor growth inhibition in this CDX model with our BAF ATPase inhibitor.

      Row 191 - How were peaks classified as enhancer-occupied? 

      We used annotatePeaks function of HOMER package to annotate genomic locations, as well as H3K27ac ChIP-seq to annotate peaks as enhancer-occupied. We thank the reviewer to pointing it out and have updated the manuscript accordingly to include this information.

      Row 259, the two cell lines should be named, also in Figure 3i. 

      We have added the cell line names and updated the manuscript accordingly.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      As a proof of concept, this study is truly excellent and the authors should be commended. However, it is desirable that new knowledge in cancer is translated to the clinic. To this end there are a few things needed to strengthen the study. 

      I am rephrasing my statements from the public review to say that I would recommend testing the inhibitor in T cells (side effects) and BAP1 mutant cell lines (for clinical relevance). 

      As addressed in the public review section, MP38 is a BAP1 mutant uveal melanoma cell line, and we demonstrated growth inhibition and robust caspase 3/7 activity in response to FHT-1015 (Supplementary Fig. 3a and 3f). MP46 (Supplementary Fig. 3a) is BAP1-null uveal melanoma cell line with no detectable protein expression (Amirouchene-Angelozzi et al., Mol Oncol 2014), and we have observed strong tumor growth inhibition in this CDX model with our BAF ATPase inhibitor.

      Regarding concerns for any potential side effect on T cells, we observed an increase in both CD4 and CD8 T-cell populations in the peripheral blood and the spleen, when naïve, non-tumor bearing CD-1 mice were dosed with SMARCA2/4 dual ATPase inhibitor FHD-286 once daily for 14 days. FHD-286 is a compound similar to FHT-1015 described in Vaswani et al., 2025 (PMID:39801091, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39801091/). In addition, FHD-286 has been tested in tumor bearing syngeneic models. When B16F10 tumor bearing C57BL/6 were dosed with FHD-286 for 10 days, we observed an increase in CD69+ activated CD8 T-cell infiltration in the tumor microenvironment (doi:10.1136/jitc-2022-SITC2022.0888).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) Determine drug binding by crystal structure or generate additional SMARCA4 or SMARCA2 mutations in the region near I1173/I1143 that are not conserved in CHD4 and test them in an ATPase assay for effects on drug inhibition. For example, Q1166 in SMARCA4 and Q1136 in SMARCA4 could be changed to Alanine as in CHD4. Would this abrogate drug inhibition? 

      We believe that our dual ATPase inhibitor is selective and additional insights into binding specificity and selectivity for earlier stage compounds of this series were recently published in Vaswani et al., 2025 (PMID:39801091, https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/39801091/).

      (2) The finding that SOX10 can rescue the antiproliferative effects of FHT1015 suggests that SMARCA4 is primarily needed for SOX10 expression. However, the co-occupancy of SMARCA4 and SOX10 at enhancers suggests that they cooperate to promote chromatin accessibility. It is unclear how over-expression of SOX10 can promote chromatin accessibility in drug-inhibited cells since SOX10 does not have chromatin remodeling activity. ATAC-seq in cells over-expressing SOX10 and treated with the drug could identify SOX10-dependent targets that do not require SMARCA4 activity and clarify the mechanism. It would also be informative to determine if SOX10 over-expression abrogates the effects of FHT1015 on both cell cycle and apoptosis, helping to resolve whether it is a partial or complete rescue of proliferation. 

      We agree that running ATAC-seq in cells overexpressing SOX10 would clarify this mechanism. However, shifts in corporate strategy deprioritized any further experiments for this project. One potential mechanism that SOX10 overexpression can partially rescue BAF inhibition phenotype is through overexpressed SOX10 localizing to open chromatin regions (mostly promoters) across the genome. We know from our ATAC-seq data (Fig. 2) that BAF inhibition leads to loss of chromatin accessibility at SOX10 enhancer sites, while promoter regions are only partially affected. Therefore, we think that overexpression of SOX10 would allow upregulation of its target genes via binding to the promoter regions. In this model, the enhancer-driven SOX10 target genes are likely to remain silenced.  

      (3) Although the in vivo studies indicate that the drugs are well-tolerated, additional in vitro studies to determine the effects of the drug on the proliferation/survival of non-cancerous cells would further validate their therapeutic utility.

      Author Response: The reviewer raises a critical question. FHD-286, a dual BRM/BRG1 inhibitor similar to FHT-1015 with optimized physical properties, has been evaluated in a Phase I trial in patients with metastatic uveal melanoma (NCT04879017), and it was well tolerated at continuous daily dose of up to 7.5 mg QD and at intermittent dose of up to 17.5 mg QD.  Manuscript describing results of this clinical trial is currently in preparation.

    1. er

      "ez" car dans tous vos titres de partie vous utilisez l'impératif. Au passage, il aurait été plus sympa d'opter pour l'infinitif ("er"), parce que là, ça donne des ordres, et ce n'est pas forcément agréable à lire.

    2. ajouter une section autour du contenu de la page d'accueil

      Après avoir vu la correction Ah c'était donc ça que vous vouliez dire ?! Dans ce cas, il aurait été plus correct (à mon avis) d'écrire "Mettre le contenu à l'intérieur d'une section/dans une section". Et moi qui ai mis une balise "section" vide, placée juste après "main" (car vous aviez demandé "autour du contenu") … :)

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript describes a careful and thorough evaluation of an evolutionary simulation model published previously. The model and this report address the question, whether heterozygote advantage (HA) by itself as a selection mechanism can explain a substantial level of allelic diversity as it is often seen in MHC immune genes. Despite decades of research on the topic of pathogen-mediated selection for MHC diversity, it remains an open question by which specific selection mechanisms this exceptional allelic diversity is maintained.

      The previously published paper posits, in contrast to various previous studies, that HA is, in fact, able to maintain a level of allelic diversity as seen in many populations, just by itself, given certain conditions. The current manuscript now challenges this conclusion by highlighting that the previous model results only hold under very narrow parameter ranges.

      Besides criticizing some of the conceptual points of the previous paper, the author carefully rebuilt the previously published model and replicated their results, before then evaluating the robustness of the model results to reasonable variation in different parameters. From this evaluation, it becomes clear that the previously reported results hinge strongly on a certain scaling or weighing factor that is adjusted for every parameter setting and essentially counteracts the changes induced by changing the parameters. The critical impact of this one parameter is not clearly stated in the previous paper, but raises serious doubts about the generalizability of the model to explain MHC allelic variation across diverse vertebrate species.

      Given the fact that the MHC genes are among the most widely studied genes in vertebrates, and that understanding their evolution will shed light on their association with various complex diseases, the insights from this report and the general discussion of how MHC diversity evolved are of interest to at least some of the community. The manuscript is very well written and makes it easy to follow the theoretical and methodological details of the model and the arguments. I have only a few minor comments that I am detailing below. Furthermore, I would be very interested to read a response by the previous authors, especially on the relevance of this scaling/weighing factor that they introduced into their model, as it is possible that I might have missed something about its meaning.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1:

      Comments on revised version: 

      I have reviewed the revised manuscript and read the rebuttal. The authors have carefully addressed my concerns. There is however one point that needs further work: 

      This follows up on my major point #1 in my initial review. I had I asked the authors to demonstrate that FOLFIRI + AZD are less toxic to untransformed colorectal cells than colorectal cancer cell lines.  It is good to see that the authors took my advice and show effects of the drug treatments on the untransformed colorectal cell line CCD841. It seems to be less sensitive to AZD and FOLFIRI in the figure in the rebuttal. What surprises me is that I cannot find these new figures anywhere in the revised manuscript. Also, the data seem preliminary, because I do not see any standard errors in the graphs, and I cannot find a description of the time of drug incubation. I ask the authors to make sure that the CCD841 data are reproducible, and make sure they incorporate the data in the revised manuscript. 

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. In the initial revised version of the manuscript, we did not include results from the untransformed colorectal cell line CCD841, as those experiments had only been performed once and were considered preliminary. However, we fully agree with the reviewer on the importance of including these data.

      To address this, we have repeated the experiments in CCD841 cells to ensure reproducibility. We now report the results from three independent experiments testing the combination of AZD2858 and FOLFIRI on healthy epithelial colon cells. These results are shown in Supplementary Figure S7, where blue matrices represent cell viability and black matrices reflect the level of synergy between AZD2858 and FOLFIRI.

      Our results confirm that, individually, each drug has little to no effect on healthy cells, and no consistent synergistic interaction was observed, except in Experiment 1, which could not be reproduced. Importantly, the drug concentrations used were identical to those applied in the cancer cell experiments, allowing for direct comparison between normal and malignant cell responses.

      Reviewer #2:

      Comments on latest version: 

      Morano et al. have revised their manuscript in response to the points raised by reviewer #3 as follows.

      (1) Fig. 2E: Correcting the previously erroneous labelling of this Fig. makes it match the textual description. 

      (2) Figs 3A and B: The revised textual description of the flow cytometry BrdU incorporation is now precise. 

      (3) Fig. 3E: Removing the suspect WB images is a pragmatic decision that does not significantly affect the overall conclusions of the paper. 

      (4) Fig. 3D: Despite its puzzling appearance this data is now described accurately in the text as "DSBs remained elevated after the combined treatment" rather than "increased after the combined treatment. A more convincing increase in the presumed damaged DNA band is evident in Fig. 4D when AZD2858 is combined with a much lower concentration of SN38 (1.5nM) which could mean that the concentration used in Fig. 3D (300nM) induced maximal damage that could not be further enhanced. 

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful comments and constructive feedback, which have helped us improve the clarity and rigor of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3:

      Comments on latest version: 

      The authors have addressed most of the concerns that I raised in the first round of revision and I have no further questions. I appreciate the authors's efforts in carrying out an preliminary in vivo work, although as the authors pointed out the compound seems to be not effective in vivo. Future work is desired to address this to clarify the significance of the work. 

      We thank the reviewer for acknowledging our efforts in addressing the previous concerns. We also appreciate the recognition of our preliminary in vivo work. While these results suggest limited in vivo efficacy of the compound at this stage, we agree that additional studies will be necessary to fully evaluate its therapeutic relevance. We consider this an important next step and are committed to pursuing it in future work.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study reports the important finding that the dynamin inhibitor Dyngo-4a broadly affects lipid packing and plasma membrane dynamics, independently of its action on dynamin. While solid computational, biophysical, and cell-based evidence supports this conclusion, there is incomplete support for the authors' main claim on the role of lipid packing in caveolae internalization, as the causal relationship remains unclear and direct analyses are lacking. With stronger evidence, this work would be of significant interest to cell biologists, biophysicists, and chemists interested in membrane remodeling and drug-membrane interactions.

      [Editors' note: this paper was reviewed by Review Commons.]

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors use Dyngo-4a, a known Dynami inhibitor to test its influence on caveolar assembly and surface mobility. They investigate whether it incorporates into membranes with Quartz-Crystal Microbalance, they investigate how it is organized in membranes using simulations. Finally, they use lipid-packing sensitive dyes to investigate lipid packing in the presence of Dyngo-4a, membrane stiffness using AFM and membrane undulation using fluorescence microscopy. They also use a measure they call "caveola duration time" to claim that something happens to caveolae after Dyngo-4a addition and using this parameter, they do indeed see an increase in it in response to Dyngo-4a, which is reduced back to the baseline after addition of cholesterol.

      Overall, the authors claim: 1) Dyngo-4a inserts into the membrane and this 2) results in "a dramatic dynamin-independent inhibition of caveola scission". 3) Dyngo-4a was inserted and positioned at the level of cholesterol in the bilayer and 4) Dyngo-4a-treatment resulted in decreased lipid packing in the outer leaflet of the plasma membrane 5) but Dyngo-4a did not affect caveola morphology, caveolae-associated proteins, or the overall membrane stiffness 6) acute addition of cholesterol counteracts the block in caveola scission caused by Dyngo-4a.

      Overall, in this reviewers opinion, claims 1, 3, 4, 5 are well-supported by the presented data from electron and live cell microscopy, QCM-D and AFM.

      However, there is no convincing assay for caveolar endocytosis presented besides the "caveola duration" which although unclearly described seems to be the time it takes in imaging until a caveolae is not picked up by the tracking software anymore in TIRF microscopy.

      Since the main claim of the paper is a mechanism of caveolar endocytosis being blocked by Dyngo-4a, a true caveolar internalization assay is required to make this claim. This means either the intracellular detection of not surface connected caveolar cargo or the quantification of caveolar movement from TIRF into epifluorescence detection in the fluorescence microscope. Otherwise, the authors could remove the claim and just claim that caveolar mobility is influenced.

      Significance:

      A number of small molecule inhibitors for the GTPase dynamics exist, that are commonly used tools in the investigation of endocytosis. This goes as far that the use of some of these inhibitors alone is considered in some publications as sufficient to declare a process to be dynamin-dependent. However, this is not correct, as there are considerable off-target effects, including the inhibition of caveolar internalization by a dynamin-independent mechanism. This is important, as for example the influence of dynamin small molecule inhibitors on chemotherapy resistance is currently investigated (see for example Tremblay et al., Nature Communications, 2020).

      The investigation of the true effect of small molecules discovered as and used as specific inhibitors and their offside effects is extremely important and this reviewer applauds the effort. It is important that inhibitors are not used alone, but other means of targeting a mechanism are exploited as well in functional studies. The audience here thus is besides membrane biophysicists interested in the immediate effect of the small molecule Dyngo-4a also cell biologists and everyone using dynamic inhibitors to investigate cellular function.

      Comments on revised version:

      Please include the promised data on caveolar internalization and remove the above mentioned claim on membrane undulations from the text.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors probe the mechanisms by which Dyngo-4a, a dynamin inhibitor used to block endocytosis, disrupts caveolae dynamics. They provide compelling evidence that Dyngo-4a inhibits caveolae dynamics and endocytosis (as well as several other aspects of plasma membrane dynamics) by a dynamin-independent mechanism. They also provide strong computational and experimental data showing that Dyngo-4a inserts into membranes and decreases lipid packing in the outer leaflet of the plasma membrane. Finally, they demonstrate that the addition of excess cholesterol to cells reverses the effects of Dyngo-4a on caveolae dynamics, presumably by reversing lipid packing defects. Based on these findings they conclude that lipid packing regulates caveolae dynamics and endocytosis in a cholesterol-dependent manner.

      This work should be of value to cell biologists interested in plasma membrane remodeling and membrane trafficking, biophysicists that study small molecule/membrane interactions and membrane remodeling processes, and chemists interested in designing drugs to target membrane trafficking machinery and pathways.

      Strengths:

      This work addresses the important topic of how a widely used endocytic inhibitor actually works. In the process of addressing this question, the authors uncover unexpected connections between how lipids are packed in cell membranes and membrane dynamics. The methods are appropriate and many of the claims made in this work are well supported by data.

      Weaknesses:

      I appreciate that the manuscript has already gone through one round of revisions and that many of the concerns from the previous reviewers appear to have been addressed. However, as an interested reader, I would like to offer several additional comments for the authors to consider.

      (1) It is not clear based on the data presented whether the effects of Dyngo-4a on lipid packing give rise to defects in caveolae dynamics or if these effects are merely correlated. To show this more definitively, one might expect additional experimental approaches to be used to perturb lipid packing. I appreciate this is probably beyond the scope of the current study. However, it seems important for the manuscript to be clear about how far this interpretation can be pushed in the absence of additional independent lines of evidence.

      (2) On a related note, it is not obvious how changes in lipid packing in the outer leaflet could impact caveolae dynamics. It would be helpful to include a cartoon illustrating how this might work.

      (3) The authors note that Dyngo-4a inhibits several dynamic processes including generalized plasma membrane mobility (Fig 4A&B), transferrin uptake (Fig S4C), and fusion of fusogenic liposomes (Fig S4G). This clearly indicates there is a major disruption of the plasma membrane going on here that is not limited to caveolae. They go on to show that the addition of cholesterol reverses the effects of Dyngo-4a on caveolae dynamics. However, they do not discuss whether adding back cholesterol has similar effects on plasma membrane mobility and transferrin uptake. This information could help to further pinpoint whether the mechanisms of action are shared, and if the role of cholesterol is more general in controlling these events or is instead specific to caveolae.

      (4) In Fig 4C, the morphology of the neck region of the Dyngo04a treated caveolae structure appears to be "pinched" compared to the control. I appreciate that more EM studies are underway. It would be useful to specifically compare the morphology of the caveolae as part of those studies.

      (5) In Line 91, a statement is made that 8S complex formation requires cholesterol. This is debatable, as they appear to form in E. coli in the absence of cholesterol (reference 14).

    4. Author response:

      General Statements

      In this paper we demonstrate that the lipid packing of the plasma membrane has a huge impact on the stability of caveolae. By using interdisciplinary techniques, we show that the widely used dynamin inhibitor Dyngo-4a adsorbs and inserts to lipid bilayers leading to a decreased lipid packing and hence reduced caveolae dynamics and internalization even in cells lacking dynamin. We have added experiments that validates that Dyngo-4a treatment does not result in fragmentation or disassembly of the caveolae.  A FRAP assay of cytosolic caveolae has been employed to address questions concerning scission. Moreover, as suggested by the reviewers, we have also included new simulation data that show and expand on the fact that Dyngo-4a positions in the lipid leaflet similar to cholesterol and preferentially associates with cholesterol clusters, affecting the spatial distribution of cholesterol in the membrane. We believe that these added data have greatly improved the paper and strengthened our conclusions that the lipid packing is a critical determinant in the balance between internalization and stable plasma membrane association of membrane vesicles.

      As requested, we have expanded the introduction to provide more detailed information about previous findings in the field. Changes and addition to the text has been highlighted in red for easier tracking.

      Point-by-point description of the revisions

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      The authors use Dyngo-4a, a known Dynami inhibitor to test its influence on caveolar assembly and surface mobility. They investigate, whether it incorporates into membranes with Quartz-Crystal Microbalance, they investigate how it is organized in membranes using simulations. Finally, they use lipid-packing sensitive dyes to investigate lipid packing in the presence of Dyngo-4a, membrane stiffness using AFM and membrane undulation using fluorescence microscopy. They also use a measure they call "caveola duration time" to claim that something happens to caveolae after Dyngo-4a addition and using this parameter, they do indeed see an increase in it in response to Dyngo-4a, which is reduced back to the baseline after addition of cholesterol.

      Overall, the authors claim: 1) Dyngo-4a inserts into the membrane and this 2) results in "a dramatic dynamin-independent inhibition of caveola scission". 3) Dyngo-4a was inserted and positioned at the level of cholesterol in the bilayer and 4) Dyngo-4a-treatment resulted in decreased lipid packing in the outer leaflet of the plasma membrane 5) but Dyngo-4a did not affect caveola morphology, caveolae-associated proteins, or the overall membrane stiffness 6) acute addition of cholesterol counteracts the block in caveola scission caused by Dyngo-4a.

      Overall, in this reviewers opinion, claims 1, 3, 4, 5 are well-supported by the presented data from electron and live cell microscopy, QCM-D and AFM.

      However, there is no convincing assay for caveolar endocytosis presented besides the "caveola duration" which although unclearly described seems to be the time it takes in imaging until a caveolae is not picked up by the tracking software anymore in TIRF microscopy.

      Since the main claim of the paper is a mechanism of caveolar endocytosis being blocked by Dyngo-4a, a true caveolar internalization assays is required to make this claim. This means either the intracellular detection of not surface connected caveolar cargo or the quantification of caveolar movement from TIRF into epifluorescence detection in the fluorescence microscope. Otherwise, the authors could remove the claim and just claim that caveolar mobility is influenced.

      We thank the reviewer for the nice constructive comments, and we very much appreciate the positive critique. We have now included a FRAP experiment of endocytic Cav1-GFP supporting the effect on internalization. In addition, we are currently preforming CTxB HRP experiments to quantify the number of caveolae at PM using EM but due to reasons out of our control we have not managed to finish these on time, they will be included in the manuscript once they are ready in hopefully not too long.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance):

      A number of small molecule inhibitors for the GTPase dynamics exist, that are commonly used tools in the investigation of endocytosis. This goes as far that the use of some of these inhibitors alone is considered in some publications as sufficient to declare a process to be dynamin-dependent. However, this is not correct, as there are considerable off-target effects, including the inhibition of caveolar internalization by a dynamin-independent mechanism. This is important, as for example the influence of dynamin small molecule inhibitors on chemotherapy resistance is currently investigated (see for example Tremblay et al., Nature Communications, 2020).

      The investigation of the true effect of small molecules discovered as and used as specific inhibitors and their offside effects is extremely important and this reviewer applauds the effort. It is important that inhibitors are not used alone, but other means of targeting a mechanism are exploited as well in functional studies. The audience here thus is besides membrane biophysicists interested in the immediate effect of the small molecule Dyngo-4a also cell biologists and everyone using dynamic inhibitors to investigate cellular function.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      This manuscript uses the small molecule dynamin inhibitors dynasore and dyngo to show that in dynamin triple knockout cells that these inhibitors impact lipid packing and organization in the plasma membrane. Data showing that dyngo affects caveolin dynamics using tirf microscopy is also shown and is interpreted to reflect inhibition of caveolae scission from the membrane.

      This data showing that dyngo and dynasore target membrane order is quite compelling and argues that the effects of these inhibitors is not dynamin specific and that inhibition of endocytosis by these small molecule inhibitors is dynamin-independent. The in vitro and in vivo data they provide is convincing.

      Similarly, the data showing that dynasore and dyngo affect caveolin dynamics and clathrin endocytosis (transferrin) is quite convincing and argues that altered lipid packing is impacting membrane dynamics at the plasma membrane.

      What is less convincing is the conclusion that dyngo is preventing caveolae scission from the membrane. Study of caveolae endocytosis is based on a TIRF assay that has inherent limitations:

      - Caveolae are defined as bright cav1-positive spots in diffraction limited TIRF and their disappearance presumed to be endocytic events. Cav1 spots are presumed to be caveolae but the authors do not consider that they may be flat non-caveolar oligomers. The diffraction limited TIRF approach interprets the large structures as caveolae but evidence to that effect is lacking.

      This is a valid comment and to address this we have now included data showing colocalization of cavin1 and EHD2 to the Cav1-GFP spots. We can however not determine if they are flat or invaginated. We do have extensive experience imaging caveolae using TIRF microscopy and carefully chose cells that display low expression of fluorescently labelled caveolin to avoid non-caveolar structures.

      - The analysis (and the diagram presented in figure 4) considers that caveolae can either diffuse laterally in the membrane or internalize and does not consider that caveolae can flatten and possibly fragment in the membrane. Is it not possible that loss of Cav1 spots is a fragmentation event and not necessarily a scission event?

      This is a good question, yet, fragmentation and disassembly would result in shorter track durations and this is not what is observed in data. We have now also included data showing that cavin1 is persistently associated with the Cav1 spots identified as caveolae during Dyngo-4a treatment indicating that these are caveolae. Furthermore, IF stainings showing colocalization of Cav1GFP with cavin1 or EHD2 after Dyngo-4a treatment have also been added. We have now also expanded on the different interpretations of the data in the results section.

      - The analysis is based on overexpression of Cav1-GFP that may alter the stoichiometry between Cav1 and cavin1 such that while caveolae may be expressed, larger non-caveolar structures may accumulate.

      Yes, this is correct, we have specifically imaged cell expressing low levels of Cav1-GFP to avoid accumulated non-caveolar structures that can be spotted in cells with high expression.

      - Cav1 has been shown to be internalized via the CLIC pathway (Chaudary et al, 2014) and if dyngo is impacting clathrin then maybe it is also impacting CLIC endocytosis and thereby Cav1 endocytosis via this pathway?

      Dyngo-4a has been shown to not affect CLIC endocytosis (McCluskey et al., 2013) and in our data we do not see internalization following Dyngo-4a treatment.

      - The longer Cav1 TIRF track time and shorter displacement with dyngo is consistent with inhibition of caveolae scission. However, as the authors discuss, could not reduced membrane undulations due to dyngo's impact on membrane order be responsible for the longer tracks? Alternatively, perhaps the altered lipid packing is corralling Cav1 movement and reducing non-caveolar Cav1 endocytosis, resulting in shorter tracks of longer duration? The proposed interaction of dyngo with cholesterol could prevent scission but also stabilize large (flat?) Cav1 oligomers in the membrane, perhaps reducing Cav1 oligomer fragmentation.

      We completely agree that membrane undulations contribute to instability of the TIRF-field and therefore disruption of cav1-GFP tracks as we discuss in the results section and have been described in previous work (Larsson et al., 2023). Yet, we have also shown that internalization of caveolae results in shorter tracks (Hubert et al., 2020; Larsson et al., 2023; Mohan et al., 2015). Furthermore, the tracked Cav1-GFP spots are persistently positive for cavin1 both with and without Dyngo-4a treatment showing that the majority do not disassemble become internalized by other pathways. Additionally, the added IF stainings after 30 min Dyngo-4a treatment also show that the Cav1-GFP spots remain positive for cavin1 and EHD2 just as ctrl-treated cells.

      My point here is not to discredit the data but only to suggest that the TIRF approach used is an indirect measure of caveolae scission from the membrane that requires substantiation using other approaches.

      We appreciate these comments and have tried to address these by adding new data and discussions on the interpretation of the tracking data in the results section.

      Dyngo is certainly generally affecting lipid packing via cholesterol and thereby affecting Cav1 dynamics in the plasma membrane. The claim of caveolae scission should be qualified and alternative possibilities considered and discussed. If the authors persist in arguing that dyngo is affecting caveolae scission then the effect should be substantiated by accumulation of caveolae by quantitative EM and high spatial and temporal resolution imaging of Cav1 and cavin1 to define the endocytic events. As the latter represents a new, and potentially very challenging, line of experimentation, I would suggest that it is beyond the scope of the current study. As indicated above the additional experiments are not necessary and qualification of the claims would be sufficient.

      We have now included a FRAP experiment of endocytic Cav1-GFP supporting the effect on internalization. We are also currently preforming CTxB HRP experiments to quantify the number of caveolae at the PM using EM but due to reasons out of our control we have not managed to finish these on time, they will be included in the manuscript once they are ready in hopefully not too long.

      Other points

      Figure 1C - Cav1 positive spots cannot be interpreted to be caveolae from diffraction limited confocal images. Same comment applies to Fig 4G - caveola? duration.

      We completely agree with this and that the claims should be qualified. We have added IF stainings showing that the Cav1-GFP structures are also positive for cavin1. We have now clarified that we cannot distinguish between flat or different curved states of caveolae using this methodology. We have also changed the labelling of Fig. 4G.

      Figure 4C - it is not clear why this EM data is not quantified - for both the number of caveolae and clathrin coated pits - as this would help clarify the interpretation of the effect reported.

      We are currently preforming CTxB HRP experiments to quantify the number of caveolae using EM but due to reasons out of our control we have not managed to finish these on time, they will be included in the manuscript once they are ready in hopefully not too long.

      Figure 4D - the AFM experiments should perhaps be repeated as the non-significant effect of dyngo on the Young's modulus may be a result of insufficient n values.

      We would like to clarify that to ensure the robustness of our AFM measurements, we performed the experiments with sufficient biological and technical replicates. Specifically, each data point shown in Figure 4D represents a Young’s modulus value averaged from approximately sixty force-distance curves per cell. For each condition, we collected force-distance maps on eight to nine individual cells, obtained from two separate petri dishes per day. We repeated this process on two independent days. In total, we analysed thirty-one cells for the DMSO control and thirty-three cells for the Dyngo-4a treatment. We performed the “student’s t-test with Welch’s correction” to access the statistical significance between the two conditions, as described in the main text. We believe that the sample size and statistical approach are sufficient to support the conclusions presented. Furthermore, we also analysed cell stiffness by calculating the slope of the linear portion of the force-distance curves. This analysis also did not reveal any statistically significant differences between the conditions (data not shown), further supporting our conclusion that Dyngo-4a treatment does not significantly alter the Young’s modulus under our experimental setup (or conditions).

      Reviewer #2 (Significance):

      This data showing that dyngo and dynasore target membrane order is quite compelling and argues that the effects of these inhibitors is not dynamin specific and that inhibition of endocytosis by these small molecule inhibitors is dynamin-independent. The in vitro and in vivo data they provide is convincing.

      Similarly, the data showing that dynasore and dyngo affect caveolin dynamics and clathrin endocytosis (transferrin) is quite convincing and argues that altered lipid packing is impacting membrane dynamics at the plasma membrane.

      What is less convincing is the conclusion is that dyngo is preventing caveolae scission from the membrane.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Larsson et al present experimental and computational data on the role of Dyngo4a (a compound that was developed to inhibit dynamin) on the dynamics of caveolae. The manuscript mostly documents effects of Dyngo on caveolae, with one experiment to suggest a mechanism for this result. This one rather unconvincing result forms the focus of the manuscript contributing to a disconnect between the data and the presentation. Additionally, there are concerns with data interpretation. The writing could also benefit from revision to address grammar mistakes, strengthen referencing, and increase precision. Overall, the manuscript requires substantial revisions before being considered for publication. The central claim, in particular, needs stronger evidence to support the proposed mechanism.

      We thank the reviewer for the thorough review and for experimental suggestions that we believe has strengthened our data further.

      Significant issues (in approximate order of importance):

      (1) The data supporting the central mechanistic explanation appears limited. There is no evidence that Dyngo remains in one leaflet

      The simulations show that the energy barrier for moving in between bilayers is very high. Furthermore, simulations of C-Laurdan has shown that it does not readily flip in between membrane leaflets (Barucha-Kraszewska et al., 2013) supporting that it reports on the outer lipid leaflet when added to cells. We have however now changed this and state that Dyngo-4a decreased the lipid order in the plasma membrane.

      - the GP of the PM is very low compared to previous measurements,

      The absolute GP-values will vary between setups depending on what filters are used so they are not comparable between laboratories. What is of importance is that we found a significant change in the relative GP-values in cells treated with Dyngo-4a and control cells. It is this change that we report. We have not performed any GP-measurements on this cell type earlier so it is unclear what previous measurements reviewer #3 are referring to.

      - effects on other membranes are not explored,

      The order of the intracellular membranes is as expected lower than that of the plasma membrane. Differentiating different intracellular membranes of interest like endocytotic vesicles from other intracellular membranes would be very difficult but, more importantly, our study is focused on what is happening in the plasma membrane where caveolae reside and would be of minor interest for plasma membrane dynamics.

      - dynamin-directed effects of Dyngo are not considered,

      In the discussion section we discuss the difficulties with disentangling dynamin-direct and indirect effects.

      (2) The QCM-D measurements and claims require explanation as several aspects remains unclear. In Fig S2, the 'softness' (what does this mean?) changes by 4-fold with DMSO alone (what does this mean?), then fractionally more with Dyngo. Then fractionally more again when Dyngo is removed (why?). Then it remains somewhat higher when both Dyngo and DMSO are removed, which is somehow interpreted as Dyngo remaining in the bilayer, but not DMSO.

      We understand the confusion of the reviewer and hope our explanations provide clarity. QCM-D measurements are based on an oscillating quartz crystal sensor. Specifically, alterations in oscillation frequency (ΔF) and the rate of energy dissipation from the sensor surface (ΔD) are what is measured. Allowing the measurement of: 1) materials adsorbing to the sensor surface, 2) changes in the viscoelastic properties of a solution in contact with the sensor surface, 3) changes in the material adsorbed to the sensor surface upone exposure to different solutions. The ratio of ΔD/-ΔF reports the mechanical softness or rigidity of an adsorbed material, in this case the SLB.

      A “buffer shift” is the term used when there is not an adsorption to the sensor surface, but rather an effect from altering the solution above the sensor surface. One reason is because different solutions can have different densities (e.g., a DMSO-buffer mixture vs buffer alone), which impacts the oscillations of the sensor. It was observed that the DMSO-buffer mixture alone gave a large buffer shift in comparison to the adsorption of the Dyngo-4a into the SLB, thereby muddling the data interpretation. Thus, in Fig. S2 the system was first equilibrated with the DMSO-buffer mixture prior to addition of the Dyngo-4a solution to allow for clearer visualization of the two events. In QCMD to assess if something has made a permeant change to the system you change back to the solutions used before the addition, thus first we washed with a DMSO-Buffer mixture followed by buffer alone. Control experiments were carried out in which no Dyngo-4a was added (also shown in Fig. S2). The control shows the same “buffer shift” from the DMSO-buffer mixture occurs in both systems and that upon returning to a buffer only condition there is no permanent change to the system caused from exposure to the DMSO. In contrast, once the system that received Dyngo-4a is changes back to a buffer only system we see that mass has been added to the system (ΔF) with little change to the dissipation (ΔD), thereby resulting in a lower ratio of ΔD/-ΔF, which is to say that the SLB after the adsorption of Dyngo-4a was more rigid that the SLB without Dyngo-4a.

      These interpretations are difficult to grasp, as the authors seem to be implying simple amphiphilic partitioning into the membrane, which should all be removable by efficient washing.

      Amphiphilic partitioning is not fully reversible by “efficient washing” it depends on partitioning coefficients.

      I do not doubt that this compound interacts with membranes, but the quantifications appear ambiguous. A bilayer with 16 mol% (or worse, 30% if all in one leaflet) Dyngo is very unlikely (to remain a bilayer). Even if such a bilayer was conceivable, the authors are claiming an ADDITION of Dyngo that would INCREASE the area of one leaflet by 30%, which needs explanation as it appears unlikely.

      We understand that in our attempt provide numbers in the results section for the amount of binding observed in QCM-D, this can easily be interpreted as this is what is observed to insert into the PM. However, as discussed in the discussion, we also see aggregations of Dyngo-4a that associate with the membrane in the simulations which likely could contribute to the binding observed in QCM-D prior to washing. The precise amount of membrane inserted Dyngo-4a is difficult to measure as we discuss in the text. In order to make this clearer, we have now moved all these details to the discussion section where we elaborate on this. Furthermore, since Dyngo-4a, like cholesterol, is intercalating in between the head groups of the lipids the area would not increase in direct proportion to the mol%.

      Also, there are no replicates shown, so unclear how reproducible these effects are?

      For clarity, only single experiments are shown. However, multiple experiments were performed and the range in measured values for 3 technical repeats can be observed in the standard deviations found in the main text (e.g., 6 ± 2 mol%).

      (3) The simulations are insufficiently described and difficult to interpret. How big are these systems? Why do the figures show the aqueous system with lateral boundaries?

      There are no explicit boundaries used in the simulations, periodic boundary conditions are applied in all three dimensions. The lateral boundaries observed in the figures correspond to the simulation box edges and are a visual artifact of 2D projections with QuickSurf representation. No artificial wall or constraints were introduced laterally. Additional technical details, including the system size and periodic boundary conditions have now been added to the methods section.

      It seems quite important that multiple Dyngo molecules aggregate rather than partition into membranes - is this likely to occur in experiment?

      Yes, this is important and with the additional simulation experiments suggested by Reviewer #3 it has been clarified that they contribute a great deal to the change in lipid packing of lipid bilayers containing cholesterol.  However, it is hard to test aggregation is the cellular system, but we believe that this happens and contribute to the effect on membranes. We have now emphasized the effect of the aggregates in the text.

      PMF simulations are strongly suggesting that Dyngo does not spontaneously cross membranes, which is inconsistent with its drug-like amphiphilicity (cLogP~2.5 is optimally suited for membrane permeation) and known effects on intracellular proteins. This suggests an artefact in these PMFs.

      As stated in the submitted version of the manuscript, logP was used to validate the topology and the observed value was in a very good agreement with cLogP. Moreover, this validation complemented the standard procedure of CHARMM-GUI ligand modelling, that provided a reasonable penalty score (around 20) for the Dyngo-4a topology. POPC and cholesterol molecules are standard in the force field and validated by numerous studies. The parameters used for the membrane simulations and AWH in particular are very common for this type of studies. Thus, we do not see what may cause any artifacts in the free energy profile construction. In fact, amphiphilicity of the molecule may be one of the key reasons that Dyngo-4a molecule remains at the aqueous interface of the membrane and does not cross the membrane spontaneously. Also, we believe that the energy barrier of 40-60 kJ/mol is not prohibitively high and Dyngo-4a molecules may still overcome the barrier eventually, though we expect majority to reside in the upper leaflet.

      The authors should experimentally measure the permeation of Dyngo through bilayers (or lack thereof), to more robustly support their finding that Dyngo does not cross membranes spontaneously.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, however this if very technically challenging and would require establishment of precise systems which is beyond the scope of this manuscript.

      (4) Why not measure effect of Dyngo on lipid packing directly and more broadly in model membranes?

      With the added modelling experiments supporting the previous simulations and the calculated GP values from the C-Laurdan experiments on cellular plasma membrane, we do not find it necessary to include more model membranes experiments than the already existing ones on lipid monolayers and supported lipid bilayers.

      (5) Statistics should not be done on individual cells (n>26), but rather on independent experiment (N=3?)

      We have performed the statistics on live cell particle tracking according to previous literature on similar systems (Boucrot et al., 2011; Larsson et al., 2023; Shvets et al., 2015; Stoeber et al., 2012).

      (6) Fig 1G is important but rather unclear. Firstly, these kymographs are an odd way to show that the caveolae are not moving. More importantly, caveolae in normal cells have been shown to be quite stable and immobile (eg doi: 10.1074/jbc.M117.791400), yet here they are claimed to be very mobile.

      Although this might be an odd and unconventional way to depict dynamic processes, we believe that this is a very illustrative way to show track stability over time in bulk rather than just a kymograph over a few structures in a cell. Furthermore, we are not claiming that caveolae are very mobile but rather the opposite very stable in agreement with previous work (Boucrot et al., 2011; Larsson et al., 2023; Mohan et al., 2015). We have now edited the text to make this even clearer.

      Also, if Dyngo prevents caveolae scission, there should be more of them at the membrane - why no quantification like Fig 1C to show accumulation of caveolae upon Dyngo treatment? Or directly counting caveolae via EM, as in Fig 4C?

      We are currently preforming CTxB HRP experiments using EM but due to reasons out of our control we have not managed to finish these on time, they will be included in the manuscript once they are ready in hopefully not too long. However, Dynasore has previously been shown, by EM, to increase the number of caveolae at the PM (Moren et al., 2012; Sinha et al., 2011).

      (7) The writing can be made more precise and referencing could be strengthened.

      The introduction was written in a short format, and we have now extended this and made it more precise.

      Some examples:

      (a) 'scissoned' is not a word in English,

      Thanks, we have now changed this.

      (b) what is meant by "Cav1 assembly is driven by high chol content"? There are many types of caveolin assemblies.

      We agree that this can be made more precise and have now clarified this in the introduction.

      (c) "This generates a unique membrane domain with distinct lipid packing and a very high curvature." Unclear what 'this' refers to and there is no reference here, so what is the evidence for either of these claims? Caveolin-8S oligomers are not curved. Perhaps 'this' is caveolae, but they are relatively large and also not very highly curved and I am unaware of measurements of lipid packing therein.

      Caveolae are around 50 nm which in biology is a very high curvature of a membrane. It has been extensively proven that caveolae have a distinct lipid composition highly enriched in cholesterol and sphingolipids, which thereby also will generate a unique lipid packing as compared to the surrounding membrane. Yet, the reviewer is correct that lipid packing has not been measured in a caveola for obvious technical challenges. Thus, we have now changed the text to “special lipid composition”.

      The sentence following that one again makes a specific, but unreferenced, claim.

      (d) intro claims that lipid packing is critical for fission, but it is unclear quite what is meant by this claim. The references do not help, as they are often about the basic biophysics of lipids, rather than how packing affects fission.

      We have now edited the text.  

      (e) intro strongly implies that caveolae remain membrane attached because of stalled scission. How strong is the evidence for this? The fact that EHD2 is at the neck is not definitive,

      We used the term stalled scission to describe that all omega shaped membrane invaginations do not scission in the same automatic way as clathrin coated vesicles. We have now changed this in the text. Caveolae are shown to be released (undergo scission) and be detected as internal caveolae if the protein EHD2 is removed. Hence this must be interpreted as if EHD2 stalls scission. The evidence includes data compiled over the last 12 years from others and us which include for example: 1) Caveolae with EHD2 have a longer duration time (Larsson et al., 2023; Mohan et al., 2015; Moren et al., 2012; Stoeber et al., 2012), Knock down of EHD2 results in more internalized caveolae as measured by CTxB HRP using EM (Moren et al., 2012) and shorter duration time at the PM (Hubert et al., 2020; Larsson et al., 2023; Mohan et al., 2015; Stoeber et al., 2012). 2) EHD2 overexpression results in less internalized caveolae as measured by CTxB HRP using EM (Stoeber et al., 2012). Furthermore, 3) overexpression or acute addition of purified EHD2 via microinjection counteracts lipid induced scission of caveolae and hence result in caveolae stabilization at the PM (Hubert et al., 2020). It is very hard to see that the release and internalization of caveolae could result from anything else than that these have undergone scission. EHD2 has been found around the rim of caveolae (Matthaeus et al., 2022) and overexpression of EHD2 oligomerizing mutants have been shown to expand the caveola neck (Hoernke et al., 2017; Larsson et al., 2023).

      (f) unclear what is meant by 'lipid packing frustration' and how Dyngo supposedly induces it.

      Lipid packing frustration refers to what is usually referred to as lipid packing defect, but since lipid membranes are describe as a fluid system it should not have defects whereby, we believe that lipid packing frustration is more accurate. However, we have now changed the text and use “decreased lipid packing” or “decreased lipid order” more thoroughly to describe the effect on the plasma membrane.

      (8) IF of Cav1 is insufficient to claim puncta as caveolae. Co-stained puncta of caveolin with cavin are much stronger evidence. Same issue for Cav1-GFP puncta.

      We agree and have now provided IF showing cavin1 and EHD2 colocalization to Cav1GFP in non and Dyngo-4a-treated cells.

      (9) Fig 3E claims that "preferred position of Dyngo-4a was closer to the head groups" but the minimum looks to be in similar place as Fig 3B without cholesterol. Response:

      We appreciate the reviewer’s observation. The PMF minima in the POPC and POPC:Chol membranes are indeed close in absolute position (~1.1–1.2 nm from the bilayer center). However, as clarified in the revised text, the presence of cholesterol leads to a slight shift of Dyngo-4a closer to the headgroup region and broadens the positional distribution. This is also evident from the added density profiles (Fig. S3A) and is now described more precisely in the manuscript.

      Critically, these results do not support the notion that Dyngo affects lipid packing sufficiently, which is not measured in the simulations (though could be).

      We thank the reviewer for the excellent suggestion. In response, we have now included a detailed analysis of Dyngo-4a’s effect on lipid packing in the simulations. As described in the revised manuscript, we measured deuterium order parameters, area per lipid (APL), and lipid–Dyngo–cholesterol spatial distributions (Figs. 3-H, S3C-E). The results demonstrate that Dyngo-4a decreases lipid order in POPC:Chol membranes. Both single molecules and clusters reduce the order parameter by up to 0.04 units, particularly in the upper leaflet, where Dyngo-4a reside.The reduction is most pronounced in the midchain region of the sn1 tail and around the double bond of the sn2 tail. These effects were accompanied by increased APL in POPC:Chol membranes and by colocalization of Dyngo-4a near cholesterol-rich regions. Together, these data confirm that Dyngo-4a perturbs membrane organization and lipid packing in a composition-dependent manner. We believe these additions directly address the concern and demonstrate that the simulations indeed support the conclusion that Dyngo-4a modulates lipid packing.

      Finally, the simulation data do not show "that Dyngo-4a is competing with cholesterol"; it is unclear what 'competition' means in this context, but regardless, the data only shows that Dyngo sits at a similar location as cholesterol.

      We agree with the reviewer that “competition” was an imprecise term. We have rephrased the relevant sections to clarify that Dyngo-4a and cholesterol localize to overlapping regions and exhibit spatial coordination. As now stated in the manuscript, cholesterol appears to partially displace Dyngo-4a from its preferred depth seen in pure POPC, broadens its membrane distribution, and alters lipid packing. According to the order parameters there is an interplay between chol and Dyngo-4a and the heatmaps show that the distribution of chol in the membrane gets less uniform in the presence of Dyngo-4a. These interactions suggest that Dyngo-4a perturbs cholesterol-rich domains.

      As new analysis routines were added to the study, we have now also added the details on those to the Methods section of the text.

      (10) AFM measures the stiffness of the cell (as correctly explained in Results section) not "overall stiffness of the PM" as stated in the Discussion.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out, we have now altered this in the discussion section.

      (11) Fig2A: what was the starting lipid surface pressure? How does Dyngo insertion depend on initial lipid packing?

      The starting pressure lipid pressure was 20 mN m<sup>-1</sup which we now have incorporated in the figure legend. We performed several such experiments with a starting pressure ranging from 20-23 mN m<sup>-1</sup> showing consistent results which we described in the materials and methods section. Given that we also performed QCMD analysis and simulations on bilayers showing that Dyngo-4a adsorbed and inserted respectively, we have not performed a titration of starting pressures resulting in a MIP of Dygo-4a.

      (12) Fig 4B is a strange approach to measure membrane motion. Why not RMSD or some other displacement based method? As its shown, it implies that the area of the cell changes.

      The method that we used to quantify the area of the cell which is attached (or close to) the glass and thereby is visible in TIRF microscopy. This is area indeed changes over time which has been frequently observed and used to describe and quantify the mobility, lamellipodia and filopodia formation among other things. We agree that RMSD can also be used to analyze the data before and after treatments and we have now included RMSD­­­­ analysis in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance):

      The title, abstract, and introduction of the manuscript are largely framed around lipid packing, but most of the data investigate other unexpected effects of treating cells with Dyngo4a. The only measurement for lipid packing (or any other membrane properties) is Fig 4E-F. Therefore, this paper is effectively an investigation of an artefact of a common reagent, which itself could be a valuable contribution. However, the mechanism to explain its effect requires stronger evidence, and its broad biological significance needs further exploration.

      Overall, the impact of documenting the effects of Dyngo4a on membranes appears modest but may be valuable to the membrane trafficking community.

      Barucha-Kraszewska, J., S. Kraszewski, and C. Ramseyer. 2013. Will C-Laurdan dethrone Laurdan in fluorescent solvent relaxation techniques for lipid membrane studies? Langmuir. 29:1174-1182.

      Boucrot, E., M.T. Howes, T. Kirchhausen, and R.G. Parton. 2011. Redistribution of caveolae during mitosis. J Cell Sci. 124:1965-1972.

      Hoernke, M., J. Mohan, E. Larsson, J. Blomberg, D. Kahra, S. Westenhoff, C. Schwieger, and R. Lundmark. 2017. EHD2 restrains dynamics of caveolae by an ATP-dependent, membrane-bound, open conformation. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 114:E4360-E4369.

      Hubert, M., E. Larsson, N.V.G. Vegesna, M. Ahnlund, A.I. Johansson, L.W. Moodie, and R. Lundmark. 2020. Lipid accumulation controls the balance between surface connection and scission of caveolae. Elife. 9.

      Larsson, E., B. Moren, K.A. McMahon, R.G. Parton, and R. Lundmark. 2023. Dynamin2 functions as an accessory protein to reduce the rate of caveola internalization. J Cell Biol. 222.

      Matthaeus, C., K.A. Sochacki, A.M. Dickey, D. Puchkov, V. Haucke, M. Lehmann, and J.W. Taraska. 2022. The molecular organization of differentially curved caveolae indicates bendable structural units at the plasma membrane. Nat Commun. 13:7234.

      McCluskey, A., J.A. Daniel, G. Hadzic, N. Chau, E.L. Clayton, A. Mariana, A. Whiting, N.N. Gorgani, J. Lloyd, A. Quan, L. Moshkanbaryans, S. Krishnan, S. Perera, M. Chircop, L. von Kleist, A.B. McGeachie, M.T. Howes, R.G. Parton, M. Campbell, J.A. Sakoff, X. Wang, J.Y. Sun, M.J. Robertson, F.M. Deane, T.H. Nguyen, F.A. Meunier, M.A. Cousin, and P.J. Robinson. 2013. Building a better dynasore: the dyngo compounds potently inhibit dynamin and endocytosis. Traffic. 14:1272-1289.

      Mohan, J., B. Moren, E. Larsson, M.R. Holst, and R. Lundmark. 2015. Cavin3 interacts with cavin1 and caveolin1 to increase surface dynamics of caveolae. J Cell Sci. 128:979-991.

      Moren, B., C. Shah, M.T. Howes, N.L. Schieber, H.T. McMahon, R.G. Parton, O. Daumke, and R. Lundmark. 2012. EHD2 regulates caveolar dynamics via ATP-driven targeting and oligomerization. Mol Biol Cell. 23:1316-1329.

      Shvets, E., V. Bitsikas, G. Howard, C.G. Hansen, and B.J. Nichols. 2015. Dynamic caveolae exclude bulk membrane proteins and are required for sorting of excess glycosphingolipids. Nat Commun. 6:6867.

      Sinha, B., D. Koster, R. Ruez, P. Gonnord, M. Bastiani, D. Abankwa, R.V. Stan, G. Butler-Browne, B. Vedie, L. Johannes, N. Morone, R.G. Parton, G. Raposo, P. Sens, C. Lamaze, and P. Nassoy. 2011. Cells respond to mechanical stress by rapid disassembly of caveolae. Cell. 144:402-413.

      Stoeber, M., I.K. Stoeck, C. Hanni, C.K. Bleck, G. Balistreri, and A. Helenius. 2012. Oligomers of the ATPase EHD2 confine caveolae to the plasma membrane through association with actin. EMBO J. 31:2350-2364.

    1. Résumé vidéo [00:47:45][^1^][1] - [01:05:30][^2^][2]:

      La troisième partie de la vidéo traite de la question de faire vivre les valeurs de la République en établissement scolaire, avec les témoignages de trois intervenants : une professeure d'histoire-géographie, un principal de collège et une chercheuse en sciences de l'éducation. Ils partagent leurs expériences, leurs pratiques et leurs réflexions sur les enjeux et les moyens de transmettre et d'incarner ces valeurs auprès des élèves, des personnels, des parents et des partenaires extérieurs.

      Points forts : + [00:47:45][^3^][3] L'école comme parenthèse pour les élèves * Leur faire sentir qu'ils peuvent vivre les valeurs républicaines à l'école * Leur faire découvrir la mixité sociale, l'égalité, la culture * Leur proposer des sorties pédagogiques, des projets, des actions + [00:49:01][^4^][4] L'interconnaissance avec les acteurs extérieurs à l'école * Développer des partenariats avec le monde associatif, la politique de la ville, etc. * Coproduire des projets avec ces acteurs pour prendre en charge le jeune dans sa globalité * Former les enseignants et les chefs d'établissement avec ces acteurs pour avoir un référentiel commun + [00:53:05][^5^][5] La question du public allophone * Lever la barrière de la langue pour faire vivre les valeurs de citoyens français * Profiter de la grande diversité et de la fascination pour la France des élèves allophones * Faire partie de collectifs pour penser et débattre ensemble + [00:58:51][^6^][6] La synthèse graphique de la table ronde * Représenter le parcours professionnel des intervenants comme un parcours d'équilibriste * Identifier les valeurs qui les animent, les publics qu'ils touchent, les actions qu'ils mènent * Souligner l'importance du collectif, de la politique, de la mixité sociale harmonieuse

    2. Résumé vidéo [00:23:45][^1^][1] - [00:47:41][^2^][2]:

      La deuxième partie de la vidéo parle de comment faire vivre les valeurs de la République en établissement scolaire, à travers des expériences, des dispositifs et des instances. Les intervenants partagent leurs pratiques, leurs réflexions et leurs témoignages sur les enjeux de l'éducation à la citoyenneté, à la santé, à l'égalité, à la laïcité et à la fraternité.

      Points forts: + [00:24:14][^3^][3] L'articulation entre l'individuel et le collectif * Comment chacun se positionne sur ses valeurs * Comment on travaille avec l'ensemble des acteurs * Comment on crée du lien et du sens entre les actions + [00:24:26][^4^][4] Le comité d'éducation à la santé, à la citoyenneté et à l'environnement (CESCE) * Une instance de réflexion, d'observation, de veille et de proposition * Une instance qui associe les parents, les partenaires, les élus, les référents et les professeurs * Une instance qui définit la politique de prévention et d'éducation dans les domaines de la citoyenneté, de la santé, de la lutte contre les violences, de l'égalité fille-garçon, etc. + [00:31:00][^5^][5] L'expérience du collège Berlios à Paris * Un établissement qui accueille une grande diversité d'élèves * Un établissement qui a mis en place une mixité harmonieuse et une bienveillance éducative * Un établissement qui a amélioré son climat scolaire, sa réussite et son ouverture + [00:38:16][^6^][6] L'éducation universelle en classe * Une approche pédagogique qui vise à lever les obstacles à l'apprentissage * Une approche qui s'interroge sur les besoins éducatifs particuliers des élèves * Une approche qui favorise l'équité et la réussite de tous les élèves

    3. Résumé vidéo [00:00:01][^1^][1] - [00:23:42][^2^][2]:

      Cette vidéo est la première partie d'une table ronde sur le thème "Faire vivre les valeurs en établissement". Trois intervenants partagent leurs expériences et leurs réflexions sur les questions d'éducabilité, de réussite, d'égalité et de citoyenneté à l'école. Ils abordent également les enjeux de l'éducation inclusive, de la mixité sociale, du climat scolaire et du bien-être des élèves et des personnels.

      Points forts: + [00:00:01][^3^][3] Présentation de la table ronde et des intervenants * Sandrine Benevkir, conseillère technique établissement vie scolaire au cabinet de la rectrice de l'académie de Lille * Faride Boualifa, proviseur au lycée professionnel Le Chatelier à Marseille * Anne-Lore Perrin, conseillère pédagogique de circonscription et docteure en psychologie sociale + [00:07:52][^4^][4] Intervention de Sandrine Benevkir * Elle évoque son parcours personnel et professionnel marqué par les questions d'éducabilité, de réussite et d'égalité * Elle présente les différents dossiers qu'elle porte au niveau académique, comme la vie lycéenne, l'égalité fille-garçon, la prévention de la radicalisation ou les valeurs de la République * Elle insiste sur l'importance de l'appartenance à des collectifs pour transmettre et promouvoir ces valeurs + [00:11:47][^5^][5] Intervention de Faride Boualifa * Il raconte son parcours de CPE puis de chef d'établissement dans des zones difficiles, animé par la volonté de lutter contre les déterminismes sociaux * Il relate son expérience de la mixité sociale à travers une expérimentation de montée alternée entre deux collèges aux profils sociologiques opposés * Il souligne le rôle du climat scolaire, du bâti, des projets, des sorties et du management dans la réussite et l'épanouissement des élèves + [00:18:18][^6^][6] Intervention d'Anne-Lore Perrin * Elle expose ses recherches en psychologie sociale sur les attitudes des enseignants à l'égard de l'éducation inclusive * Elle montre que les valeurs personnelles et organisationnelles des enseignants influencent leur perception de l'éducation inclusive * Elle révèle que le terme de réussite peut avoir des effets contradictoires sur les attitudes des enseignants, selon qu'il est défini et compris

    4. comment pouvez-vous intégrer les valeurs de la République au sein du public halophone on on dit venez à notre 00:54:41 atelier à distance c'est compliqué mais on a des collègues qui travaillent du coup avec les upe 2A et et les élèves à juste quand on parle du public halallophone on parle juste de la barrière de la langue quelque part donc 00:54:53 on va on on peut tout à fait faire vivre les valeurs de citoyens français avec les élèves hophones si on on fait le lève cette barrière de la langue dans un premier 00:55:05 temps juste c'est c'est même plus facile parce que moi je dis toujours he les les publicalophones ils ils sont fascinés par la France ils sont fascinés par notre pays il ils sont heureux d'être 00:55:18 ici donc ils ils seront d'autant plus réceptifs à à à ce qu'on partage les valeurs avec eux enf moi c'est ce que j'ai c'est ce que j'ai connu avec avec ces ces élèves à la F qui arrivent en France pour certains ça a été le 00:55:31 parcours du combattant de venir ici mais ils sont tellement heureux d'être avec nous que effectivement ils sont très réceptifs
    5. il s'agit de l'atelier 2 autour du bien-être à l'école de l'atelier 3 du coup je vous le fais de têtes alors 00:57:45 que j'avais des des notes en tout cas c'est l'atelier 3 et l'atelier 4 les ateliers donc 2 3 et 4 sont annulés en revanche il reste des places dans les autres ateliers du coup vous pouvez vous y rendre de façon spontanée et vous 00:57:58 ajouter sur les listes d'émargements donc il reste le 1 euh valeur de la République avec du coup l'équipe de collègues Carole Janine et j'ai oublié le nom de la troisème personne le 00:58:11 l'atelier 5 l'Escape game autour de l'inclusion le 6 euh le 6 les réseaux sociaux merci beaucoup autour des réseaux sociaux avec le Clémi 00:58:22 euh l'atelier 7 euh qui est autour de l'interculturalité justement du plurilinguisme et l'atelier 8 avec la question de l'expérience du débat en classe
    6. je suis chargé de mission en fait au au département du 00:49:07 Nord donc dans dans le service jeunesse et j'avais une question justement par rapport au aux actions qui sont mises en place notamment alors sur le volet éducatif effectivement là c'est vraiment le le cœur de métier de l'éducation 00:49:18 nationale mais il me semblait que même sur les les valeurs de la République également mais mais il me semblait que sur les valeurs de la République est-ce qu'il il est il y a pas un enjeu à développer de l'interconnaissance avec les acteurs extérieurs à l'école 00:49:31 notamment sur la politique de la ville d'autres d'autres acteurs qui sont présents en fait sur les temps différents des élèves euh il y a le temps de l'école mais il y a aussi en fait le le le le les temps extérieurs à l'école où les ils sont dans dans les 00:49:44 centres sociaux ils sont dans des dans des associations en fait locales comment en fait dans la construction de ces valeurs euh on peut aussi coproduire des choses avec ces acteurs-là parce que ils peuvent euh entendre d'autres choses 00:49:57 euh d'autres voilà manière éventuellement de de de de comprendre ces ces notions ces concepts est-ce qu'il est est-ce qu'il y a pas un enjeu à justement peut-être 00:50:09 euh même éventuellement faire des des formations entre enseignants ou chefs d'établissement avec des ces acteurs là il me semble que il y a vraiment en fait une un référentiel commun à avoir pour 00:50:22 pouvoir justement en tout cas apporter quelque chose à ces ces jeunes qui parfois sont en grande difficulté
    7. Ce transcript d’une table ronde organisée par l’INSPÉ Lille HdF explore la manière dont les valeurs républicaines (égalité, mixité sociale, épanouissement, réussite) sont vécues au sein des établissements scolaires.

      Trois intervenants, une conseillère technique, un proviseur et une chercheuse en psychologie sociale, partagent leurs expériences et réflexions.

      Leurs témoignages mettent en lumière l’importance du collectif, de la bienveillance, et de la nécessité d’articuler des politiques éducatives cohérentes pour favoriser la réussite de tous les élèves, notamment ceux issus de milieux défavorisés.

      Enfin, le rôle crucial du CESCE (Comité d’Éducation à la Santé, à la Citoyenneté et à l’Environnement) est souligné comme outil pour une démarche systémique et globale de promotion des valeurs républicaines.

    8. nécessité fort importante d'articuler toutes ces 00:31:20 politiques éducatives et donc cette instance elle me semble vraiment un lieu privilégié pour penser et mettre en œure une démarche systémique de pilotage par les valeurs et pour les 00:31:35 valeurs euh je parler de de lutte contre détermin social et et ce qui ce qui pas une chose très très simple je je suis pas sûr qu'on qu'on soit parvenu hein lorsque il y a une grande très grande 00:31:50 mixité mais au moins commencer déjà par essayer d'obtenir parce que c'est ce que je vais dans vre établissement 55 minut de cours l'objectif de 55 minutes de cours c'était ça commence par un climat scolaire serein
    9. je parler de de lutte contre détermin social et et ce qui ce qui pas une chose très très simple je je suis pas sûr qu'on qu'on soit parvenu hein lorsque il y a une grande très grande 00:31:50 mixité mais au moins commencer déjà par essayer d'obtenir parce que c'est ce que je vais dans vre établissement 55 minut de cours l'objectif de 55 minutes de cours c'était ça commence par un climat scolaire serein
    10. la pédagogie universelle dont vous avez peut-être déjà entendu parler mais comment on s'interroge sur les obstacles qu'on met face aux élèves sans sans avoir sans cette 00:38:37 intentionnalité mais comment on les empêche quelque part parfois par nos pratiques par nos habitude d'entrer dans la compétence vers vers lesquelles vers laquelle on souhaite les les quelque 00:38:49 part les les les amener en fait exemple c'est pas parce qu'on sait pas lire qu'on peut pas accéder à un savoir en histoiregéographie ou en langue vivante et penser les choses de manière 00:39:03 universelle comment dans ma classe moi en tant qu'enseignant je mets sans faire exprès et sans le penser des obstacles aux élèves qui les empêchent d'avancer en fait vers cette cette cette possibilité de de de 00:39:15 progrès d'avancer vers la réussite et c'est peut-être moins pensé en terme d'égalité qu'en terme d'équité il faut donner plus donner différemment à certains élèves qui ont des besoins éducatifs particuliers et ça ça me 00:39:29 semble être une manière de faire vivre cette valeur d'égalité qui est qui est cher à notre République
    11. je préférerais prendre le temps de m'arrêter quelques minutes sur une instance qui à mon avis sous-exploité en 00:26:08 établissement euh à savoir le ces ce donc le comité d'éducation à la santé à la citoyenneté et à l'environnement parce que euh à mon sens il s'agit vraiment d'une instance pour 00:26:21 penser et mettre en place une démarche systémique autour des valeurs et aujourd'hui elle est un peu elle paraît elle peut paraître désuettes en établissement mais pour autant c'est une instance qui qui mérite qu'on s'intéresse à elle en effet parce que le 00:26:35 CESCE c'est une instance de réflexion d'observation de veille et de proposition qui permet de définir la politique de prévention des établissements et des écoles
    12. circulaire de rentrée elle dit il faut faire réussir permettre à tous les 00:22:27 élèves acquérir les fondamentaux et de les faire réussir dans les apprentissages et on voit que ce terme de réussite s'il est mal défini s'il est mal compris parce que c'est c'est bien là l'enjeu en fait c'est qu'est-ce qu'on entend par réussite s'il est mal défini 00:22:39 mal compris on va avoir des effets assez contradictoires
    13. quand le système éducatif 00:20:47 est perçu comme véhiculant des valeurs qui sont bien en accord avec l'éducation inclusive comme la justice sociale ou la bienveillance les enseignants vont remonter des attitudes bien plus positives donc donc on voit que le système éducatif lui-même quelque part 00:21:00 peut avoir une influence sur les attitudes des enseignants et vous allez le voir on a dans une dernière étude on a quand même montrer que parler de réussite de réussite de tous et ben ça compliquait les choses en terme 00:21:11 d'éducation inclusive on s'attendait pas spécialement à à ce résultat là mais en fait on s'est amusé entre guillemets à proposer aux enseignants des petit des petites pages de de magazines fictifs à destination des enseignants alors on 00:21:24 avait des magazines qui traitaient uniquement de bienveillance euh d'épanouissement de de de des élèves enfin tout un tout un champ lexical qui avait tras à ce type de valeur euh des 00:21:37 des magazines qui traitaient simplement de de questions de questions basiques de questions pratiques et puis des magazines qui traiter de la réussite de la performance euh du développement des compétences euh du pouvoir d'agir et en 00:21:50 fait c'est'est avéré que quand on proposait aux enseignants de lire ce magazine en particulier qui traitait de la réussite et qui le mettait dans sous toutes ses formes ils avaient des attitudes bien plus négatives euh à l'égard de l'éducation inclusive donc on 00:22:03 voit que dans à partir de ces ces recherche que il y a une complexité réelle entre les valeurs qu'on essaie de d'incarné en fait de faire vivre 00:22:15 à dans l'école et on voit qu'à certains moments elles peuvent avoir aussi des influences qui sont qui sont pas cell qu'on qu'on aimerait bien euh qu'on aimerait bien mettre en œuvre
    1. Résumé de la vidéo [00:00:00][^1^][1] - [00:19:25][^2^][2]:

      La vidéo présente une avocate spécialisée dans la défense des enfants atteints de troubles neurodéveloppementaux.

      Elle explique son approche flexible en droit pour s'adapter aux besoins spécifiques de ses clients, souvent confrontés à des diagnostics erronés et à des prises en charge inadaptées.

      Elle souligne l'importance de lutter contre la stigmatisation et de promouvoir des soins adaptés, en mettant l'accent sur la formation des professionnels et l'écoute des parents.

      Points forts: + [00:00:11][^3^][3] Défense des enfants atypiques * Troubles TDAH, TSA * Syndrome d'alcoolisation fœtale + [00:01:00][^4^][4] Flexibilité en droit * Droit diversifié * Centré sur le neurodéveloppement + [00:02:01][^5^][5] Lutte contre les diagnostics erronés * Responsabilité médicale * Prises en charge inadaptées + [00:03:02][^6^][6] Droits des handicapés * Allocations via MDPH * Prise en charge adaptée + [00:04:01][^7^][7] Importance de l'accompagnement humain * AESH individuels * Besoin d'attention soutenue + [00:05:03][^8^][8] Contentieux en droit administratif * Éducation nationale * Conseils de discipline + [00:07:00][^9^][9] Responsabilité pénale des jeunes * Discernement * Alternatives à la prison + [00:09:01][^10^][10] Protection de l'enfance * Formations obsolètes * Importance du diagnostic + [00:11:01][^11^][11] Rôle des parents * Observations parentales * Collaboration avec professionnels + [00:12:01][^12^][12] Risques de placement abusif * Informations préoccupantes * Mesures administratives + [00:15:46][^13^][13] Assistance éducative * Évaluations sociales et psychologiques * Importance des soins adaptés + [00:17:00][^14^][14] Départ des CMP * Risque d'IP pour défaut de soins * Importance de la prise en charge en libéral + [00:19:00][^15^][15] Écoute des parents * Non-toxicité * Besoin de répit, pas de retrait Video summary [00:20:00][^1^][1] - [00:39:54][^2^][2]:

      La vidéo présente une avocate spécialisée dans la défense des enfants avec des troubles neurodéveloppementaux.

      Elle explique son approche flexible en droit pour s'adapter aux besoins spécifiques de ses clients et aborde les défis liés à la responsabilité médicale, les droits des handicapés, et la protection de l'enfance.

      Highlights: + [00:20:00][^3^][3] Défense des enfants * Troubles neurodéveloppementaux * Flexibilité en droit + [00:21:01][^4^][4] Responsabilité médicale * Diagnostics inadaptés * Culpabilisation des parents + [00:22:26][^5^][5] Droits des handicapés * Allocations via MDPH * Prise en charge adaptée + [00:24:02][^6^][6] Protection de l'enfance * Évaluation des besoins * Formations pour professionnels + [00:27:44][^7^][7] Enjeux du placement * Impact sur les familles * Importance du diagnostic + [00:30:03][^8^][8] Rôle du juge des enfants * Lien entre services et familles * Compréhension des troubles

    1. Document d'Information : Synthèse de la 18ème Journée du Refus de l'Échec Scolaire

      Résumé

      La 18ème Journée du Refus de l'Échec Scolaire (JRES), organisée par l'AFEV, a porté sur le thème "Jeunesses populaires rurales et urbaines : même combat face aux inégalités éducatives ?".

      L'événement a mis en lumière les convergences et les divergences entre ces deux jeunesses, souvent opposées dans le discours public via la formule "jeunesse des tours, jeunesse des bourgs".

      Les débats ont révélé que, bien que confrontées à des défis spécifiques liés à leur territoire (mobilité pour les ruraux, discriminations pour les urbains), ces jeunesses partagent des problématiques communes profondément ancrées dans les inégalités sociales.

      Une enquête exclusive de Trajectoires Réflex, menée auprès de 1500 lycéens, a démontré la prépondérance du milieu social sur le lieu de vie dans la détermination des parcours scolaires et des aspirations.

      Les jeunes des classes populaires, qu'ils soient ruraux ou urbains, s'orientent davantage vers des filières courtes, tandis que les jeunes de classes supérieures visent des études longues. L'étude souligne également une anxiété partagée face à l'orientation, notamment à cause de Parcoursup.

      Les intervenants, incluant le sociologue Benoît Coquard, des élus locaux, des acteurs associatifs et des chercheurs, ont unanimement appelé à dépasser les oppositions stériles.

      Ils ont souligné l'importance de reconnaître les réalités diverses des territoires, les dynamiques d'autocensure, la complexité de la mobilité (partir, rester, revenir) et l'impact de l'isolement.

      Un consensus s'est dégagé sur l'urgence de refonder des politiques publiques décloisonnées, de repenser le modèle de la méritocratie et de valoriser toutes les formes de réussite et d'engagement pour reconstruire un "destin commun" et garantir une véritable égalité des chances pour tous les jeunes.

      1. Thématique Centrale : Dépasser l'Opposition "Tours vs. Bourgs"

      La 18ème JRES a été initiée pour analyser l'articulation entre les jeunesses populaires rurales et urbaines, un parallèle popularisé par la formule "jeunesse des tours, jeunesse des bourgs".

      Les intervenants ont largement critiqué l'instrumentalisation politique et médiatique de cette opposition.

      Origine de la réflexion (Eunice Mangado-Lunetta, AFEV) : L'AFEV, historiquement ancrée dans les Quartiers Prioritaires de la politique de la Ville (QPV), a constaté que "la France qui va mal, on la retrouve partout".

      L'association a remis en question le discours opposant un "bloc métropolitain" riche à un "bloc périphérique" en difficulté, discours souvent utilisé pour critiquer l'investissement public dans les QPV au détriment d'une "France qui souffre silencieusement dans les campagnes".

      Perspective sociologique (Benoît Coquard) : Le sociologue, parrain de l'événement, a souligné que cette formule est un slogan efficace mais "en partie trompeur".

      Il a expliqué que l'enjeu politique actuel est de se réclamer de la ruralité, devenue un "faire-valoir" et un "écran de fumée" masquant les questions sociales.

      Il insiste sur la nécessité de parler des "ruralités" au pluriel, car il existe des écarts de richesse et des dynamiques démographiques très variés entre les campagnes, tout comme dans les villes.

      Objectif de la journée : L'objectif n'était pas d'opposer ces jeunesses ni de mettre un signe égal entre elles, mais de "chercher du commun" tout en reconnaissant ce qui diffère, afin d'éviter les "oppositions stériles". L'enquête présentée visait spécifiquement à superposer le filtre territorial et le filtre social pour une analyse plus juste.

      2. Enquête Trajectoires Réflex : Données Clés sur les Lycéens

      Une enquête a été réalisée de mai à juillet 2025 auprès de plus de 1500 lycéens de filières générales, technologiques et professionnelles.

      L'échantillon comprenait 41% de jeunes de communes rurales et 26% de jeunes de petites villes. L'analyse croise le lieu de vie avec le milieu social (défini par le diplôme et la CSP des parents).

      2.1 Orientation et Projections d'Études Le milieu social apparaît comme le facteur prépondérant dans les choix d'orientation, plus que le lieu de vie.

      Rapport au lycée :

      ◦ 94% des jeunes disent avoir choisi leur filière.

      ◦ 70% ressentent de la pression liée aux cours et aux résultats.

      ◦ Plus d'un tiers déclare avoir des difficultés d'apprentissage, une part plus importante chez les jeunes de classes populaires.

      Orientation post-bac : ◦ 61% se sentent bien informés, mais 58% sont inquiets.

      ◦ Le stress est principalement causé par les démarches Parcoursup et le flou du projet d'orientation.

      Aspirations :

      ◦ 80% souhaitent poursuivre des études supérieures.

      ◦ L'influence du milieu social est nette : les jeunes urbains de classe supérieure privilégient les études longues (Master, Grande École), tandis que les jeunes ruraux de classe populaire ciblent davantage les filières courtes pour une insertion plus rapide sur le marché du travail.

      Type d'études Jeunes de classe populaire RURALE Jeunes de classe populaire URBAINE Filière courte (BTS/BUT) 32% 16% Niveau Master 38% 55%

      Sens donné aux études : Pour les jeunes de classe supérieure, la "réussite personnelle" prime. Pour ceux des milieux populaires, c'est avant tout le fait de "gagner de l'argent".

      2.2 Mobilité, Attachement et Avenir

      Attachement au territoire : 82% des jeunes partagent un fort attachement à leur lieu de vie. Cet attachement est plus marqué chez les jeunes ruraux (85%) et encore plus chez les jeunes ruraux de classe populaire (90%).

      Projet de départ : ◦ 69% se préparent à partir de chez leurs parents pour leurs études.

      ◦ Ce sont les jeunes de milieux favorisés et les jeunes ruraux qui sont les plus nombreux à se préparer à partir.

      ◦ Cependant, le départ est plus souvent subi par les ruraux : 17% des jeunes ruraux parlent d'une "contrainte à quitter le domicile familial", contre seulement 9% des jeunes citadins.

      Bien-être et difficultés :

      ◦ 84% se sentent bien au quotidien, mais 64% témoignent de leur anxiété.
      

      ◦ 1 jeune sur 5 se sent isolé. Ce sentiment est plus prononcé chez les jeunes de classe populaire rurale (21%) que chez les urbains (15%).

      ◦ Les difficultés financières sont plus fréquentes chez les jeunes de milieu populaire (40% vs 14% chez les enfants de Bac+5).

      • Projection sociale :

      ◦ Seuls 36% des citadins et 25% des ruraux pensent avoir une meilleure vie que leurs parents. 45% ne savent pas.

      ◦ Les jeunes de milieu populaire semblent plus optimistes, espérant une ascension sociale. Cependant, un clivage territorial existe : 42% des citadins de milieu populaire ont une image positive de leur avenir, contre 31% des ruraux de milieu populaire.

      2.3 Mobilité Quotidienne et Déplacements Les difficultés de déplacement sont significativement plus marquées pour les jeunes ruraux.

      • Seule la moitié (50%) des jeunes de classe populaire rurale déclare qu'il est facile pour eux de se déplacer, contre 90% des jeunes de classe populaire urbaine.

      Dépendance à la voiture : 53% des jeunes ruraux utilisent la voiture au quotidien (contre 12% des citadins). Le permis est jugé indispensable pour 80% des ruraux (contre 55% des citadins).

      2.4 Rapport aux Institutions et à l'Engagement

      Discriminations :

      ◦ 36% des jeunes déclarent en avoir été victimes, principalement à l'école (94% des cas).

      ◦ Le sentiment est plus marqué chez les jeunes urbains (43% vs 31% des ruraux).

      ◦ Les motifs varient : pour les citadins de classe populaire, les discriminations sont liées à l'origine, l'apparence et les convictions. Pour les ruraux de classe populaire, elles sont liées à l'apparence, la classe sociale et l'état de santé.

      Confiance dans les institutions : La confiance est plus forte chez les jeunes de classe supérieure et les jeunes ruraux.

      ◦ Police : 83% des jeunes ruraux de milieu modeste font confiance à la police, contre 58% des jeunes urbains de milieu modeste.

      ◦ Une méfiance généralisée est partagée envers les médias (42% de confiance), les réseaux sociaux (21%) et surtout la classe politique (16%).

      Rapport au vote et à l'engagement : ◦ Le rapport au vote est socialement inégal : 60% des jeunes de milieu favorisé pensent voter, contre 46% des enfants de non-diplômés.

      ◦ 44% des jeunes ne savent pas s'ils comptent s'engager plus tard. Ce doute est plus fort chez les jeunes ruraux.

      3. Parcours de Vie et Analyses Croisées

      3.1 Le Témoignage de Benoît Coquard : Du Rural à la Sociologie

      Le sociologue Benoît Coquard a partagé son parcours personnel, emblématique des barrières et des aléas qui façonnent les destins.

      Origines : Vient d'un village de Haute-Marne, un département avec très peu de cadres. Ses parents, "petits fonctionnaires", ont quitté l'école à 14-15 ans. Il n'avait "pas de modèle estudiantin".

      Bifurcation : Doit sa mobilité sociale à "l'intervention un peu divine, un peu aléatoire" de sa sœur qui l'a poussé vers les études supérieures.

      Il souligne que sans l'inexistence de Parcoursup à l'époque, il n'aurait pas pu s'inscrire à l'université avec son "mauvais dossier scolaire".

      Rapport à l'école : Mauvais élève, il a raté son bac. L'école était pour lui "la seule scène sociale sur laquelle [il était] parfois dévalorisé". Il décrit la construction d'une "culture anti-école" où l'on développe des modèles de reconnaissance alternatifs (sport, sociabilité locale).

      Analyse sociologique : Son travail de recherche, notamment Ceux qui restent, l'a amené à étudier son propre milieu.

      Il met en évidence que les jeunes ruraux croient davantage en leurs "ressources d'autochtonie" (réseau local, piston) pour s'en sortir, ce qui peut les détourner de l'école.

      À l'inverse, les jeunes des quartiers, souvent issus de l'immigration, surinvestissent l'école car leurs parents n'ont pas ce capital d'autochtonie.

      3.2 Le Témoignage d'Yvon Atonga : Destins Divergents en Banlieue

      Yvon Atonga, co-auteur de Petit frère, a raconté son histoire et celle de son frère Wilfried, qui a grandi dans le même environnement à Villiers-le-Bel mais a connu un destin tragique.

      Points de bifurcation : Il identifie plusieurs moments clés qui ont séparé leurs trajectoires :

      1. L'intervention de sa mère : Un jour, alors que ses amis venaient le chercher, sa mère leur a dit qu'il n'était pas là car il faisait ses devoirs. Ses amis sont partis commettre un braquage et ont été condamnés à de lourdes peines.

      2. Un voyage au Congo : À 15 ans, un voyage dans son pays d'origine a été un "électrochoc", lui faisant prendre conscience des opportunités qu'il avait en France.

      La loyauté au quartier : Il décrit une "loyauté indiscutable" au groupe d'amis et au quartier, qui représente une "deuxième famille". Partir est souvent perçu comme une "trahison".

      Il insiste sur le fait qu'il revient aujourd'hui au quartier via son association pour "ne pas trahir" et "transmettre aux petits frères et aux petites sœurs".

      3.3 Regards des Acteurs de Terrain

      Élus locaux (Fabrice Bossui, Driss Étaoui) : Ils dénoncent le manque de concertation sur des sujets cruciaux comme la carte scolaire, qui impose des temps de transport démesurés aux jeunes ruraux.

      Ils soulignent l'évitement scolaire massif vers le privé qui accentue la ségrégation et la concentration de la pauvreté dans certains établissements publics.

      • ANCT (Corine de la Maîtrise) : Rappelle que si le milieu social reste un "déterminant majeur", le territoire module les trajectoires.

      L'objectif est de "lutter contre les inégalités de destin territorial".

      Elle souligne que 30% des QPV se situent aujourd'hui dans des petites ou moyennes villes, brouillant la frontière traditionnelle entre politique de la ville et ruralité.

      Elle alerte sur le fait qu'il faut "12 générations pour sortir de la pauvreté quand on vient d'un QPV", contre 9 en moyenne en France.

      Acteurs associatifs (Salomé Berlou, Ashraf Manar) : Ils appellent à dépasser une vision "victimaire" des jeunes des territoires populaires.

      Ces jeunes sont des acteurs engagés dans leurs localités, même si cet engagement n'est pas toujours formalisé ou reconnu.

      Leurs associations (Rura, Destins Liés) visent à outiller ces jeunes pour qu'ils aient le "choix" de leur parcours, en luttant contre l'autocensure et en créant des ponts entre les territoires.

      4. Conclusions et Perspectives • Le primat du social : La journée a réaffirmé que la question sociale est le fil rouge qui relie les difficultés des différentes jeunesses populaires, bien au-delà des spécificités territoriales.

      La complexité du "partir/rester" : Le départ n'est pas toujours un choix émancipateur mais souvent une contrainte, notamment pour les ruraux.

      Rester n'est pas forcément un échec mais peut correspondre à un attachement profond, tout en étant parfois synonyme d'assignation à résidence.

      L'isolement et la santé mentale : La solitude, que ce soit dans un village éloigné ou dans une cité universitaire après le départ, est une problématique centrale et croissante qui impacte lourdement les parcours.

      La crise de la méritocratie : Les intervenants ont critiqué le modèle méritocratique qui invisibilise les déterminismes sociaux et territoriaux, et qui génère de la frustration.

      La promesse "travaille bien à l'école et tu réussiras" n'est plus tenue.

      L'urgence de refonder du commun : La conclusion, portée par Benoît Coquard et Christophe Paris (AFEV), est un appel à dépasser l'individualisme et la concurrence entre territoires.

      Il est crucial de reconstruire des "consciences collectives" et un "sentiment du nous" pour s'attaquer collectivement aux inégalités systémiques.

      Cela passe par des politiques publiques qui valorisent toutes les formes de contribution au bien commun et qui garantissent à chaque jeune les moyens d'une "vraie autodétermination de son parcours".

    1. All of these peoples spoke languages with the word-stem ntu, or something very similar to it, meaning “person.” The pre-fix ba denotes the plural in many of these languages so that ba-ntu means, literally, “people.” The source of these languages and the farming and herd-ing cultures associated with them and how they became so widespread in Africa were major questions by the mid-twentieth century.

      There's even more languages in Africa now its so crazy how many languages there are across these countries

    1. In the absence of simulated stoat control, the model predicted that the functional extinction of Mohua (Mohua abundance falling below 0.017/ha) was >99% probable over any given 300-year iteration.

      Greater than a 99% chance of Mahua extinction if there is no stoat control.

    2. If the acceptable probability of summer adult Mohua density falling below 0.2/ha was increased to 30%, the range of average annual costs decreased to $5.70–$7.87

      Significatn cost reduction of 40% if the probability of Mahua density falling was increased by 30%.

    3. The cost of controlling stoats in beech forest mosaics with intensive kill trapping was estimated as $7.55/ha/year

      estimated cost was $7.55/ha/year.

    1. s corresponde a perspectivas de artistas e investigadoras que, puestas en relación, orientan la mirada en una misma dirección. A través de su configuración, con sus formas y ópticas, he podid

      un comentario

    1. Aplicaciones recientes de la ecuación del bio-calor

      Creo que no tiene caso dividir el texto con esta subsección si solo hay una subsección. Puede quedar todo el texto (4 párrafos o 3 si quitas el anterior) de la sección 10 sin divisiones.

      Por otro lado, no son aplicaciones tan recientes, la más nueva es de hace 7 años, échale un ojo a estas referencias: https://www.scielo.org.mx/scielo.php?pid=S1405-55462018000401573&script=sci_arttext https://www.cell.com/heliyon/fulltext/S2405-8440(24)16140-3 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0017931023008438?casa_token=wbiNgqg10poAAAAA:DrtwAK4QYSucDxmgD9UILQje9Jz_0sTD3WMmK3_ycliMbSg94LD3cQi_FQ0T34AplbJWmNNF0cs

      o busca bioheat equation en scholar google

    2. La ecuación del bio-calor, formulada por Pennes (1948), permite modelar la distribución de temperatura en tejidos biológicos considerando el flujo sanguíneo, la conductividad térmica y fuentes internas o externas de calor. Su modelación es fundamental en la física médica para predecir el comportamiento térmico durante tratamientos como la hipertermia. Además, constituye una herramienta poderosa en el desarrollo de simulaciones computacionales aplicadas al diseño y control de terapias térmicas en tejidos vivos.

      Creo que aquí solo está refraseada info que ya habías dado antes, por lo que sugiero quitar este párrafo y añadir más literatura nueva

    1. Sturm–Liouville

      no recuerdo que lo mencionaras antes, si lo vas a usar, hay que describir este tipo de métodos de expansión en la teoría, donde describiste variables separables, etc.

    2. r Q=0.

      puedes conectarlo con la teoría que describiste en secciones pasadas, algo así como "dando lugar a una EDP de calor homogénea ................... con/sin posibilidad de solución analítica .................... Así este tipo de EDP es válida para ciertas condiciones de uso descritas a continuación".

    1. DeepONet aprende el operador general que resuelve muchas instancias a la vez.

      Modificar este enunciado. Sigue sin quedarme claro a qué te refieres con "aprende el operador general" y cambiar "muchas" por "múltiples" o "varias"

    2. Soluciones halladas por la red neuronal, en la parte superior las funciones arbitrarias f(x), mientras que en la parte inferior está su solución u(x), el color representa la relación término-solución.

      Mismos comentarios que para el ejemplo anterior. Además, hay que señalar qué condiciones iniciales representan cada color. Esto puede ser mediante una leyenda o en el pie de figura. Porqué la f(x) es con dashed lines y la u(x9) con continuas?

    3. Ilustraciones del planteamiento del problema y arquitectura DeepONet que conducen a una buena generalización. a) Para que la red aprenda un operador G:u→G(u) se necesita la entrada [u(x1),u(x2),...,u(xm)] y la entrada y. b) Ilustración de los datos de entrenamiento. Para cada función de entrada u, se requiere el mismo número de evaluaciones en los mismos sensores dispersos x1,x2,...,xm. Sin embargo, no se impone ninguna restricción sobre el número ni las ubicaciones para la evaluación de las funciones de salida. c) La DeepONet stacked se inspira en el Teorema de aproximación universal para operadores y consta de una red Trunk y p redes Branch apiladas. La red cuya construcción se inspira en el mismo teorema es una DeepONet stacked formada al elegir la red Trunk como una red de una capa de ancho p y cada red Branch como una red de una capa oculta de ancho n. d) La red DeepONet unstacked se inspira en el Teorema general de aproximación universal para operadores y consta de una red Trunk y una red Branch. Una red DeepONet unstacked puede considerarse como una red DeepONet stacked, en la que todas las redes Branch comparten el mismo conjunto de parámetros (Lu et al. 2021).

      Está bien si tomas una imagen de un paper pero es preferible que la edites para que esté en español, ya que toda la tesis está en ese idioma. Además, si tomas imágenes de otro trabajo, hay que escribir algo así como: "Tomada y modifcada de Juan Pérez (2021)" al final del pie de figura.

    1. Comparación entre solución real y predicción de la red neuronal para la ecuación de Burger 1D. Debido a su naturaleza unidimensional, es posible plasmar en un eje al tiempo (t) y representar a la función a lo largo de éste como una serie de fotos para un instante t dado.

      Veo que se tiene el pie de figura pero las gráficas no están identificadas como figura ni referenciada en el texto. Entiendo que es un ejemplo pero se ve un poco raro. Sugiero ponerlo propiamente como figura y en alguna parte de la Sección 7.4 mencionar: "En la Figura 00 se muestra .......", además, cuidar que los gráficos salgan completos

    2. Construya una red neuronal (NN) u(x,t;θ) donde θ representa el conjunto de pesos entrenables w y sesgos b, y σ representa una función de activación no lineal. Especifique los datos de medición xi,ti,ui para u y los puntos residuales xj,tj para la EDP. Especifique la pérdida L en la Ecuación 7.1 sumando las pérdidas ponderadas de los datos y la EDP. Entrene la NN para encontrar los mejores parámetros θ∗ minimizando la pérdida L (George Em Karniadakis 2021).

      El pie de figura está escrito como si fueran instrucciones. Modifícalo a "Se construye" o "Construcción de". "Se especifica", etc.

    1. A menos que el problema original esté bien planteado, hay pocas razones para esperar que la solución numérica de un problema perturbado se aproxime con precisión a la solución del problema original.

      Me confundí un poco con este enunciado, hay que tener cuidado al escribir con negaciones o dobles negaciones. Según yo, se está afirmando que si el problema original NO está bien planteado, entonces hay pocas razones ...........? pero si SI está bien planteado, entonces no hay pocas razones?

    1. Synthèse sur la Sexualité et la Contraception

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse résume les points clés d'une discussion sur la sexualité et la contraception, menée par des intervenantes du Planning Familial d'Indre-et-Loire.

      Les thèmes centraux incluent l'importance d'une éducation sexuelle et affective précoce et progressive, fondée sur les connaissances des jeunes pour déconstruire les idées reçues.

      Un accent particulier est mis sur la notion de consentement, détaillée à travers l'acronyme "REELS" (Réversible, Éclairé, Enthousiaste, Libre, Spécifique), qui sert de guide pratique pour des relations respectueuses.

      Le document présente un panorama exhaustif des méthodes de contraception existantes, classées en cinq catégories (hormonales, mécaniques, naturelles, définitives, d'urgence), en soulignant la responsabilité partagée et la possibilité de changer de méthode au cours de la vie.

      Enfin, il aborde la prévention des Infections Sexuellement Transmissibles (IST), l'importance cruciale du dépistage, et les modalités de l'Interruption Volontaire de Grossesse (IVG) en France, tout en listant les structures ressources locales pour les jeunes et les parents.

      1. L'Approche du Planning Familial en Matière d'Éducation Sexuelle

      Le Planning Familial d'Indre-et-Loire, une association loi 1901 fondée en 1967 localement, a pour mission la prévention, l'information et l'orientation sur la vie affective, relationnelle et la santé sexuelle. Ses interventions sont gratuites, anonymes, confidentielles et basées sur un accueil inconditionnel.

      1.1. Méthodologie : L'Éducation Populaire

      L'approche de l'association repose sur le principe de l'éducation populaire, qui considère que chaque individu possède des savoirs. Les interventions partent des représentations et des connaissances du public pour ensuite apporter des informations complémentaires.

      Outils utilisés : Le "brainstorming" est un outil central pour recueillir les mots et les idées des participants sur un thème donné (ex: la puberté).

      Objectifs :

      ◦ Déconstruire les idées reçues et les fausses informations, notamment celles issues d'internet.

      ◦ Rassurer les jeunes sur les changements corporels et les différences de développement, luttant ainsi contre les complexes. ◦ Adapter le contenu à l'âge des participants.

      1.2. Le Programme National d'Éducation à la Sexualité

      Un programme gouvernemental, en accord avec une loi de 2002 prévoyant trois séances annuelles de la maternelle au lycée (bien que peu appliquée), structure l'éducation à la vie affective et sexuelle. Ce programme, jugé pertinent par le Planning Familial, propose une approche progressive :

      Maternelle et Primaire : Aborde les émotions, le consentement non-sexuel ("je ne veux pas jouer avec toi"), les stéréotypes de genre et les relations aux autres.

      Collège (à partir de la 4ème) et Lycée : Introduction de la thématique de la sexualité au sens large. L'école est considérée comme le lieu idéal pour une information égalitaire.

      2. Puberté et Connaissance du Corps

      La puberté est une période de transition majeure, marquée par une "tempête hormonale" qui influence à la fois le corps et les émotions.

      2.1. Changements Physiques et Émotionnels

      Émotionnels : Humeur changeante (colère, tristesse), fatigue, susceptibilité. C'est une période de découverte de soi, de ses goûts et de ses limites.

      Physiques : Pilosité, développement des seins, mue de la voix, acné, croissance. Les intervenantes soulignent l'importance de rassurer sur le fait que chaque corps se développe à son propre rythme. La puberté survient en moyenne entre 11 et 16 ans, mais peut être plus précoce (dès 9-10 ans) ou plus tardive.

      2.2. Le Cycle Menstruel

      Le cycle menstruel est un sujet essentiel abordé avec tous les jeunes, garçons et filles.

      Fonctionnement : Un cycle moyen dure 28 jours, avec une ovulation survenant 14 jours avant le début du cycle suivant.

      Période de Fertilité : Un ovule est viable 24 à 48 heures, tandis qu'un spermatozoïde peut survivre jusqu'à 5 jours dans l'utérus, ce qui définit une fenêtre de fertilité de plusieurs jours.

      Idées Reçues : Il est possible de tomber enceinte dès les premières règles. Des ovulations spontanées peuvent survenir en dehors de la période théorique de fertilité.

      Douleurs : Il est rappelé que des douleurs de règles invalidantes ne sont pas normales et doivent motiver une consultation médicale.

      2.3. Ressources Pédagogiques pour les Parents et les Jeunes

      Une sélection d'ouvrages est présentée comme support pour aborder ces sujets en famille.

      Titre de l'Ouvrage

      Public Cible

      Thèmes Abordés

      Le petit illustré de l'intimité (4 tomes)

      Enfants, Adolescents, Parents

      Anatomie (pénis, vulve), famille, contraception, genre, orientation sexuelle.

      Le petit guide de la foufoune sexuelle

      Tous publics

      Sexualité, consentement, anatomie, puberté, fausses idées.

      Le parcours de Polo Jeunes enfants

      Reproduction (comment on fait les bébés) sous forme d'album jeunesse.

      Comment on fait les bébés

      Jeunes enfants

      Reproduction, avec un point de vue humoristique sur les non-dits des parents.

      Les règles, Quelle aventure

      Adolescents

      Les menstruations, sous forme d'histoire.

      Rouge

      Jeunes enfants

      Les émotions (la timidité, le fait de rougir).

      Corps, amour et sexualité Parents (Guide)

      Encyclopédie par tranche d'âge (5-12 ans) pour répondre aux questions des enfants.

      3. Le Consentement : Un Pilier des Relations

      Le consentement est un sujet de plus en plus évoqué par les jeunes. Le Planning Familial utilise un moyen mnémotechnique pour en définir les composantes essentielles.

      R - Réversible : Un "oui" peut être retiré à tout moment. L'absence de participation active équivaut à un retrait du consentement.

      E - Éclairé : La personne doit être en pleine capacité de comprendre ce qui est proposé. Le consentement n'est pas valide si la personne est endormie, sous l'influence de l'alcool ou de drogues.

      E - Enthousiaste : Le consentement doit être actif et joyeux, exprimé verbalement et non-verbalement. Une participation passive ou hésitante n'est pas un consentement enthousiaste.

      L - Libre : Le "oui" doit être donné sans pression, chantage, menace ou rapport de hiérarchie.

      S - Spécifique : Le consentement est donné pour un acte précis, à un moment précis. Il n'est pas valable pour d'autres actes ou pour d'autres moments.

      4. Panorama des Moyens de Contraception La contraception est présentée comme une responsabilité partagée, les hommes étant fertiles toute l'année. Aucune méthode n'est efficace à 100% et il est possible d'en changer tout au long de sa vie.

      4.1. Contraceptions Hormonales

      Elles agissent en faisant croire au corps qu'une grossesse est en cours, bloquant ainsi l'ovulation.

      • La Pilule : Comprimé quotidien à heure fixe. Efficace à 99%. Peut ne pas convenir à un mode de vie irrégulier.

      • L'Implant : Bâtonnet inséré sous la peau du bras, efficace 3 ans.

      • Le Patch : À coller sur la peau et à changer chaque semaine. Non remboursé.

      • Le Dispositif Intra-Utérin (DIU) Hormonal : Placé dans l'utérus, diffuse des hormones localement. Efficace 5 ans.

      • L'Anneau Vaginal : Anneau flexible placé dans le vagin pour 3 semaines. Non remboursé.

      • Les Injections d'Hormones : Tous les 3 mois pour les femmes, toutes les semaines pour les hommes.

      4.2. Contraceptions Mécaniques

      Elles créent une barrière physique pour empêcher la rencontre des spermatozoïdes et de l'ovule.

      • Préservatifs (Externe et Interne) : Seul moyen de contraception protégeant également des IST. Le préservatif interne peut être mis jusqu'à 8 heures avant le rapport.

      • Le Diaphragme / La Cape Cervicale : Dômes en silicone placés au fond du vagin. Efficacité renforcée avec des spermicides.

      • Le DIU au Cuivre : Le cuivre crée une inflammation qui rend l'utérus "hostile" à la nidation. Efficace 5 ans, sans hormones.

      • L'Andro-Switch (Anneau) / Le Slip Thermique : Méthodes masculines qui remontent les testicules contre le corps.

      La chaleur annule le pouvoir fécondant des spermatozoïdes. Nécessite d'être porté 15h/jour et un suivi médical (spermogrammes).

      4.3. Méthodes Naturelles (Contrôle des Naissances)

      Leur efficacité est jugée relative et moins fiable.

      • Le Retrait : Efficacité limitée car le liquide pré-séminal peut contenir des spermatozoïdes.

      • Méthode des Températures : Suivi de la température corporelle pour détecter l'ovulation.

      • Méthode de l'Allaitement : L'allaitement peut bloquer le retour de couches, mais reste très peu fiable.

      • Méthode Ogino (Calendrier) : Calcul de la période de fertilité, peu fiable en raison des ovulations spontanées.

      4.4. Contraceptions Définitives

      Elles sont accessibles dès 18 ans, après un délai de réflexion légal.

      • La Vasectomie (Homme) : Opération sous anesthésie locale pour sectionner les canaux déférents. L'éjaculation persiste mais sans spermatozoïdes. Considérée comme irréversible.

      • La Ligature des Trompes (Femme) : Opération plus lourde, sous anesthésie générale, pour bloquer le passage des ovules.

      4.5. Contraception d'Urgence • "Pilule du lendemain" : Comprimé à prendre le plus tôt possible après un rapport à risque (efficace jusqu'à 3-5 jours). Gratuite pour les mineurs et accessible en pharmacie sans avancer de frais pour les majeurs. Un homme peut aller la chercher pour sa partenaire.

      5. Infections Sexuellement Transmissibles (IST)

      • Protection : Le préservatif est le seul moyen de s'en protéger.

      • Dépistage : C'est un acte de responsabilité essentiel pour se protéger soi-même et ses partenaires. La plupart des IST sont asymptomatiques.

      ◦ Il est possible de se faire dépister sans ordonnance en laboratoire.

      ◦ Un délai (généralement 6 semaines à 3 mois après le rapport à risque) est nécessaire pour que le test soit fiable.

      • Traitement : La majorité des IST se soignent bien si elles sont prises à temps. Le VIH, bien qu'incurable, se traite efficacement, permettant une vie normale et une charge virale indétectable (et donc intransmissible).

      6. L'Interruption Volontaire de Grossesse (IVG)

      L'IVG est un droit en France, encadré par la loi. • Deux méthodes : 1. IVG médicamenteuse : Jusqu'à 7 semaines de grossesse (9 semaines d'aménorrhée). 2. IVG chirurgicale : Jusqu'à 14 semaines de grossesse (16 semaines d'aménorrhée). • Accompagnement : ◦ Pour une personne mineure, l'accompagnement par une personne majeure de confiance (pas obligatoirement un parent) est obligatoire. ◦ La démarche inclut des entretiens d'information pour permettre un choix éclairé. ◦ Les centres spécialisés (centres d'orthogénie) disposent d'équipes pluridisciplinaires (médecins, psychologues) pour accompagner les personnes.

      7. Lieux et Structures Ressources

      Plusieurs structures offrent information, accompagnement et soins de manière gratuite et confidentielle en Indre-et-Loire. • Le Planning Familial : Pour l'information, l'écoute et l'orientation. • Le CEGIDD (Centre Gratuit d'Information, de Dépistage et de Diagnostic) : Pour le dépistage des IST. • Les Centres de Santé Sexuelle : Pour le suivi gynécologique, la contraception, le dépistage et l'accompagnement global. • L'Espace Santé Jeunes (ESJ) : Pour les jeunes et les parents sur des questions de santé globale, y compris les addictions. • La Maison des Adolescents : Lieu ressource avec des professionnels variés (psychologues, pédiatres, etc.).

    1. La Cohérence Éducative : Synthèse et Analyse

      Résumé

      La cohérence éducative constitue le socle d'un développement sain pour l'enfant, en lui offrant un cadre stable, prévisible et sécurisant.

      Elle se définit par l'harmonisation des discours, des pratiques et des valeurs entre les différents adultes qui entourent l'enfant.

      Cette cohérence ne se limite pas au couple parental, mais s'étend sur cinq sphères interdépendantes : la cohérence interne de chaque adulte avec ses propres valeurs, le couple parental, la famille élargie et l'entourage, les professionnels (école, crèche), et la société dans son ensemble.

      Le principal risque de l'incohérence chronique est l'insécurité affective, qui peut entraver la construction de la confiance en soi et pousser l'enfant à tester constamment les limites.

      Il est crucial de distinguer la simple différence, qui peut être une source de richesse et d'ouverture d'esprit lorsqu'elle est expliquée, de l'incohérence conflictuelle et de la disqualification d'un adulte par un autre devant l'enfant, qui sont particulièrement préjudiciables.

      Les stratégies fondamentales pour cultiver cette cohérence reposent sur la communication, la souplesse et le respect mutuel.

      Il s'agit de dialoguer sur les désaccords, de comprendre les besoins sous-jacents aux positions de chacun, de chercher des compromis et d'expliquer les règles à l'enfant.

      L'objectif n'est pas une rigidité absolue, mais la construction d'un cadre général fiable qui prépare l'enfant à naviguer sereinement dans un monde où les incohérences font partie de la vie.

      1. Le Concept de Cohérence et ses Fondements

      1.1. Définition de la Cohérence

      La cohérence est définie comme l'adéquation et la logique entre les pensées, les paroles et les actes d'un individu.

      Cette harmonie interne est un besoin fondamental ; son absence génère un inconfort psychologique.

      1.2. La Dissonance Cognitive

      Théorisée par le psychologue Leon Festinger, la dissonance cognitive décrit l'état d'inconfort ressenti lorsqu'il y a un décalage entre les croyances et les comportements.

      Pour réduire cette tension, les individus ont tendance à modifier leurs pensées ou à trouver des justifications plutôt que de changer un comportement ancré.

      Exemples concrets :

      ◦ Un parent qui passe beaucoup de temps sur son écran tout en limitant celui de son enfant.

      ◦ Un parent qui fume tout en interdisant à son adolescent de le faire.

      Perception par l'enfant : Les enfants sont particulièrement habiles à détecter ces incohérences, ce qui peut miner la crédibilité des règles et des adultes qui les édictent.

      2. Les Cinq Sphères de la Cohérence Éducative Le document source structure l'analyse de la cohérence éducative autour d'un schéma central représentant cinq sphères d'influence concentriques, allant de l'individu à la société.

      2.1. La Cohérence Interne : La Base Individuelle

      Avant de pouvoir être cohérent avec d'autres adultes, il est nécessaire de l'être avec soi-même.

      Cette cohérence personnelle est un alignement entre les comportements visibles et les niveaux plus profonds que sont les règles, les croyances et les valeurs fondamentales, souvent héritées de sa propre éducation, de sa culture et de son histoire familiale.

      • Questionnement personnel : Il est essentiel pour un adulte de s'interroger sur l'origine de ses valeurs ("Est-ce que finir son assiette est une valeur qui me correspond vraiment ou est-ce un héritage familial que je transmets sans y réfléchir ?").

      • Gestion de ses propres incohérences : Nul n'est parfait.

      Lorsqu'un parent agit de manière incohérente (par exemple, crier alors que la règle est de ne pas crier), il est bénéfique de le reconnaître devant l'enfant.

      Nommer l'incohérence ("Je suis désolé, je me suis emporté") permet de donner du sens, de valider le ressenti de l'enfant et de renforcer la sécurité affective en montrant que les adultes peuvent admettre leurs erreurs.

      2.2. Le Couple Parental : Le Premier Cercle de Cohérence

      Qu'ils soient ensemble ou séparés, les parents forment le premier duo d'adultes dont la cohérence est primordiale.

      L'objectif commun est de protéger l'enfant et de lui offrir un cadre propice à son développement.

      • Métaphore de "L'oiseau à deux becs" : Cet album jeunesse illustre deux parents (les deux becs) qui nourrissent un même enfant (le ventre).

      Si les becs se disputent, le ventre en pâtit et peut même être "empoisonné". La coopération est donc vitale.

      • Sources de conflit : Les désaccords peuvent provenir de modèles éducatifs différents, de tensions conjugales ou de simples divergences de points de vue.

      • Stratégies de résolution :

      ◦ Identifier les besoins : Derrière une émotion comme la colère ou une position rigide se cache souvent un besoin non satisfait (besoin de respect, de sécurité, d'être écouté).

      Comprendre le besoin de l'autre permet de dépasser le conflit de surface.

      ◦ La disqualification : Le risque majeur est de disqualifier l'autre parent devant l'enfant ("De toute façon, toi, tu laisses tout faire").

      Cela consiste à nier sa compétence et place l'enfant dans une position intenable de loyauté.

      2.3. La Famille et l'Entourage : L'Élargissement du Cadre

      Cette sphère inclut les grands-parents, oncles, tantes, amis et voisins. L'enfant évolue dans différents lieux avec des règles potentiellement différentes.

      Différence vs. Incohérence : Avoir des règles différentes chez les grands-parents (plus de bonbons, par exemple) n'est pas une incohérence en soi et peut enrichir l'enfant.

      Cela devient problématique lorsque ces différences vont à l'encontre de valeurs fondamentales ou de règles de sécurité non négociables pour les parents.

      • Conflit et Clivage de Loyauté :

      Conflit de loyauté : L'enfant est partagé entre deux attentes différentes. C'est une situation courante et gérable.

      ◦ Clivage de loyauté : Situation plus grave où choisir un camp signifie être contre l'autre.

      Cela se produit lorsque des adultes dénigrent les autres, forçant l'enfant à prendre parti.

      Exemple : un enfant n'ose pas dire qu'il a passé un bon week-end chez un parent par peur de blesser l'autre.

      2.4. Les Professionnels : La Collaboration Éducative

      Cette sphère concerne les acteurs de la crèche, de l'école, des loisirs ou du secteur médical.

      • Légitimité parentale : Les parents sont les premiers éducateurs de leur enfant.

      Même face à des experts, ils ont la légitimité de questionner les pratiques qui ne leur semblent pas cohérentes avec leurs valeurs.

      • Importance du dialogue : Il est essentiel d'oser interroger les professionnels pour comprendre le sens de leurs pratiques (ex: la "motricité libre" en crèche qui autorise les enfants à monter sur des meubles sécurisés).

      Cet échange permet de créer une continuité éducative et de rassurer les parents.

      L'enfant est capable de comprendre que les règles peuvent varier selon le contexte (maison vs. crèche), à condition que ce contexte soit clair.

      2.5. La Société : Le Contexte Global

      C'est la sphère la plus diffuse et la plus difficile à influencer. Elle englobe les codes sociaux, les injonctions médiatiques, les évolutions culturelles et le cadre législatif.

      • Pression sociale : Le regard des autres peut pousser un parent à agir contre ses propres principes (ex: gérer une crise de colère d'un enfant dans un magasin).

      • Évolution des normes : Des concepts comme "l'éducation bienveillante" ou les apports des neurosciences modifient les attentes sociales envers les parents.

      • Le cadre légal : La loi impose un cadre non négociable, comme l'interdiction de la fessée en France depuis 2019, qui s'impose à toutes les pratiques éducatives.

      3. Les Risques de l'Incohérence et le Cadre Sécurisant

      3.1. L'Impact sur la Sécurité Affective de l'Enfant

      La cohérence est un pilier de la sécurité affective. Le chercheur québécois Georges Tarabulsy identifie trois facteurs clés de la sécurité de l'attachement : la chaleur, la prévisibilité et la cohérence.

      • La "jauge à sécurité" : Une métaphore est utilisée pour décrire la sécurité interne de l'enfant comme un réservoir.

      Des pratiques cohérentes, stables et harmonieuses remplissent cette jauge. Des incohérences chroniques la vident, ce qui peut affecter durablement le développement de l'enfant.

      3.2. Conséquences Comportementales et Psychologiques

      Un manque de cohérence peut entraîner :

      • Une recherche constante des limites pour comprendre un cadre flou.

      • Une perte de sens et une atteinte à la confiance en soi.

      • Des difficultés à construire son propre système de valeurs, car il n'y a pas eu de base stable à partir de laquelle se différencier.

      4. Stratégies Pratiques pour Cultiver la Cohérence

      Stratégie Description Exemple

      Adapter le cadre à l'enfant Ajuster les règles et les consignes à l'âge, au rythme de développement, aux compétences et aux besoins de l'enfant.

      Ne pas proposer à un enfant de 3 ans de sortir seul de l'école. Offrir un choix limité ("le pantalon bleu ou le rouge ?") plutôt qu'un choix trop vaste et insécurisant.

      Préciser les consignes

      Donner des instructions claires et s'assurer de leur compréhension. Expliquer le "pourquoi" derrière une règle.

      Au lieu de "ne dessine pas sur les murs", expliquer : "Je ne veux pas que tu abîmes la peinture. Si tu veux décorer, utilisons des post-it".

      Communiquer entre adultes

      Dialoguer ouvertement sur les désaccords, loin de la présence de l'enfant si le ton monte. Viser la compréhension mutuelle et le compromis.

      Un parent veut que l'enfant marche pieds nus pour sa motricité, l'autre s'inquiète de l'hygiène. Le compromis : pieds nus dans la maison, mais chaussons dans le garage.

      Faire preuve de souplesse

      Accepter que l'autre puisse avoir un point de vue différent sans que cela ne constitue une attaque personnelle.

      Métaphore du livre Quatre petits coins de rien du tout : parfois, il ne faut pas chercher à changer l'enfant (le carré) mais à adapter le cadre (la porte ronde).

      Pratiquer la "métacommunication"

      Communiquer sur la manière de communiquer : "Quand tu me parles sur ce ton, j'ai l'impression que tu penses que je suis une mauvaise mère."

      Permet de clarifier les malentendus et de comprendre l'impact de ses paroles sur l'autre.

      5. Conclusion : Viser un Équilibre Dynamique

      L'incohérence fait partie de la vie ; l'objectif n'est pas de l'éradiquer, mais de la minimiser et de la gérer.

      La clé est de construire un cadre éducatif globalement stable et sécurisant.

      Comme le disait le pédagogue Célestin Freinet, il s'agit moins d'éviter les incohérences que de "préparer l'enfant à pouvoir les vivre sereinement".

      En dialoguant, en s'ajustant et en faisant preuve de souplesse, les adultes peuvent transformer les différences en une richesse et offrir à l'enfant les repères solides dont il a besoin pour grandir et construire sa propre cohérence.

    1. ecuaciones diferenciales parciales

      Mismo comentario que en la sección anterior. Una alternativa sería hacer una tabla de acrónimos válida para toda la tesis.

    1. Reconocer la dificultades que se tiene al momento de

      "Reconocer las dificultades" no es un lenguaje muy técnico se oye como algo personal, cómo decir: reconozco que está difícil, reconozco que me equivoqué, reconozco que eres bueno.

      Sugiero sustituirlo por "Resaltar las limitaciones en la implementación .........." o "Definir los límites en la implementación ........." o "Enmarcar las ventajas/desventajas al implementar ............"

    2. Ecuación Diferencial Parcial (EDP)

      Ya definiste EDP, no hace falta hacerlo de nuevo: el resumen es aparte, a partir de la Intro no es necesario definir el mismo acrónimo en cada sección.

    1. Dossier d'Information : Consommation et Addiction à l'Adolescence

      Résumé

      Ce document synthétise les perspectives et données clés issues d'une discussion entre expertes sur la consommation de substances et l'addiction durant l'adolescence. Les points essentiels à retenir sont les suivants :

      1. Baisse de la Consommation : Contrairement à une perception médiatique souvent anxiogène, les données épidémiologiques (enquêtes ESCAPAD) montrent une baisse constante et significative de l'expérimentation et de la consommation régulière de tabac, d'alcool et de cannabis chez les adolescents en France depuis plus de dix ans.

      2. Distinction Cruciale : Il est impératif de ne pas confondre consommation, expérimentation et addiction.

      L'expérimentation est un comportement exploratoire fréquent et même jugé "presque nécessaire" au développement de l'adolescent pour tester ses limites.

      L'addiction, caractérisée par une perte de contrôle, reste un phénomène rare à cet âge. Le terme "conduite à risque" est souvent plus approprié.

      3. Signaux d'Alerte : L'inquiétude doit naître non pas d'une consommation isolée, mais d'un cumul de plusieurs facteurs : précocité de l'usage, cumul de produits, consommation à visée "autothérapeutique" (pour s'apaiser), recherche systématique d'excès et répétition fréquente. L'évaluation doit être globale, incluant le contexte scolaire, social et familial.

      4. Prévention Efficace : Les stratégies de prévention modernes ont abandonné l'approche basée sur la peur et l'information brute, jugée contre-productive. L'accent est désormais mis sur le renforcement des compétences psychosociales (CPS) : estime de soi, gestion des émotions, esprit critique et capacité à dire non.

      5. Rôle Parental Fondamental : Les parents sont des acteurs de prévention de premier plan. Leur rôle est de maintenir un dialogue ouvert, d'éviter les jugements hâtifs, de poser un cadre clair sans fermer la communication, et d'être une ressource fiable en cas de difficulté. Discuter des sensations et des limites est plus constructif que la seule répression.

      6. Ressources Disponibles : Des structures gratuites, confidentielles et accessibles existent pour les jeunes (12-25 ans) et leur entourage. Les Consultations Jeunes Consommateurs (CJC), hébergées par des entités comme le CSAPA 37 ou l'Espace Santé Jeune, offrent un lieu d'écoute et d'évaluation sans jugement.

      1. Définitions Clés : De la Substance Psychoactive à l'Addiction

      Selon les intervenantes, il est essentiel de clarifier les termes employés pour aborder sereinement le sujet.

      • Drogue / Substance Psychoactive : Une drogue est définie comme tout produit, licite ou illicite, qui modifie le fonctionnement du cerveau et du psychisme. Cette définition inclut donc l'alcool et le tabac, qui sont les substances les plus consommées et les principaux enjeux de santé publique.

      • Mécanismes Cérébraux : Le corps humain produit naturellement des substances psychoactives (endogènes) comme la dopamine ou les endorphines, qui génèrent du plaisir suite à des actions comme manger ou faire du sport.

      Les substances externes (exogènes) stimulent ces mêmes circuits de récompense de manière beaucoup plus rapide et intense, ce qui peut inciter le cerveau à privilégier cette voie pour obtenir une satisfaction immédiate.

      • Consommation vs. Addiction : Toute consommation n'est pas une addiction. L'addiction est un processus qui s'installe dans le temps et se caractérise par une "perte de la liberté de s'abstenir". Pour les adolescents, les professionnelles préfèrent parler de conduites à risque plutôt que d'addiction, cette dernière étant rare dans cette tranche d'âge.

      2. La Réalité de la Consommation chez les Adolescents : Données et Tendances

      Les intervenantes insistent sur la nécessité de dédramatiser le phénomène en s'appuyant sur des données objectives issues d'enquêtes nationales (ESCAPAD, menée par l'OFDT).

      Tendance Observée Détails

      Baisse Générale

      Une baisse constante des expérimentations et des consommations régulières de tabac, d'alcool et de cannabis est observée chez les collégiens et lycéens depuis plus de 10 ans.

      Recul de l'Âge

      Contrairement aux idées reçues, l'âge des premières consommations ne baisse pas ; il a même tendance à reculer.

      Les premières expérimentations ont souvent lieu vers 16-17 ans.

      Exemple du Tabac

      Le pourcentage de fumeurs réguliers à 17 ans est passé de 40% en 2002 à moins de 16% en 2022.

      Hiérarchie des Produits

      Les produits les plus consommés restent, de loin, le tabac et l'alcool, suivis par le cannabis. Les autres substances illicites ne représentent qu'une part mineure des consommations (environ 5%).

      Première Initiation

      L'initiation à l'alcool, produit très normalisé et culturellement ancré en France, se fait très souvent dans le cadre familial lors d'événements festifs.

      Cette perspective factuelle est cruciale pour éviter deux écueils : l'inquiétude parentale excessive et l'incitation paradoxale des jeunes qui, se croyant en décalage, pourraient être tentés d'expérimenter pour se conformer à une norme perçue.

      3. Identifier les Signes d'Alerte : Quand Faut-il s'Inquiéter ?

      Une consommation devient une conduite à risque préoccupante non pas à cause d'un seul acte, mais lorsque plusieurs signaux s'accumulent et indiquent un changement de comportement global. L'évaluation se base sur un faisceau d'indices.

      Les cinq indicateurs principaux à surveiller :

      1. La Précocité des Consommations : Un usage commencé très jeune (collège) est un facteur de risque majeur en raison de l'immaturité du cerveau.

      2. Le Cumul des Consommations : L'utilisation simultanée ou alternée de plusieurs produits (alcool, tabac, cannabis...).

      3. Les Consommations Autothérapeutiques : L'usage d'un produit pour s'apaiser, gérer une angoisse ou fuir une difficulté. Le produit devient alors une sorte de "médicament".

      4. La Recherche d'Excès : La volonté systématique d'atteindre des états extrêmes.

      5. La Répétition des Consommations : Une fréquence élevée qui peut entraîner une accoutumance et un besoin d'augmenter les doses.

      En parallèle, il faut observer le contexte général de l'adolescent :

      • Scolarité : Y a-t-il un désintérêt, un décrochage ?

      • Vie Sociale : L'adolescent s'isole-t-il ? Change-t-il de cercle d'amis ?

      • Centres d'Intérêt : Abandonne-t-il des activités qui lui procuraient du plaisir auparavant ?

      • Communication Familiale : Le dialogue est-il rompu ? Le comportement de consommation est souvent le symptôme d'un mal-être sous-jacent. L'analyse doit donc être systémique, en prenant en compte l'individu, la substance et son environnement.

      4. Le Processus Addictif Illustré : L'Allégorie "Nuggets" Le court-métrage d'animation "Nuggets" (Andreas Hykade, 2014) est utilisé pour décomposer le cheminement qui peut mener d'une expérimentation à une addiction.

      1. La Lune de Miel : La première rencontre avec le produit est une expérience positive, une recherche de plaisir pur. Il n'y a pas encore d'envie irrépressible de consommer (craving).

      2. L'Apparition des Dommages : La consommation apporte toujours du plaisir, mais les premières conséquences négatives apparaissent (physiques, sociales, financières). La tonalité devient plus sombre.

      3. La Compulsion et la Tolérance : L'envie devient pressante, compulsive. Les effets positifs durent moins longtemps et sont moins intenses. Une tolérance s'installe, obligeant à augmenter les doses pour retrouver les effets initiaux. C'est l'étape de la "perte de la liberté de s'abstenir".

      4. La Perte de Contrôle : Le comportement devient obsessionnel. La consommation se poursuit de manière frénétique malgré la dégradation de l'état du sujet et l'absence quasi totale de plaisir. Le but n'est plus de ressentir du plaisir, mais de soulager la souffrance du manque.

      Ce processus montre que l'addiction ne s'installe pas du jour au lendemain et que la continuité de la consommation est un facteur déterminant.

      5. L'Adolescence : Une Période de Vulnérabilité et d'Expérimentation La consommation de produits doit être comprise dans le contexte unique de l'adolescence, une période de profonds bouleversements.

      • Une Quête Nécessaire : L'expérimentation, y compris avec des produits, fait partie du processus normal de construction de l'identité. C'est une manière pour l'adolescent de tester ses limites, de se connaître, de développer son estime de soi et de s'autonomiser (processus d'individuation).

      • Fonctions Sociales : La consommation peut être un rite de passage, un moyen d'intégration dans un groupe de pairs, ou un acte d'imitation.

      • Vulnérabilité Psychique : Pour les adolescents plus fragiles, la substance peut devenir un "support" pour gérer des difficultés, notamment le détachement des parents ou un mal-être profond.

      • Le Danger de l'Identification : Le discours ambiant qui associe systématiquement adolescence et consommation problématique peut créer une identification négative. L'adolescent, en quête de modèles, peut se conformer à cette image et adopter le comportement attendu.

      6. Stratégies de Prévention Efficaces L'approche de la prévention a radicalement évolué, s'éloignant des méthodes jugées inefficaces pour se concentrer sur l'outillage de l'adolescent.

      Ce qui ne fonctionne pas :

      • Le Discours de Peur : Agiter les menaces ("tu vas mourir", "tu iras en prison") génère du stress (cortisol) et peut avoir un effet inverse, incitant l'adolescent à chercher une substance pour apaiser cette angoisse.

      • L'Apport de Connaissances Brutes : Le cerveau adolescent est dominé par l'impulsivité et le système émotionnel. La connaissance des risques ne suffit pas à empêcher le passage à l'acte.

      Ce qui fonctionne : le Renforcement des Compétences Psychosociales (CPS)

      L'objectif est de donner à l'adolescent les outils pour faire des choix éclairés et se protéger.

      Cela inclut le travail sur :

      • • L'estime de soi.
      • • La gestion des émotions et du stress.
      • • L'esprit critique et la prise de distance.
      • • La capacité à s'affirmer et à dire non.
      • • La connaissance de ses propres limites.

      Le rôle des parents et de l'entourage est central : • Maintenir la Communication : Laisser la porte du dialogue ouverte est la clé.

      L'adolescent doit savoir qu'il peut appeler un parent en cas de difficulté, même après une consommation excessive, sans craindre une punition disproportionnée.

      • Accueillir et Discuter : Face à une première ivresse, il est plus constructif d'ouvrir une discussion sur les sensations ressenties (positives et négatives) plutôt que de réprimer uniquement.

      • Poser un Cadre : L'échange ne signifie pas la permission. Il est du rôle du parent de rappeler les règles et la loi (ex: le cannabis est illégal).

      • Prévention Collective : La prévention est l'affaire de tous (parents, enseignants, éducateurs). Créer un environnement bienveillant et sécurisant, où le jeune se sent bien, est un facteur de protection puissant.

      Les adolescents eux-mêmes développent des stratégies de réduction des risques, comme le "capitaine de soirée" (celui qui ne boit pas) ou le fait de dormir sur place après une fête, montrant une prise de conscience des dangers.

      7. Ressources et Soutien Disponibles Un réseau de structures professionnelles existe pour accompagner les jeunes et leur entourage.

      • Les Consultations Jeunes Consommateurs (CJC) :

      Public : Jeunes de 12 à 25 ans, mais aussi leur entourage (parents, amis, grands-parents).

      Principes : Accueil gratuit, confidentiel et potentiellement anonyme. Il n'est pas nécessaire d'être en situation d'addiction ; toute question sur la consommation est légitime.

      Mission : Offrir un lieu d'écoute pour faire le point, évaluer une situation, obtenir de l'information, apprendre à réduire les risques et, si besoin, être orienté.

      Lieux : Elles sont implantées dans des structures spécialisées (comme le CSAPA - Centre de Soins, d'Accompagnement et de Prévention en Addictologie) et des lieux plus généralistes pour éviter la stigmatisation (Espace Santé Jeune, Maison des Adolescents).

      • Programmes de Prévention : ◦ En Milieu Scolaire : Des programmes probants comme "Unplugged" sont déployés dans les établissements pour travailler sur les compétences psychosociales en co-animation avec les enseignants. ◦ Soutien à la Parentalité : Des groupes de parole pour parents, comme "Mon Ado et Moi", permettent d'échanger sur les inquiétudes et de dédramatiser les situations.

      8. Nouvelles Tendances de Consommation

      Bien que la consommation des produits "classiques" soit en baisse, de nouveaux produits émergent et suscitent des inquiétudes :

      La "Puff" : Une cigarette électronique jetable, très attractive pour les jeunes par son design coloré et ses goûts sucrés. Elle constitue une nouvelle porte d'entrée vers la consommation de nicotine pour des jeunes qui n'auraient pas commencé à fumer autrement.

      Le Protoxyde d'Azote : Gaz hilarant contenu dans des cartouches. Sa consommation, perçue à tort comme inoffensive, peut entraîner des dommages neurologiques et physiques importants.

      La Chicha : Narguilé dont l'usage reste populaire et qui est également nocif.

    1. 1. a >L b: if and only if there is a trace σ =⟨t1,t2,t3,...,tn⟩ and i ∈{1,...,n−1} such that σ ∈ L and ti = a and ti+1 = b; 2. a →L b if and only if a > L and b >/ L a; 3. a #L b if and only if a >/ b and b >/ a; and 4. a ∥L b if and only if a > L b and b > L a.
      1. a >L b → a komt voor en daarna komt b.
      2. a →L b → a leidt tot b (a voor b, maar b niet voor a).
      3. a #L b → a en b komen nooit direct na elkaar.
      4. a ||L b → a en b kunnen beide kanten op (ze kunnen tegelijk of in willekeurige volgorde gebeuren).